WO2017086327A1 - Absorbent article - Google Patents

Absorbent article Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017086327A1
WO2017086327A1 PCT/JP2016/083872 JP2016083872W WO2017086327A1 WO 2017086327 A1 WO2017086327 A1 WO 2017086327A1 JP 2016083872 W JP2016083872 W JP 2016083872W WO 2017086327 A1 WO2017086327 A1 WO 2017086327A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
central
region
convex portion
absorbent article
joint
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/083872
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
美奈 富田
亜由香 南崎
岳志 鈴木
晃士 芥川
Original Assignee
花王株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2015227786A external-priority patent/JP6178828B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2016201198A external-priority patent/JP6726076B2/en
Application filed by 花王株式会社 filed Critical 花王株式会社
Priority to DE112016005325.8T priority Critical patent/DE112016005325T5/en
Priority to RU2018121509A priority patent/RU2705608C1/en
Priority to GB1809568.7A priority patent/GB2559933B/en
Priority to CN201680065234.1A priority patent/CN108348376B/en
Publication of WO2017086327A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017086327A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/51Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
    • A61F13/511Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to absorbent articles such as disposable diapers, sanitary napkins, and incontinence pads.
  • an uneven surface formed by embossing or the like is known on the side of the skin directed to the skin side of the wearer.
  • embossing or the like is known on the side of the skin directed to the skin side of the wearer.
  • by forming an uneven shape on the skin side of the topsheet it is also known to reduce the contact area with the skin of the wearer to improve air permeability and reduce stickiness to the skin. Yes.
  • the uneven shape of the surface sheet has high shape retention.
  • the texture (feel) is deteriorated, or the drawability of the liquid from the surface of the surface sheet to the absorber side is lowered.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 describe providing a plurality of concavo-convex regions with different shapes and heights of convex portions on a top sheet of a disposable diaper.
  • a typical form of an absorbent article includes a liquid-permeable top sheet, a liquid-impermeable back sheet, and a vertically long absorbent body disposed between both sheets.
  • the absorbent body is generally composed mainly of a liquid-retaining absorbent core containing an absorbent material such as wood pulp or a water-absorbing polymer, and further includes paper, non-woven fabric, etc. covering the absorbent core.
  • an absorbent material such as wood pulp or a water-absorbing polymer
  • Patent Document 2 relates to a nonwoven fabric having a concavo-convex shape that can be used for a surface sheet of an absorbent article, and is provided with a pattern in which ridges and grooves extending in one direction are alternately arranged in a direction orthogonal to the one direction.
  • a block-like absorbent core provided with a groove-like space extending in the plane direction is known as an absorbent core of the absorbent article. Due to its structure, the block-like absorbent core is easily deformed flexibly against external forces, so that it conforms to the complex undulating skin surface and conforms to the human body that touches the surface without gaps, and the wearer's body It is excellent in the operation follow-up property that is deformed in accordance with the movement of the skin and maintains the state of contact with the skin surface.
  • a low-rigidity region composed of a block region is formed in the central region in the width direction of a vertically long block-shaped absorbent core so as to extend in the longitudinal direction, and both left and right sides sandwiching the low-rigidity region. Describes forming a high-rigidity region consisting of non-blocking regions. Patent Document 3 does not describe the use of a surface sheet having an uneven shape together with a block-shaped absorbent core.
  • the present invention is an absorbent article comprising a top sheet, a back sheet composed of a composite sheet, and an absorbent body disposed between the both sheets.
  • the composite sheet has a first direction along the article longitudinal direction and a second direction along the article width direction, and the laminated first sheet and second sheet are partially joined to form a plurality of joints.
  • the first sheet protrudes in a direction away from the second sheet at a portion other than the joint, and forms a convex portion that protrudes toward the wearer's skin.
  • the composite sheet has a central region in which the convex portions are formed in different patterns and a pair of side regions located on both sides of the central region, and the convex portion having the maximum height in the central region.
  • the central first convex portion has a height higher than that of the first side convex portion which is the largest convex portion in the side region, and the amount of compressive deformation in the central region is the amount of compressive deformation in the side region. Greater than the amount.
  • This invention comprises the absorber which comprises the absorptive core containing an absorptive material, and the surface material distribute
  • the absorbent body is located in a laterally central portion of the absorbent core and extends in the longitudinal direction, and is located on both lateral sides of the core low stiffness area and compared to the core low stiffness area. It has a highly rigid core high rigidity region.
  • the surface material is positioned on both sides in the lateral direction of the surface material low-rigidity region and overlaps with the core low-rigidity region in a plan view, as compared with the surface material low-rigidity region.
  • the surface material high-rigidity region and the core high-rigidity region overlap each other in plan view.
  • the absorbent article of the first invention may have all or part of the constituent requirements of the absorbent article of the second invention, or all or part of the constituent requirements of the absorbent article of the embodiment described later. preferable.
  • the longitudinal direction in the second invention corresponds to the article longitudinal direction in the first invention, and the lateral direction in the second invention corresponds to the article width direction in the first invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a plan view showing a basic configuration of a disposable diaper as an embodiment of the absorbent article of the present invention (first invention).
  • 2 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II-II in FIG.
  • FIG. 3 is a plan view showing the top sheet of the disposable diaper of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 4 is an enlarged perspective view showing a part of the central region of the composite sheet used in the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 5 is an enlarged perspective view showing a part of the side region of the composite sheet used in the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 6 is an explanatory view of the function and effect of the present invention (first invention).
  • FIG. 6 (a) is a schematic cross-sectional view in the width direction of a non-pressurized surface sheet (composite sheet), and FIG.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing a state where the fiber density near the base of the central first convex portion is increased by pressurization.
  • FIG. 8 is an enlarged plan view showing a part of the central region of the composite sheet used in the first embodiment.
  • 9A is a sectional view taken along the line Va-Va in FIG. 8
  • FIG. 9B is a sectional view taken along the line Vb-Vb in FIG. 8
  • FIG. 9C is a sectional view taken along the line Vc-Vc in FIG. is there.
  • FIG. 10 is an enlarged plan view showing a part of the side region of the composite sheet used in the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line Vd-Vd in FIG.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic plan view showing a preferred arrangement of the central continuous convex portion and the elastic member in the elastic member arrangement region formed on the back side portion of the disposable diaper of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic view showing an apparatus suitably used for manufacturing the composite sheet shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram in which a state where the convex portion of the second roll is engaged with the peripheral surface of the central region forming portion of the first roll is developed in a plane.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram in which a state where the convex portion of the second roll is engaged with the peripheral surface of the side region forming portion of the first roll is developed in a plane.
  • FIG. 16 is a plan view schematically showing the skin facing surface, that is, the surface sheet side of the disposable diaper which is an embodiment of the absorbent article of the present invention (second invention), and is a plan view obtained by extending the elastic member of each part. It is a top view in the unfolded state expanded in the shape.
  • FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a cross section taken along line II of FIG.
  • FIG. 18 is a plan view schematically showing a part of the skin facing surface of the topsheet arranged in the diaper shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view schematically showing an enlarged part of the surface material low-rigidity region of the surface sheet arranged in the diaper shown in FIG. 16.
  • FIG. 16 is a plan view schematically showing the skin facing surface, that is, the surface sheet side of the disposable diaper which is an embodiment of the absorbent article of the present invention (second invention), and is a plan view obtained by extending the elastic member of each part. It is a top view in the unfolde
  • FIG. 20 is a perspective view schematically showing an enlarged part of the surface material high-rigidity region of the topsheet arranged in the diaper shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 21 is a top view which shows typically the skin opposing surface of the absorbent core in other embodiment of the absorbent article of this invention (2nd invention).
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a technique for preventing leakage by controlling the diffusion direction of the liquid in the horizontal direction using a convex portion, and does not mention a configuration that improves both the air permeability and the liquid drawing-in property.
  • Patent Document 2 also does not disclose a configuration that improves both air permeability and liquid draw-in.
  • the present invention (first invention) relates to an absorbent article that can eliminate the drawbacks of the prior art described above.
  • FIGS. 1 and 2 show a basic structure of a disposable diaper 100 (hereinafter also simply referred to as diaper 100), which is an embodiment of the absorbent article of the present invention (first invention).
  • the diaper 100 includes a liquid-permeable top sheet 12, a liquid-impermeable back sheet 13, and an absorber 14 disposed between the sheets 12 and 13.
  • the liquid impermeability is a concept including poor liquid permeability, and includes cases where the back sheet 13 is made of a water-repellent sheet or the like in addition to the case where the liquid does not pass through the liquid at all.
  • the diaper 100 has an article longitudinal direction Xa which is a direction coinciding with the wearer's front-rear direction when worn, and an article width orthogonal to the article longitudinal direction Xa in a state where the diaper 100 is expanded in a planar shape as shown in FIG. Direction Ya. Further, the diaper 100 includes, in the article longitudinal direction Xa, an abdominal side A that is disposed on the abdomen side of the wearer when worn, a back side B that is disposed on the back side of the wearer when worn, and an abdominal side part A. The crotch part C is located between the back part B and the back part B.
  • the diaper 100 is an unfolded disposable diaper. Fastening tapes 17 are provided on both side edges of the back side B, and a landing zone 18 that fastens the fastening tape 17 to the outer surface of the abdominal side A. Is provided.
  • the absorbent body 14 in the diaper 100 includes an absorbent core 14a and a core wrap sheet 14b that wraps the absorbent core 14a.
  • the absorptive core 14a can be comprised from the laminated fiber body of liquid absorbing fibers, such as a pulp fiber, for example, and the mixed fiber body of a liquid absorbing fiber and a water absorbing polymer.
  • the liquid-absorbing fiber include cellulose-based hydrophilic fibers such as pulp fiber, rayon fiber, cotton fiber, and cellulose acetate.
  • fibers made of a synthetic resin such as polyolefin, polyester, polyamide, etc., made hydrophilic with a surfactant or the like can also be used.
  • the core wrap sheet 14b for example, tissue paper or a water-permeable nonwoven fabric is used.
  • One core wrap sheet 14b may wrap the entire absorbent core 14a, or a combination of two or more sheets may wrap the absorbent core 14a.
  • the back sheet 13 a liquid-impermeable or water-repellent resin film, a laminate sheet of a resin film and a nonwoven fabric, or the like is used.
  • Sheets 15 for forming a three-dimensional gather having elastic members 15a are arranged on both sides of the article longitudinal direction Xa in the diaper 100, and the skin of the wearer is placed on the crotch portion C in a worn state by contraction of the elastic members 15a. A three-dimensional gather standing up toward the side is formed.
  • the leg elastic member 16 is disposed in an extended state at a portion disposed around the leg in the crotch C. Due to the contraction, the leg crotch C fits around the wearer's leg in the worn state. Leg gathers that improve
  • the fastening tape 17 in the diaper 100 is composed of a tape base material 17a and a male member of a mechanical hook-and-loop fastener that is joined to the tape base material 17a to form a fastening portion 17c. It is formed by joining a female member of a mechanical hook-and-loop fastener or a non-woven fabric rich in engagement.
  • a part of the tape base material 17a of the fastening tape 17 forms a fixing portion 17b fixed in a state of being sandwiched between the back sheet 13 and the three-dimensional gather forming sheet 15.
  • a plurality of elastic members 19 that contract the diaper 100 in the width direction are arranged at intervals in the longitudinal direction Xa of the diaper.
  • the plurality of elastic members 19 are arranged as an elastic sheet 19s configured to be fixed between two nonwoven fabrics or two folded nonwoven fabrics, and are included in the end portion of the elastic sheet 19s or the elastic sheet 19s. It is preferable that the end portion of each elastic member 19 overlaps the fixing portion 17b.
  • the fastening portion 17c of the fastening tape 17 may be an adhesive portion formed by applying an adhesive to the tape base material 17a.
  • the tape base material 17a various known materials such as a nonwoven fabric are used.
  • the surface sheet 12 in the disposable diaper 100 of 1st Embodiment is comprised from the composite sheet 10 shown in FIG.
  • the composite sheet 10 includes a first direction X along the longitudinal direction (article longitudinal direction) Xa of the diaper 100 and a second direction Y along the width direction (article width direction) Ya of the diaper 100.
  • the composite sheet 10 includes a central region M in which the convex portions 4 are formed in different patterns and a pair of side regions S and S located on both sides of the central region M. Yes.
  • the central region M is located in the central portion of the diaper 100 in the width direction (article width direction) Ya, and the pair of side regions S and S are formed outside both side edges along the second direction Y of the central region M.
  • the central region M having the protrusions 4 formed in different patterns and the side regions S, S on both sides thereof are preferably formed at least in the crotch portion C in the longitudinal direction Xa of the diaper 100. It is preferably formed from C to either one or both of the ventral side A and the back side B, or the entire length of the absorbent body 14, and further to the entire length of the diaper 100. Is preferred.
  • FIG. 4 is an enlarged perspective view showing a part of the central region M of the composite sheet 10
  • FIG. 5 is an enlarged perspective view showing a part of the side region S of the composite sheet 10. It is shown.
  • the side regions S are formed at positions symmetrical with respect to a center line (not shown) along the longitudinal direction Xa of the diaper 100, and irregularities are formed in each side region S in the pattern shown in FIG. ing.
  • the composite sheet 10 includes a plurality of laminated first sheets 1 and 2 that are partially joined by embossing in both the central region M and the side region S.
  • the first sheet 1 protrudes in a direction away from the second sheet 2 at a portion other than the bonding part, and forms a convex part protruding toward the wearer's skin side.
  • the composite sheet 10 has a substantially flat surface on the second sheet 2 side in both the central region M and the side region S, and has unevenness on the first sheet 1 side.
  • the first sheet 1 and the second sheet 2 are made of sheet material.
  • the sheet material for example, a fiber sheet such as a nonwoven fabric, a woven fabric, and a knitted fabric, a film, and the like can be used. From the viewpoint of touch and the like, it is preferable to use a fiber sheet, and it is particularly preferable to use a nonwoven fabric.
  • seat 2 may be the same, or may differ.
  • nonwoven fabric in the case of using a nonwoven fabric as the sheet material constituting the first sheet 1 and the second sheet 2, for example, an air-through nonwoven fabric, a spunbond nonwoven fabric, a spunlace nonwoven fabric, a meltblown nonwoven fabric, a resin bond nonwoven fabric, a needle punched nonwoven fabric, etc. It is done.
  • a laminate obtained by combining two or more of these nonwoven fabrics, or a laminate obtained by combining these nonwoven fabrics and a film can also be used. Among these, it is preferable to use an air-through nonwoven fabric or a spunbonded nonwoven fabric.
  • the basis weight of the nonwoven fabric used as the sheet material constituting the first sheet 1 and the second sheet 2 is preferably 10 g / m 2 or more, more preferably 15 g / m 2 or more, and preferably 40 g / m 2 or less. More preferably, it is 35 g / m 2 or less.
  • the basis weight of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 10 g / m 2 or more and 40 g / m 2 or less, more preferably 15 g / m 2 or more and 35 g / m 2 or less.
  • thermoplastic resin examples include polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyamides such as nylon 6 and nylon 66, polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid alkyl ester, polyvinyl chloride, and polyvinylidene chloride. These resins can be used alone or as a blend of two or more. Further, it can be used in the form of a composite fiber such as a core-sheath type or a side-by-side type.
  • the composite sheet 10 has a central first convex portion 41 as a convex portion having the maximum height in the central region M, and has a first side convex portion 41 ′ as a convex portion having the maximum height in the side region S. Yes. And the center 1st convex part 41 is high compared with the side 1st convex part 41 '. Further, the central region M having the central first convex portion 41 has a larger amount of compressive deformation than the side region S having the first side convex portion 41 ′.
  • the height of the central first convex portion 41 is higher than the height of the side first convex portion 41 ′, and the amount of compressive deformation of the central region M having the central first convex portion 41 is the side having the side first convex portion 41 ′.
  • region S According to the disposable diaper 100 of 1st Embodiment by being larger than the amount of compressive deformation of the area
  • the one convex portion 41 is higher in height than the side first convex portion 41 ′, and the amount of compressive deformation as the central region M is larger than the amount of compressive deformation of the side region S, so that FIG.
  • the fiber density in the vicinity of the root K of the convex portion 41 is increased by compression, while the vicinity of the top portion is flexibly deformed to show a good touch. Therefore, the diaper 100 excellent in absorption performance can be obtained by disposing the central region M in a portion disposed near the wearer's liquid discharge portion and forming a number of points that quickly absorb the liquid.
  • the side first convex portion 41 ′ formed in the side region S is lower in height than the central first convex portion 41, and the amount of compressive deformation as the side regions S and S is also the compressive deformation of the central region M.
  • the air permeability of the diaper 100 is increased and the stuffiness is more effectively suppressed. Due to such an action, the disposable diaper 100 of the first embodiment is excellent in both air permeability and liquid drawability.
  • the height H1 of the central first convex portion 41 (see FIG. 9A) is set to the height H1 ′ of the side first convex portion 41 ′ [see FIG. 11] is preferably 105% or more, more preferably 110% or more, preferably 200% or less, more preferably 150% or less, and preferably 105% or more and 200% or less, more preferably Is 110% or more and 150% or less.
  • the height H1 of the central first convex portion 41 is preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 1 mm or more, preferably 5 mm or less, more preferably 4 mm or less, and preferably 0.5 mm or more and 5 mm.
  • the height H1 ′ of the side first convex portion 41 ′ is preferably 0.3 mm or more, more preferably 0.6 mm or more, preferably 4 mm or less, more preferably 3 mm or less, and preferably 0. 3 mm or more and 4 mm or less, more preferably 0.6 mm or more and 3 mm or less.
  • the difference between the height H1 of the central first convex portion 41 and the height H1 ′ of the side first convex portion 41 ′ is preferably 0.1 mm or more, assuming that the height H1> the height H1 ′. More preferably, it is 0.2 mm or more, preferably 2 mm or less, more preferably 1 mm or less, preferably 0.1 mm or more and 2 mm or less, more preferably 0.2 mm or more and 1 mm or less.
  • the height is a distance from the lower surface of the second sheet 2 facing the absorber 14 side to the upper surface of the first sheet 1 that forms the top of the convex portion 4.
  • the amount of compressive deformation in the central region M and the amount of compressive deformation in the side region are measured as follows.
  • Measurement method of compression deformation A sample is cut into a predetermined size, and after measuring the thickness in a state where the measurement site is pressurized at 0.1 kPa, the thickness is measured in a state where the pressure is applied at 2.0 kPa. The difference obtained by subtracting the thickness measured under 2.0 kPa from the thickness measured under 0.1 kPa is defined as the amount of compressive deformation.
  • the number of measurement points is arbitrary 3 or more per sheet, and the thickness is obtained by averaging two samples (6 or more measurement points).
  • the measurement sites were arbitrary three or more for each of the central region and the left and right side regions of each sample. .
  • a rectangular plate of 20 mm ⁇ 30 mm is placed on each measurement site, and the thickness under a load of 2.0 kPa and the thickness under a load of 0.1 kPa are measured for each measurement site.
  • the thickness here is the thickness of the central region M including the plurality of central first convex portions 41 or the side region S including the plurality of side first convex portions 41 ′. Then, for each measurement site, the thickness difference is calculated by subtracting the thickness under the load of 2.0 kPa from the thickness under the load of 0.1 kPa.
  • the average value of the thickness differences for a total of 6 or more measurement sites is the amount of compressive deformation of the central first convex portion 41, and a total of 12 or more measurement sites for the left and right side regions S.
  • the average value of the thickness differences for the side is defined as the amount of compressive deformation of the side first convex portion 41 ′.
  • a flat plate with a load adjusted to 0.1 kPa is placed so as to cover the entire surface of the cut sample, and after 1 minute or more has elapsed, the distance from the horizontal support surface on which the sample is placed to the flat plate is measured. Thereafter, the same measurement is performed at 2.0 kPa. If it is difficult to measure with the naked eye, the cross section of the cut sample may be observed and measured at a magnification of 20 to 100 times using, for example, a microscope (VHX-1000 manufactured by KEYENCE).
  • the height H1 of the central first convex portion 41 and the height H1 ′ of the side first convex portion 41 ′ are measured as follows. [Measurement method of height of convex part] The sample is cut with a sharp razor, the cut end face is observed, and the shortest distance between the lower surface of the second sheet 2 and the upper surface of each convex portion top is measured. Let the obtained value be the height of each convex part.
  • the cross section of the cut sample may be measured by observing at a magnification of 20 to 100 times using, for example, a microscope (VHX-1000 manufactured by KEYENCE).
  • the surface sheet is peeled off from the diaper, and the value obtained by measuring in the same manner as described above is used for the sample left for one day or more.
  • the height of each convex part is measured under no load.
  • FIG. 8 shows an enlarged plan view of the central region M of the composite sheet 10 shown in FIG. 9A to 9C are a cross-sectional view taken along the line Va-Va, a cross-sectional view taken along the line Vb-Vb, and a cross-sectional view taken along the line Vc-Vc in FIG.
  • a central continuous convex portion 40 that extends continuously in the second direction Y is separated from the first direction X by a certain distance.
  • a plurality of lines are formed.
  • each of the central continuous convex portions 40 as shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9A, the central first convex portions 41 alternately arranged in the second direction Y and the central first convex portions 41 are higher.
  • the lower central second convex portion 42 is connected to each other.
  • a convex part is connected that two adjacent convex parts are not separated by a joint part, and a part of one convex part forms a part of the other convex part. And a part of the other convex part forms a part of the one convex part.
  • the central first convex portion 41 and the central second convex portion 42 constituting the central continuous convex portion 40 preferably have a cavity at least on the back side of the central first convex portion 41, and have a cavity on each back side,
  • the hollow of the back surface of the center 1st convex part 41 and the cavity of the back surface of the center 2nd convex part 42 continue, and the continuous hollow part extended continuously along the 2nd direction Y on the back side of the center continuous convex part 40 More preferably, 40V is formed.
  • each of the central first convex portion 41 and the central second convex portion 42 constituting the central continuous convex portion 40 has a substantially circular shape in plan view. Further, the central first convex portion 41 and the second convex portion 42 have a shape having a top portion in the cross section in any of the first direction X and the second direction Y.
  • the central region M of the composite sheet 10 extends in the second direction Y and continues in the second direction Y, and has no joint portion in the second direction Y.
  • Embossed regions E that extend and have joints formed in a regular pattern are alternately formed in the first direction X.
  • a first joint 31 and a second joint 32 are formed as joints formed by partially joining the laminated first sheet 1 and second sheet 2 by embossing. ing.
  • the first sheet 1 and the second sheet 2 are integrally pressed by embossing, and both the sheets are higher in density than the other portions, preferably Are thermally fused between the two sheets by melting of the constituent resin of one or both sheets and subsequent solidification.
  • first joint portion 31 and the second joint portion 32 have different arrangement positions in the second direction Y as shown in FIG. Further, the first joint portion 31 and the second joint portion 32 are also different in lengths L1 and L2 along the second direction Y.
  • Each of the first joint portions 31 has a rectangular shape in plan view, and each side of the rectangle coincides with the first direction X or the second direction Y.
  • the second joint portion 32 has a substantially square shape in plan view, and each side of the square coincides with the first direction X or the second direction Y.
  • the first joint portions 31 having a rectangular shape are arranged in a line at intervals along the second direction Y with the long sides thereof aligned with the first direction X.
  • first joint portion row R1 along the second direction Y is formed.
  • the second joint portions 32 are arranged in a line at intervals along the second direction Y, with one of two sides orthogonal to each other coinciding with the second direction Y and the other side with the first direction X. ing.
  • the second joint row R2 along the second direction Y is formed.
  • the arrangement interval of the first joints 31 in the second direction Y is constant.
  • the arrangement intervals of the second joint portions 32 in the second direction Y have two types of intervals, and alternately have wide portions and narrow intervals. .
  • the arrangement positions of the first joints 31 when viewed along the second direction Y are all the same.
  • the arrangement positions of the second joints 32 when viewed along the second direction Y are all the same.
  • Each embossed region E includes one first joint row R1 and two second joint rows R2 located on both sides in the first direction X, as shown in FIG.
  • a total of four second joints 32 constituting two second joint rows R2 are formed around the first joint 31.
  • the four corners of the first joint portion 31 are arranged close to each other with the corners facing each other. Accordingly, a group of joint portions 30 including one first joint portion 31 and four second joint portions 32 located around the first joint portion 31 is formed.
  • a plurality of similar joint groups 30 are formed along the second direction Y at regular intervals.
  • the first joint portion 31 and the second joint portion 32 are formed in the above-described manner, and the portion corresponding to the non-embossed region N in the first sheet 1 when the composite sheet 10 is manufactured. 8 or the embossed region E in the central region M of the composite sheet 10 by pressing the portion corresponding to the portion between the first joint portions 31 from the back surface side or sucking from the front surface side.
  • a central continuous convex portion 40 including a central first convex portion 41, a central third convex portion 43, and the like having a plan view shape and a cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 9 are formed.
  • the central continuous convex portion 40 of the central region M of the composite sheet 10 used in the first embodiment extends continuously in the second direction Y and has a portion whose width is regularly narrowed in the second direction Y. .
  • a central first convex portion 41 is formed between a pair of first joint portions 31 that are opposed to each other with the non-embossed region N interposed therebetween, and are opposed to each other with the non-embossed region N interposed therebetween.
  • a central second convex portion 42 is formed in a region surrounded by a total of four second joint portions 32 composed of two pairs of second joint portions 32, and the center in the direction along the first direction X is the center.
  • the length L42 of the central second convex portion 42 is shorter than the length L41 of the first convex portion 41.
  • the central continuous convex portion 40 is a constricted portion whose width (length in the first direction X) is narrower than that of the central first convex portion 41 in the central continuous convex portion 40. .
  • the composite sheet 10 used in the first embodiment has a discontinuous central third convex portion 43 surrounded by an annular concave portion in the embossed region E as shown in FIGS. 8 and 9C. have.
  • the central third convex portion 43 has a shape having a top portion in the cross section in any of the first direction X and the second direction Y.
  • the central third convex portion 43 is lower than the central first convex portion 41.
  • the center third convex portion 43 has the cavity 43V on the back side thereof, but may not have such a cavity 43V.
  • a plurality of the central third convex portions 43 are linearly arranged in a row at a constant distance along the second direction Y to form the central third convex portion row. is doing.
  • the central second convex portion 42 and the central third convex portion 43 are formed at the same position in the second direction Y. More specifically, the central second convex portions 42 and the central third convex portions 43 are arranged alternately and linearly along the first direction X.
  • the central third convex portion 43 is located between the central first convex portions 41 and 41 in the directions Da and Db intersecting the second direction Y.
  • the directions Da and Db intersecting the second direction Y in the present embodiment are directions inclined with respect to the first direction X and the second direction Y, respectively, but the central third convex portion 43 is in the second direction Y.
  • the first direction X which is a direction intersecting with the center first convex portions 41, 41 may be located between each other.
  • the fourth convex portion 44 when attention is paid to the fourth convex portion 44 in addition to the central second convex portion 42 and the central third convex portion 43, these three types of convex portions are the central second convex portion 42 and the central second convex portion 42.
  • the 4th convex part 44, the center 3rd convex part 43, and the 4th convex part 44 are arrange
  • the upper surface of the fourth convex portion 44 is generally flat.
  • the fourth convex portion 44 is literally a “convex portion”, the fourth convex portion 44 is relatively more than any of the central first and second convex portions 41, 42 constituting the central continuous convex portion 40. Since the height is relatively low and the height is relatively lower than that of the central third convex portion 43, the concave portions are relatively viewed from these convex portions.
  • the central region M of the composite sheet 10 used in the present embodiment includes the first central convex portion 41, the central second convex portion 42, the central third convex portion 43, and the fourth portion described above on the first sheet 1 that constitutes the central region M.
  • a convex portion 44 is formed.
  • the height of the fourth convex portion 44 is lower than any of the central first convex portion 41, the central second convex portion 42, and the central third convex portion 43.
  • the first sheet 1 has a convex portion formed so as to protrude in a direction away from the second sheet 2 in a portion other than the joint portion. It is formed in a pattern different from the convex portion in the central region M.
  • the expression that the pattern of the convex part is different includes any of the case where only the arrangement of the convex part is different, the case where the form of the convex part is different, and the case where both are different.
  • the aspect in which the arrangement of the convex portions is different includes a case where the distance between the convex portions is different.
  • the aspect from which the form of a convex part differs also includes the case where the planar view shape of a convex part differs.
  • the arrangement and form of the protrusions are different between the central region M and the pair of side regions S, S.
  • FIG. 10 shows an enlarged plan view of the side region S of the composite sheet 10 shown in FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line Vd-Vd in FIG.
  • the third joint 33 is regularly arranged with two kinds of intervals La and Lb along the second direction Y.
  • a plurality of columns R are formed in the first direction X.
  • the second direction joint line R includes a first distance La and a second distance Lb wider than the first distance La as the distance between the third joints 33 in the second direction Y.
  • the plurality of third joint portions 33 in the second direction joint portion row R are intermittently arranged in the second direction Y so as to have these two kinds of intervals alternately in the second direction Y. ing.
  • the plurality of third joint portions 33 constituting each second direction joint portion row R have the same length and arrangement position in the first direction X, and are adjacent to each other in the first direction X.
  • a gap having a constant width W is formed between R.
  • the second direction joint row R formed in a plurality of rows in the first direction X has the arrangement positions of the third joints 33 in the second direction Y every other row, and is adjacent to the second direction.
  • the arrangement positions of the third joint portions 33 in the second direction Y are different from each other. Specifically, in the side region S of the composite sheet 10 in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 10, the arrangement positions of the third joint portions 33 in the second direction Y are mutually arranged as the second direction joint portion row R.
  • Different second direction first joint rows R3 and second direction second joint rows R4 are alternately formed in the first direction X, and the arrangement position of the third joint 33 in the second direction Y is different.
  • the first joint in the other joint row R is between the third joints 33 adjacent to each other at the second interval Lb.
  • a pair of third joint portions 33 that are adjacent to each other at the interval La are positioned.
  • each pair of second-direction joint portions R includes a pair of joint portions 34 including a pair of third joint portions 33 that are disposed close to each other in the second direction Y at the first interval La.
  • the side first convex portion 41 ′ is intermittently disposed at an interval Lb that is at least twice the first interval La, and the side first convex portion 41 ′ Is formed.
  • the joint portion pair 34 includes a pair of third joint portions 33 that are adjacent to each other at the narrowest interval La in the second direction joint portion row R.
  • the third joint portion 33 is formed in the above-described manner, and a region surrounded by a total of six third joint portions 33 in the first sheet 1 when the composite sheet 10 is manufactured.
  • the portion corresponding to is pressed from the back surface side or sucked from the front surface side, and the like in the side regions S and S of the composite sheet 10 in a plan view shape and a cross-sectional shape as shown in FIGS.
  • a large number of side first convex portions 41 ′ are formed.
  • the side first convex portions 41 ′ are formed in the composite sheet 10 in the form of dotted spots in plan view, more specifically in a staggered pattern. Is formed.
  • the side first convex portion 41 ′ is surrounded by the six third joint portions 33 described above.
  • the six third joint portions 33 surrounding the side first convex portions 41 ′ and the portions between the third joint portions 33 adjacent to each other in the six third joint portions 33 are the central portions of the side first convex portions 41 ′. Is formed in a state of being dispersed in the planar direction of the composite sheet 10. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 10, an angle ⁇ (see FIG.
  • the side first convex portion 41 ′ is located at each intersection of the first virtual straight line L3 and the second virtual straight line L4.
  • the angle ⁇ (see FIG. 10) formed by the first virtual line L3 and the second virtual line L4 is preferably 30 ° or more and 165 ° or less, and more preferably 45 ° or more and 150 ° or less.
  • the first imaginary straight line L3 and the second imaginary straight line L4 may be drawn so that the side first convex portion 41 ′ is located at the intersection of both.
  • first virtual line L3 and the second virtual line L4 are both inclined with respect to the first direction X and the second direction Y, but the first virtual line L3 and the second virtual line L4 are inclined. Either one or both of the straight line L3 and the second virtual straight line L4 may be parallel to the first direction X or the second direction Y.
  • a plurality of side first convex portions 41 ′ are arranged at regular intervals along a plurality of third direction convex portion rows in series along the first imaginary straight line L 3.
  • the side first convex portions 41 ′ are formed with a plurality of fourth direction convex portion rows arranged in series along the second virtual straight line L4 at a constant interval.
  • a third direction joint row R5 in which a plurality of joint pairs 34 are arranged in series at a constant interval is formed between adjacent third direction convex rows, and between adjacent fourth direction convex rows.
  • a fourth direction joint row R6 in which a plurality of joint pairs 34 are arranged in series at a constant interval is formed.
  • the first imaginary straight line L3 extends in parallel between a plurality of joint pairs (third joint rows) R5 in which a plurality of joint pairs 34 (or a plurality of joints 33) are arranged in series at a constant interval.
  • the second imaginary straight line L4 is parallel to the joint row (third joint row) R6 in which a plurality of joint pairs 34 (or a plurality of joints 33) are arranged in series at a constant interval. It is preferable to assume that it extends.
  • minute convex parts 44 ′ Between the pair of third joints constituting each joint pair 34 and between the pair of adjacent joints 34 around the side first convex part 41 ′, there are minute convex parts 44 ′.
  • the convex portion 44 ′ has a height that slightly protrudes from the upper surface of the third joint portion 33, and usually the height H4 ′ is 1/3 or less of the side first convex portion 41 ′. Therefore, an air passage through which air easily flows is provided between the third direction convex row and between the fourth direction convex rows, and excellent air permeability is obtained.
  • a plurality of central continuous convex portions 40 configured to include the central first convex portion 41 are formed in the central region M of the composite sheet 10 used as the top sheet 12.
  • side first convex portions 41 ′ are formed in a dotted shape. Therefore, a high density region of fibers generated near the root K of the convex portion due to compression of the central first convex portion 41 is generated in a large number or continuously along the central continuous convex portion 40, and the liquid absorption performance in the central region M is improved. Further improvement.
  • the side first convex portions 41 ′ are formed in a dotted shape, so that the side first convex portions 41 ′ are more difficult to deform with respect to pressure.
  • air permeability and liquid drawing-in property can be further improved.
  • the central continuous convex portion 40 preferably extends in the article width direction Ya (second direction Y), but the same applies to the case where the center continuous protrusion 40 extends in the article longitudinal direction Xa (first direction X). An effect is obtained. Further, in the first embodiment, the central continuous convex portion 40 formed in the central region M of the composite sheet 10 has a central first convex portion 41 and a central second convex portion that is lower than the central first convex portion 41. Although the convex portion 42 is alternately connected, the central first convex portion, which is the convex portion having the maximum height, may be continuously provided. In that case, the same effect can be obtained.
  • first side convex portion 41 ′ having the maximum height and the above-described minute convex portion 44 ′ may be formed as in the present embodiment.
  • 2nd convex part (not shown) which has thickness may be further formed, for example, it is distributed in the state where side 1st convex part 41 'and 2nd convex part (not shown) were mixed in the plane direction. You may do it.
  • region M of the composite sheet 10 is extended along the article width direction Ya (2nd direction Y).
  • the first side projections 41 ' are located at the intersections of the lattice described above. Therefore, the moisture generated from the liquid absorbed by the high density region of the fiber generated in the vicinity K of the convex portion formed in the central region M is the continuous hollow portion 40V formed in the central continuous convex portion 40 or the central continuous portion. Diffuses in the width direction passing between the convex portions 40, and is effectively diffused to the entire side surfaces passing between the third direction convex portion rows and between the fourth direction convex portion rows formed in the side region S. Therefore, the stuffiness at the time of wearing can be suppressed further.
  • the center in the central first convex portion 41 is pressed.
  • a portion higher than the height of the third convex portion 43 is deformed in the plane direction, and a portion lower than the height of the central third convex portion 43 is less likely to be deformed in the plane direction.
  • a fiber density gradient in which the fiber density increases from the portion B1 toward the portion B2 is likely to occur between the top portion B1 deformed by pressurization and the vicinity portion B2 of the joining point of the second sheet 2. Thereby, the drawing-in property of the liquid from the first sheet 1 to the second sheet 2 is further excellent.
  • the center third convex portion 43 in the central region M has a height H3 equal to the height H1 ′ of the side first convex portion 41 ′. Since the pressure applied to the topsheet 12 can be dispersed when the center first convex portion 41 is crushed due to the equal height, the side first convex portion 41 ′ of the side region S is more difficult to deform with respect to the pressure. Further, the air permeability in the side region S can be ensured more reliably.
  • the central third convex portion 43 in addition to the case where the height H3 of the central third convex portion 43 and the height H1 ′ of the side first convex portion 41 ′ are strictly equal, the central third convex portion 43
  • the case where the difference between the height H3 of the first side convex portion 41 ′ and the height H1 ′ of the side first convex portion 41 ′ (the absolute value of H3 ⁇ H1 ′) is within 10% of the height H3 of the central third convex portion 43 is also included. It is.
  • a plurality of central third convex portions 43 in the central region M are formed along the second direction Y, and in the second direction Y, A first joint portion 31 that is a vertically long joint portion that is long in the first direction X is formed between adjacent central third convex portions 43.
  • region BM (refer FIG. 1) by which the several elastic member 19 was arrange
  • the central region M of the sheet 10 is arranged, and the central continuous convex part 40 configured to include the above-described central first convex part 41 is extended in the second direction Y in the elastic member arrangement region BM.
  • a line is formed.
  • the width of the central continuous convex portion 40 in the elastic member arrangement region BM is P1
  • the interval between the elastic members 19 is P2
  • the interval between the central portions of the central continuous convex portion 40 is P3.
  • the relationship of P1 ⁇ P2 ⁇ P3 is satisfied.
  • the plurality of elastic members 19 in the disposable diaper 100 are for shrinking the diaper in the width direction to improve the fit in the back side portion B, but are overlapped with the region BM where the plurality of elastic members 19 are arranged.
  • the elastic member 19 causes the back side portion B of the diaper 100, particularly the absorber 14. Even in a state where the portion extending to the back end portion side contracts in the second direction Y along the article width direction Ya, the shape of the central continuous convex portion 40 is easily maintained, and the liquid absorption effect is hardly impaired.
  • the liquid absorption effect in the back side part B increases, and the liquid leakage from the back side part B side can be suppressed.
  • the contraction of the central continuous convex portion 40 accompanying the contraction of the elastic member 19.
  • it becomes regular and a density gradient of the fiber density is also formed in the central continuous convex portion 40, and the liquid absorption effect in the back side portion B is further enhanced.
  • the first joint portion 31 that is a vertically long joint portion preferably has a length along the first direction X of 1.2 times or more, particularly 1.5 times or more of the length along the second direction Y, Further, it is preferably 5 times or less, particularly preferably 3 times or less, more specifically 1.2 times or more and 5 times or less, particularly preferably 1.5 times or more and 3 times or less.
  • the first joint portion 31 that is a vertically long joint portion has a length along the first direction X that is 1.2 times or more the length along the first direction X of the second joint portion 32, particularly 1.5. Is preferably 5 times or less, more preferably 5 times or less, particularly preferably 3 times or less, and more specifically 1.2 times or more and 5 times or less, particularly 1.5 times or more and 3 times or less. Is preferred.
  • the length along the first direction X of the first joint portion 31 that is a longitudinally long joint portion is preferably 0.5 mm or more, particularly preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 10 mm or less, and particularly preferably 5 mm or less. Is preferably from 0.5 mm to 10 mm, particularly preferably from 1 mm to 5 mm.
  • the length along the first direction X of the second joint portion 32 is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 5 mm or less, particularly preferably 0.5 mm or more and 3 mm or less, and the length along the second direction Y is 0.00. It is preferably 1 mm or more and 5 mm or less, particularly 0.5 mm or more and 3 mm or less.
  • the third joint portion 33 preferably has a length along the first direction X of 0.1 mm to 5 mm, particularly 0.5 mm to 3 mm, and a length along the second direction Y of 0. It is preferably 1 mm or more and 5 mm or less, particularly 0.5 mm or more and 3 mm or less.
  • the interval La between the third joint portions 33 in the second direction Y is large between the third joint portions 33 in the narrow portion. 2 times or more, particularly 2.5 times or more, preferably 5 times or less, particularly 4 times or less, preferably 2 times or more and 5 times or less, particularly 2.5 times or more 4 times. It is preferable that it is less than 2 times.
  • the heights H2, H3, H4, and H4 ′ of the convex portions 42, 43, 46, and 44 ′ are directed toward the absorber 14 in the same manner as the central first convex portion 41 and the side first convex portion 41 ′.
  • the height H1 of the central first convex portion 41 is defined as the distance from the lower surface of the second sheet 2 to the upper surface of the first sheet 1 that forms the top of the convex portion 4 (FIGS. 9 and 11). And, it is measured in the same manner as the measuring method of the height H1 ′ of the side first convex portion 41 ′.
  • the manufacturing method of the composite sheet 10 includes a first roll 111 having a concavo-convex shape on the peripheral surface, and a concavo-convex shape having a mesh shape with the concavo-convex shape of the first roll on the peripheral surface. While the two rolls 112 are rotated in directions opposite to each other, the first sheet 1 is supplied to the meshing portions of the two rolls 111 and 112 to form the first sheet 1 with irregularities.
  • the first sheet 1 is held as it is along the peripheral surface portion of the first roll 111 and moved from the meshing portion, and then the second sheet 2 is moved to the first sheet 1.
  • the two sheets 1 and 2 are supplied so as to be superimposed on the sheet 1 and are partially joined by being sandwiched between the convex portion of the first roll 111 and the first heat roll 113 and the second heat roll 114 under heating. A joining step to be performed.
  • the second roll 112, the first heat roll 113, and the second heat roll 114 are disposed to face the peripheral surface of the first roll 111.
  • the second roll 112, the first heat roll 113, and the second heat roll 114 are arranged in that order from the upstream side in the rotation direction T of the first roll 111 toward the downstream side. Details of the first roll 111 and the second roll 112 whose peripheral surfaces are uneven are described later.
  • the 1st heat roll 113 and the 2nd heat roll 114 are flat anvil rolls which do not have unevenness in a peripheral surface, respectively.
  • the first sheet 1 is fed out from a raw roll (not shown) of the first sheet 1.
  • the second sheet 2 is fed out from a raw roll (not shown) of the second sheet 2.
  • the first sheet 1 that has been fed out is engaged with the meshing portion of the first roll 111 and the second roll 112, and the first sheet 1 is unevenly shaped.
  • the 1st roll 111 is attracted
  • the first sheet 1 is continuously sucked to the peripheral surface of the first roll 111 to keep the shaped state, and the second sheet 2 is overlapped.
  • a pressure is applied between 111 and the first heat roll 113 having a smooth circumferential surface.
  • both the first roll 111 and the first heat roll 113 or only the first heat roll 113 are heated to a predetermined temperature.
  • the first sheet 1 and the second sheet 2 located on the convex portion 11a of the first roll 111 are joined by thermal fusion to form joined portions 31 to 33.
  • the superposed body of the first sheet 1 and the second sheet 2 joined by heat fusion is moved under the state of being continuously sucked and held on the peripheral surface of the first roll 111, and the superposed body is moved to the first A pressure is applied between the roll 111 and the second heat roll 114 having a smooth circumferential surface.
  • both the first roll 111 and the second heat roll 114 or only the second heat roll 114 are heated to a predetermined temperature.
  • the materials constituting the first sheet 1 and the second sheet 2 for example, the thermoplastic resin, are melted in the joint portions 31 and 32 located on the convex portion 11a of the first roll 111, and the joint portions 31 to 32 are melted. 33 is formed more firmly. In this way, the target composite sheet 10 is continuously manufactured.
  • the first roll 111 and the second roll 112 have a central region forming portion that forms the above-described central region M in the composite sheet 10 at the central portion in the axial length direction,
  • the composite sheet 10 provided with the side region forming portions for forming the side regions S, S described above is used on both sides of the central portion in the axial direction.
  • the first roll 111 and the second roll 112 are a combination of a plurality of types of gears and spacers having different tooth formation patterns in the circumferential direction, which are concentrically attached to the shaft core and accumulated in a roll shape.
  • the first roll 111 and the second roll 112 are different in the gear tooth pitch, the gear combination, the spacer arrangement, and the like in the central region forming portion and the side region forming portion.
  • FIG. 14 shows a state in which the convex portion of the second roll 112 meshes with the peripheral surface of the central region forming portion of the first roll 111 in a flat state
  • FIG. 15 shows the first roll.
  • a state where the convex portion of the second roll 112 is engaged with the peripheral surface of the side region forming portion 111 is shown in a flat state.
  • the direction indicated by the arrow U is the rotation direction of the first roll 111 and the second roll 112
  • the direction indicated by the arrow V is the axial direction of the first roll 111 and the second roll 112.
  • the rectangular or square area indicated by fine dots indicates the tooth tip surface of the gear in the first roll 111
  • the area indicated by coarse dots is indicated by the second roll.
  • the tooth-tip surface of the gear in 112 is shown.
  • the first sheet 1 is formed in the recess formed on the peripheral surface of the first roll 111 in each of the central region forming portion and the side region forming portion.
  • regions S and S is performed by being pushed in by the tooth-tip surface of each gear of the 1st roll 111.
  • the target composite sheet 10 is obtained by bonding the second sheet 2 to the first sheet 1 subjected to the three-dimensional shaping.
  • the composite sheet 10 obtained as described above is introduced into the production line of the diaper 100, and is used as the top sheet 12 of the disposable diaper 100 by a known method.
  • the first sheet 1 When the first sheet 1 is deformed into a concavo-convex shape by being engaged with the meshing portion of the first roll 111 and the second roll 112, the first sheet 1 is sucked toward the inner direction of the first roll. It is preferable to promote the deformation of the first sheet 1 into the uneven shape.
  • the direction corresponding to the front and back direction of the wearer is the vertical direction
  • the direction orthogonal to the vertical direction is the horizontal direction, the image is easily compressed in the horizontal direction.
  • the conventional absorbent article is bent and deformed irregularly when the crotch is compressed in the lateral direction, so that the skin contact of the crotch is bad, and it is excreted from the excretion part of the wearer to the crotch
  • the problem is that urine and other excreted liquids are not received at a predetermined site by irregular bending deformation of the crotch, so that so-called liquid splattering easily occurs, and even a small amount of excreted liquid tends to leak. was there.
  • the present invention (second invention) relates to providing an absorbent article that has good skin contact with the crotch, is excellent in wearing feeling, and hardly leaks.
  • the disposable diaper 200 which is one Embodiment of the absorbent article of this invention (2nd invention) is shown by FIG.16 and FIG.17.
  • the diaper 200 has an abdominal side portion 1F disposed on the abdomen side of the wearer when worn, a back side portion 1R disposed on the back side, and a crotch portion 1M positioned therebetween, and from the abdominal side portion 1F. It extends to the back side 1R via the crotch 1M, and has a longitudinal direction X corresponding to the wearer's front-rear direction and a lateral direction Y orthogonal thereto.
  • the abdominal side portion 1F, the crotch portion 1M, and the back side portion 1R correspond to respective regions when the diaper 200 is divided into three equal parts in the vertical direction X.
  • the crotch part 1M has an excretion part facing part that is disposed to face an excretion part such as a wearer's penis when the diaper 200 is worn, and the excretion part facing part is usually a central part in the longitudinal direction X of the diaper 200. Or it is located in the vicinity.
  • the diaper 200 is disposed on the skin-facing surface side of the absorbent body 4 having an absorbent core 140 and can be in contact with the wearer's skin when worn.
  • the central part of the vertical direction X located in the crotch part 1M is formed in a vertically long hourglass shape that is bound inward and is long in one direction, that is, the vertical direction X.
  • Each of the top sheet 102 and the back sheet 103 has a size larger than that of the absorbent body 4 interposed between the two sheets 102 and 103.
  • the top sheet 102 is longer than the absorbent body 4 in the longitudinal direction X, but is substantially the same as the absorbent body 4 in the lateral direction Y, that is, in the plan view as shown in FIG. Both side edges 2S, 2S along the longitudinal direction X of the sheet 102 coincide with both side edges along the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent body 4.
  • the absorbent body 4 is configured to include the absorbent core 140 and the core wrap sheet 45, and both side edges 2 ⁇ / b> S and 2 ⁇ / b> S of the topsheet 102 are in the vertical direction at the maximum width portion of the absorbent core 140. It coincides with both side edges along X (see FIG. 17).
  • the back sheet 103 has a size larger than that of the top sheet 102 in the lateral direction Y, extends outward from the peripheral edge of the absorbent body 4, and is in a developed and extended state as shown in FIG.
  • the outer shape of the diaper 200 is formed.
  • various types conventionally used for this type of absorbent article can be used without particular limitation, and a resin film, a laminate of a resin film and a nonwoven fabric, or the like can be used.
  • the “skin facing surface” is a surface of the absorbent article or its constituent member (for example, the absorbent body 4) that is directed toward the wearer's skin when the absorbent article is worn, that is, relative to the wearer's skin.
  • the side close to the skin, and the “non-skin-facing surface” is the surface of the absorbent article or its constituent members that is directed to the side opposite to the skin side (clothing side) when the absorbent article is worn, that is, relatively worn The side far from the person's skin.
  • "at the time of wearing” here means a state where a normal proper wearing position, that is, a correct wearing position of the absorbent article is maintained, and the absorbent article is in a state of being deviated from the wearing position. Is not included.
  • seat 5 is distribute
  • the side seat 5 has an inner edge along the vertical direction X, and an outer edge along the vertical direction X that is located outside the inner edge in the lateral direction Y, and has a flat surface as shown in FIG. In view, the inner edge overlaps with the absorber 4, and the outer edge extends outward in the lateral direction Y from the side edge along the longitudinal direction X of the absorber 4, as shown in FIG. 103.
  • This leak-proof cuff can prevent outflow of excretion fluid such as urine outward in the lateral direction Y, so-called lateral leakage.
  • the top sheet 102, the back sheet 103, the absorber 4, the side sheet 5, and the elastic members 50 and 51 are joined to each other by a known joining means such as a hot-melt adhesive.
  • the diaper 200 is a so-called unfolded disposable diaper. As shown in FIG. 16, a pair of fastening tapes 6 and 6 are provided on both side edges along the longitudinal direction X of the back side 1R of the diaper 200. . A fastening portion (not shown) made of a male member of a mechanical surface fastener is attached to the fastening tape 6. Moreover, the to-be-attached area
  • the to-be-attached region 7 is formed by attaching a female member of a mechanical hook-and-loop fastener to a non-skin facing surface of the back sheet 103 that forms a non-skin facing surface of the abdominal side portion 1F by a known joining means such as an adhesive or heat seal It is formed by joining and fixing, and the fastening portion of the fastening tape 6 can be detachably fastened.
  • the absorber 4 has a shape that is long in the longitudinal direction X in a plan view as shown in FIG. 16, and extends from the ventral side 1F to the back side 1R including the crotch 1M.
  • the absorbent body 4 includes a liquid-retaining absorbent core 140 containing an absorbent material, and a core wrap sheet 45 that covers the skin facing surface 40a and the non-skin facing surface 40b of the absorbent core 140. Yes.
  • the absorbent core 140 and the core wrap sheet 45 are joined by a known joining means such as a hot-melt adhesive.
  • the absorbent body 4 (absorbent core 140) is formed symmetrically with respect to a virtual straight line (not shown) extending in the longitudinal direction X by dividing the diaper 200 in the transverse direction Y.
  • the absorbent core 140 has a single-layer structure, and has an hourglass shape in which the central portion in the longitudinal direction, that is, the longitudinal direction X is bound inward in a plan view as shown in FIG.
  • the absorbent core 140 is formed by stacking a core forming material including an absorbent material.
  • the absorbent material those normally used as a material for forming this type of absorbent core can be used without any particular limitation.
  • hydrophilic fibers such as wood pulp, synthetic fibers treated with a hydrophilizing agent, and water absorption Include polymer particles. That is, the absorbent core 140 can be a hydrophilic fiber stack, or a structure in which water-absorbing polymer particles are supported on the stack.
  • the core wrap sheet 45 a water-permeable sheet material can be used, and for example, paper, nonwoven fabric, or the like can be used.
  • the core wrap sheet 45 is a single continuous core wrap sheet 45 having a width that is not less than 2 times and not more than 3 times the length of the absorbent core 140 in the lateral direction Y.
  • the single core wrap sheet 45 covers the entire area of the skin facing surface 40 a of the absorbent core 140, and from the side edges along the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent core 140 to the outside in the lateral direction Y.
  • the extending portion is wound down below the absorbent core 140 to cover the entire area of the non-skin facing surface 40b of the absorbent core 140.
  • the form of the core wrap sheet 45 is not limited to this.
  • the skin side core wrap sheet covering the skin facing surface 40a of the absorbent core 140 and the non-skin facing surface 40b of the absorbent core 140 are not covered.
  • the skin side core wrap sheet may be included, and both sheets may be separate sheets.
  • the absorbent body 4 is located in the center portion of the absorbent core 140 in the lateral direction Y and extends in the longitudinal direction X, and is located on both sides of the core low stiffness region 40L in the lateral direction Y. It has a core high-rigidity region 40H having higher rigidity than the low-rigidity region 40L.
  • the core low-rigidity region 40L is a region in which a plurality of linear grooves 141 are formed in a lattice shape in a plan view as shown in FIG. 16, and extends from the ventral side portion 1F to the back side portion 1R including the crotch portion 1M. is doing.
  • the overall length in the longitudinal direction X of the core low-rigidity region 40L is shorter than that of the absorbent core 140, and the pair of grooves 141, 141 located at the outermost side in the longitudinal direction X are in the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent core 140. It is located inward in the vertical direction X from the front and rear ends.
  • the length in the lateral direction Y of the core low-rigidity region 40L that is, the length between the pair of grooves 141 and 141 located on the outermost side in the lateral direction Y is constant over the entire length in the longitudinal direction X of the region 40L.
  • the core high rigidity region 40H is a region other than the core low rigidity region 40L in the absorbent core 140, and surrounds the core low rigidity region 40L.
  • the core low-rigidity region 40L has a lower basis weight than the core high-rigidity region 40H. Therefore, the core low-rigidity region 40L has a lower rigidity than the core high-rigidity region 40H. .
  • the reason why the basis weight of the core low rigidity region 40L is lower than that of the core high rigidity region 40H is that grooves 141 are formed on the non-skin facing surface 40b of the core low rigidity region 40L as shown in FIGS. Because it is.
  • the core high rigidity region 40H is not formed with a recess such as the groove 141. In the core high rigidity region 40H, the skin facing surface 40a and the non-skin facing surface 40b are flat.
  • the groove 141 is a recess formed by intentionally reducing the amount of the core forming material including the absorbent material as compared with the peripheral portion in a known absorbent core manufacturing method using a fiber stacking apparatus. It is not a so-called embossed groove, that is, a recess formed by embossing (pressing process) a flat plate-like absorbent core having a uniform basis weight and no irregularities on the surface. Accordingly, the normal embossed groove has a higher density than the peripheral portion because the core forming material is consolidated by embossing, but the groove 141 is not consolidated in the formation process, and therefore the peripheral portion thereof. There is no substantial difference in density in comparison with (non-grooved portion).
  • a known method for manufacturing an absorbent core that can be used to form the groove 141 is, for example, a method for forming a concave portion for accumulation formed on an outer surface of a fiber stacking apparatus (rotary drum or the like) by supplying a core forming material supplied on an air flow.
  • the step of depositing at the bottom is used, and in such a step, the concave portion for accumulation having a partially different opening rate of the bottom is used.
  • the opening of the bottom corresponding to the formation site of the groove 141 is used.
  • the core low-rigidity region 40L in which the groove 141 is formed and the core high-rigidity region 40H in which the groove (concave portion) is not formed are provided.
  • Absorbent core 140 can be formed. In the absorbent core 140 formed in this way, as shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, the portion where the amount of core forming material is relatively small becomes the low basis weight portion 142 located at the portion where the groove 141 is formed. The portion having a relatively large amount of core forming material is the high basis weight portion 143 which is a portion where grooves (concave portions) are not formed.
  • the core low-rigidity area 40L is relatively adjacent to the high basis weight part 143 having a relatively high basis weight and a convex shape protruding toward the non-skin facing surface 40b, and the high basis weight part 143. It has a low basis weight portion 142 having a low basis weight and recessed toward the skin facing surface 40a, and the high basis weight portion 143 and the low basis weight portion 142 are integrally formed. And the groove
  • region 40H is formed in the non-skin opposing surface 40b side in the formation position of the low basic weight part 142. It is a concave part.
  • the low basis weight portion 142 that is the formation site of the groove 141 has a lower basis weight and a smaller thickness than the high basis weight portion 143 that is the non-formation site of the groove (concave portion) in the core low rigidity region 40L. .
  • the non-skin facing surface 40b has a concavo-convex structure due to the presence of the plurality of grooves 141, whereas the skin facing surface 40a has such a groove. It does not have (concave part) and is flat. As described above, when the non-skin facing surface 40b side of the absorbent core 140 has a concavo-convex structure, the absorbent core 140 is easily deformed flexibly by an external force applied to the absorbent core 140, so that the fit of the diaper 200 is improved. .
  • a plurality of linear grooves 141 extend in the vertical direction X, and a plurality of linear grooves 141 also extend in the horizontal direction Y.
  • the core low-rigidity region 40L is divided into a plurality of small regions by the plurality of linear grooves 141, that is, the low basis weight portions 142 that extend in this manner and are orthogonal to each other, and the small regions are divided into the high basis weight portions 143. It is. That is, each high basic weight part 143 is divided by the low basic weight part 142 (groove 141), and is independent.
  • the plurality of high basis weight portions 143 have substantially the same shape, and each has a rectangular shape in plan view, and the length in the vertical direction X is longer than the length in the horizontal direction Y.
  • the low basis weight portion 142 extends in both the vertical direction X and the horizontal direction Y and is connected to each other to form a continuous body.
  • the width of the low basis weight portion 142 extending in the longitudinal direction X (the length in the direction orthogonal to the length direction) and the width of the low basis weight portion 142 extending in the lateral direction Y may be the same or different. Also good.
  • the core low-rigidity region 40L has a block structure having a large number of block regions including the high basis weight portion 143 and the linear low basis weight portion 142 that surrounds the high basis weight portion 143 over the entire circumference thereof. Each block area is individually independent. As shown in FIG. 16, the outermost periphery of the block structure is formed by a low basis weight portion 142. And the recessed part by the side of the non-skin opposing surface 40b of the absorptive core 140 in the formation position of the low basic weight part 142 is the groove
  • the absorbent core 140 Due to the presence of the core low-rigidity region 40L having such a block structure, the absorbent core 140 becomes flexible in both the vertical direction X and the horizontal direction Y, and as a result, the absorbent core 140 is worn by the wearer. It becomes easy to follow the shape of the body. Furthermore, excretion fluid such as urine is guided by the relatively thin low basis weight portion 142 and flows therethrough, so that the diffusibility of the absorbent core 140 in the vertical direction X and the horizontal direction Y can be improved.
  • the ratio of the basis weight of the low basis weight portion 142 to the basis weight of the high basis weight portion 143 is preferably 20% or more, and more preferably. 30% or more, and preferably 80% or less, more preferably 70% or less.
  • Low basis weight portion 142 basis weight of itself is preferably 100 g / m 2 or more, more preferably 150 g / m 2 or more, and, preferably 500 g / m 2 or less, more preferably 400 g / m 2 or less.
  • the basis weight of the high basis weight portion 143 itself is preferably 300 g / m 2 or more, more preferably 350 g / m 2 or more, and preferably 900 g / m 2 or less, more preferably 800 g / m 2 or less.
  • the basis weight is measured as follows.
  • ⁇ Measurement method of basis weight> Cut along the boundary line between the low basis weight portion 142 and the high basis weight portion 143 in the absorbent core 140 using a single blade razor manufactured by Feather Corporation. Ten pieces of the high basis weight part 143 obtained by cutting were each measured using an electronic balance (Electronic balance GR-300 manufactured by A & D, accuracy: 4 digits after the decimal point). Find the average weight of the pieces. The calculated average weight is divided by the average area per piece of the high basis weight portion 143 to calculate the basis weight of the high basis weight portion 143. The basis weight of the core high-rigidity region 40H described later is calculated in the same manner as the basis weight of the high basis weight portion 143.
  • the length is 100 mm and the width is the design dimension of the width of the low basis weight portion 142.
  • five small pieces in the vertical direction X of the thin striped low basis weight portion 142 are cut out using a single-edged razor manufactured by Feather. Each of the 5 pieces obtained was measured using an electronic balance (Electronic balance GR-300 manufactured by A & D, accuracy: 4 digits after the decimal point), and averaged to obtain the average weight of one piece of the low basis weight 142. .
  • the calculated average weight is divided by the average area per piece in the vertical direction X of the low basis weight portion 142 to calculate the basis weight in the vertical direction X of the low basis weight portion 142.
  • the basis weight is calculated in the same manner as the vertical direction X of the low basis weight portion 142.
  • the high basis weight portion 143 is not only larger in basis weight than the low basis weight portion 142 but also thicker.
  • the ratio of the thickness of the low basis weight portion 142 to the thickness of the high basis weight portion 143, that is, the thickness of the low basis weight portion 142 / the thickness of the high basis weight portion 143 is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40% or more, And preferably it is 90% or less, More preferably, it is 80% or less.
  • the thickness of the low basis weight portion 142 itself is preferably 1.5 mm or more, more preferably 2.5 mm or more, and preferably 4.5 mm or less, more preferably 4 mm or less.
  • the thickness of the high basis weight portion 143 itself is preferably 2 mm or more, more preferably 3 mm or more, and preferably 8 mm or less, more preferably 7 mm or less. The thickness is measured as follows.
  • a sample is cut into a predetermined size, the measurement site is pressurized at 5 kPa for 10 minutes, and measurement is performed immediately after dewetting.
  • the number of measurement points is 3 points or more including one or more of each of the abdominal side, crotch, and back side per one sheet, and the thickness is obtained by averaging two samples (6 or more measurement points).
  • the diaper 200 is cut with a sharp razor in the longitudinal direction X or the transverse direction Y of the diaper 200, and the cross section of the cut sample is measured. If it is difficult to measure with the naked eye, the section of the cut sample may be observed and measured at a magnification of 20 to 100 times using, for example, a microscope (VHX-1000 manufactured by KEYENCE).
  • the core high-rigidity region 40H surrounds the entire outer periphery of the core low-rigidity region 40L having a block structure as shown in FIG.
  • the core low-rigidity area 40L and the core high-rigidity area 40H are partitioned by a low basis weight portion 142 located on the outermost periphery of the core low-rigidity area 40L.
  • the thickness and basis weight at an arbitrary position are constant.
  • the thickness of the core high rigidity region 40H is substantially the same as the thickness of the high basis weight portion 143 of the core low rigidity region 40L.
  • the relationship between the thickness of the core high rigidity region 40H and the thickness of the high basis weight portion 143 is not limited to this, and either one may be relatively large.
  • the thickness of the core high rigidity region 40H is preferably 2 mm or more, more preferably 3 mm or more, and preferably 8 mm or less, more preferably 7 mm or less. The method for measuring the thickness is as described above.
  • the low basis weight portion 142 and the high basis weight portion 143 of the core low rigidity region 40L are integrally formed as described above.
  • the block region composed of the low basis weight portion 142 and the high basis weight portion 143 and the core high rigidity region 40H located on the outer periphery thereof are also integrally formed.
  • integrated molding means that a plurality of parts, for example, a low basis weight portion 142 and a high basis weight portion 143 are not separated from each other without using a bonding means such as an adhesive or heat fusion. It means that they are integrated so that they are integrally formed from the same material.
  • the core low-rigidity region 40L and the core high-rigidity region 40H are formed in the absorbent core 140.
  • the core low-rigidity region 40L includes the low basis weight portion 142 that is the formation site of the groove 141 and the high basis weight.
  • the core high-rigidity region 40H is hard because the thickness and basis weight are constant, while the core high-rigidity region 40H is flexible because it has a block structure composed of the amount portion 143.
  • the rigidity is lower than that of the core high rigidity region 40H.
  • rigidity refers to the degree of difficulty in bending the constituent members of absorbent articles such as absorbent cores and surface materials, and high rigidity means that the constituent members are difficult to bend.
  • the rigidity measurement method varies depending on the type of component, and the rigidity of the absorbent core can be evaluated by the bending rigidity measured by the following method. It can be evaluated that the smaller the measured value of the bending stiffness, the lower the rigidity of the measurement object, and the easier it is to bend.
  • the “absorbent core” herein includes a member mainly composed of an absorbent material such as pulp and water-absorbing polymer particles, and a so-called core wrap sheet that wraps the member. That is, strictly speaking, the measurement object of this method is not an absorbent core alone but an absorbent body further including a core wrap sheet. However, since the bending stiffness of the core wrap sheet is usually much smaller than that of the absorbent core, the measured value of the bending stiffness of the absorbent body can be regarded substantially as the measured value of the bending stiffness of the absorbent core itself. it can.
  • the absorbent article from which the absorbent core is taken out is a new article sealed in a packaging bag
  • the absorbent article taken out after opening the packaging bag is left at room temperature and normal pressure for 1 day or more, and then the absorbent core is removed.
  • a predetermined measurement target part is cut out from the extracted absorbent core to obtain a measurement sample. For example, four rectangular portions having a length (width) 20 mm in the horizontal direction Y and a length 50 mm in the vertical direction X are cut out from the core low rigidity region 40L and the core high rigidity region 40H of the absorbent core 140 of the diaper 200, respectively.
  • a measurement sample For example, four rectangular portions having a length (width) 20 mm in the horizontal direction Y and a length 50 mm in the vertical direction X are cut out from the core low rigidity region 40L and the core high rigidity region 40H of the absorbent core 140 of the diaper 200, respectively.
  • a handle o meter For measurement of the bending rigidity of the measurement sample, a handle o meter can be used. For example, a texture tester (handle o meter method) “HOM-3 type” manufactured by Daiei Kagaku Seiki Seisakusho can be used.
  • the measurement sample Place the measurement sample on the handle base of the handleometer so that the longitudinal direction of the measurement sample is perpendicular to the groove of 30 mm width carved on the support base, and the center of the measurement sample with a 2 mm thick blade Press and measure the force required at the time of pressing.
  • the bending stiffness is measured for each of the four measurement samples of the core low-rigidity region 40L and the core high-rigidity region 40H, and the average value of the measurement values of the four measurement samples is calculated for the region 40L or 40H. Bending rigidity.
  • the bending rigidity of the core low rigidity region 40L is preferably 3 g or more, more preferably 4 g or more, and preferably 10 g or less, more preferably 9 g or less.
  • the bending rigidity of the core high-rigidity region 40H is preferably 5 g or more, more preferably 6 g or more, and preferably 20 g or less, more preferably 15 g or less.
  • the difference in bending rigidity between the core low rigidity region 40L and the core high rigidity region 40H is preferably 1 g or more.
  • the bending stiffness in each of the regions 40L and 40H of the absorbent core 140 can be adjusted by appropriately adjusting the selection of the core forming material, the basis weight (arrangement form of the grooves 141 in the region 40L), and the like.
  • the surface sheet 102 (surface material) will be described in detail.
  • the topsheet 102 overlaps with the core low-rigidity region 40L and extends in the vertical direction X, and the surface material low-rigidity region 2L in the lateral direction Y.
  • the surface material high rigidity region 2H is located on both sides and has higher rigidity than the surface material low rigidity region 2L.
  • the length or width in the lateral direction Y of the top sheet 102 is substantially the same as the width of the absorber 4.
  • the surface material low-rigidity region 2L is located at the center in the lateral direction Y of the diaper 200, and a pair of surface material high-rigidity regions 2H, 2H is located.
  • the pair of surface material high-rigidity regions 2H and 2H are formed symmetrically with respect to a virtual straight line (not shown) extending in the vertical direction X by dividing the diaper 200 into the horizontal direction Y. ing.
  • the two regions 2L and 2H having different rigidity are preferably formed in at least the crotch 1M in the longitudinal direction X, and extend from the crotch 1M to one or both of the ventral side 1F and the back side 1R. It is preferable that it is formed, or it covers the full length of the absorber 4, and also it covers the full length of the diaper 200 in the vertical direction X as in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 18 shows the skin facing surface of the top sheet 102 in an enlarged manner.
  • the surface sheet 102 has the convex part 26 which protrudes toward a wearer's skin side, and the recessed part 25 which exists in the circumference
  • the surface material high-rigidity region 2H have different formation patterns of the convex portions 26 and / or the recesses 25, the difference between the unevenness formation patterns is that the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the surface material high-rigidity region 2H are different. This is one of the causes of the rigidity difference.
  • the expression “the projection pattern is different” includes both cases where only the arrangement of the projections is different, cases where the shape of the projections is different, and cases where both are different.
  • the aspect in which the arrangement of the convex portions is different includes a case where the distance between the convex portions is different.
  • the aspect from which the form of a convex part differs also includes the case where the planar view shape of a convex part differs.
  • the arrangement and form of the protrusions 26 are different between the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the surface material high-rigidity region 2H.
  • the meaning of the expression “difference pattern of the recesses is different” is substantially the same as the expression “difference of the formation pattern of the protrusions”, and the description of the protrusions is appropriately applied.
  • the surface sheet 102 is formed by partially performing known embossing on the raw sheet that is the raw material.
  • the embossed portion is formed by the material of the raw sheet being consolidated.
  • the part which is formed into the concave part 25 and is not embossed protrudes to one side in the thickness direction, specifically the skin-facing surface side, and becomes the convex part 26, and the concave part 25 depends on the presence or absence of such embossing. Is a high density portion having a relatively high density, and the convex portion 26 is a low density portion having a relatively low density.
  • the region where the proportion of the concave portions 25 is large is usually harder and more difficult to bend.
  • the formation pattern of the concave portion 25 for example, the shape of the concave portion in plan view, the area (embossed area), the position, etc.
  • Both the “pattern”, for example, the shape, size, position, and the like of the convex portion 26 affect the rigidity of the topsheet 102. For example, even if the formation positions of the plurality of convex portions 26 are the same between two contrasting regions in the topsheet 102, if the area ratio of the concave portions 25 is different, the area ratio of the concave portions 25 is relatively large.
  • the rigidity of each part of the surface sheet (surface material) can be evaluated by the bending rigidity measured by the following method. It can be evaluated that the smaller the measured value of the bending stiffness, the lower the rigidity of the measurement object, and the easier it is to bend.
  • a predetermined measurement target part is cut out from the surface sheet to obtain a measurement sample.
  • a rectangular shape portion having a length of 30 mm in the vertical direction X and a length of 110 mm in the horizontal direction Y is cut out to obtain a test piece.
  • the test piece is rounded into a cylindrical shape in the longitudinal direction of the test piece with the skin-facing surface of the test piece facing outward, and one end and the other end in the longitudinal direction of the test piece are fastened with an ultrasonic seal,
  • a 30 mm cylindrical measurement sample is prepared.
  • the produced cylindrical measurement sample is set up so that its axial direction coincides with the vertical direction, and the measurement sample is compressed in the axial direction from its upper end side at a compression speed of 10 mm / min using a compression tester. Record the maximum load shown at times. Five measurement samples are prepared for each measurement target part, and each maximum load is measured, and the average value thereof is bent in the measurement target part (for example, the surface material low rigidity region 2L or the surface material high rigidity region 2H). The stiffness value.
  • the ratio of the bending rigidity of the surface material high rigidity region 2H to the bending rigidity of the surface material low rigidity region 2L is preferably 1.1 or more, more preferably 1.2 or more as the latter / the former.
  • the bending rigidity of the surface material high rigidity region 2H is larger than the bending rigidity of the surface material low rigidity region 2L, it is preferably 10 cN or more, more preferably 15 cN or more, and preferably 50 cN or less, more preferably 40 cN. Or less, preferably 10 cN or more and 50 cN or less, more preferably 15 cN or more and 40 cN or less.
  • the bending rigidity of the surface material low rigidity region 2L is smaller than that of the surface material high rigidity region 2H, it is preferably 40 cN or less, more preferably 30 cN or less, and preferably 5 cN or more, more preferably 10 cN. Or more, preferably 5 cN or more and 40 cN or less, more preferably 10 cN or more and 30 cN or less.
  • FIG. 19 shows an enlarged part of the surface material low-rigidity region 2L of the surface sheet 102
  • FIG. 20 shows an enlarged part of the surface material high-rigidity region 2H of the surface sheet 102.
  • the top sheet 102 in the diaper 200 of the present embodiment is a composite sheet made of a laminate of two sheets 20 and 21.
  • the laminated first sheet 20 and second sheet 21 are partially bonded by embossing in both the regions 2L and 2H, and a plurality of bonding portions, that is, concave portions 25 (high density portions) are formed.
  • seat 20 is formed, protrudes in the direction away from the 2nd sheet
  • the two sheets 20, 21 are pressed together by embossing, and preferably, the heat between the sheets 20, 21 is caused by melting of the constituent resin of one or both sheets and subsequent solidification. Fused.
  • the surface sheet 102 has a substantially flat surface on the second sheet 21 side, and has large undulations on the first sheet 20 side.
  • the first sheet 20 and the second sheet 21 are made of a sheet material.
  • a sheet material for example, a non-woven fabric such as an air-through nonwoven fabric or a spunbond nonwoven fabric, a fiber sheet such as a woven fabric, a knitted fabric, a film or the like can be used, and it is preferable to use a fiber sheet from the viewpoint of touch, In particular, it is preferable to use a nonwoven fabric.
  • the types of sheet materials constituting both sheets 20 and 21 may be the same or different.
  • the basis weight of the nonwoven fabric used as the sheet material constituting both sheets 20 and 21 is preferably 10 g / m 2 or more, more preferably 15 g / m 2 or more, and preferably 40 g / m 2 or less, more preferably 35 g / m. m 2 or less.
  • the main difference regarding the formation pattern of the convex portion 26 is that the surface material low rigidity region 2L includes the convex portion 26 as shown in FIGS.
  • the plurality of small convex portions 27A and 27B have the continuous convex portion 27 having a shape continuous in the lateral direction Y, whereas the surface material high rigidity region 2H has such a continuous convex shape.
  • the convex part 26 has a point in which a plurality of convex parts 26H exist independently. *
  • a plurality of continuous convex portions 27 extending continuously in the horizontal direction Y are formed at predetermined intervals in the vertical direction X.
  • the continuous convex portion 27 is formed by connecting a plurality of small convex portions 27A and 27B to each other.
  • “a convex portion is connected” means that two adjacent convex portions (small convex portions) are not separated by the concave portion 25 (joint portion), and a part of one convex portion. Is a part of the other convex part, and a part of the other convex part is a part of the one convex part.
  • Such presence of the continuous convex portion 27 extending continuously in the lateral direction Y greatly contributes to maintaining the three-dimensional structure of the topsheet 102 while the diaper 200 is worn. That is, while the diaper 200 is worn, especially in the crotch 1M, the outer sheet is compressed by applying external force from both sides in the lateral direction Y by the wearer's thigh. There is a concern that the three-dimensional structure composed of the concave portions 25 (high-density portions) and the convex portions 26 (low-density portions) 102 is crushed, and the effects that can be originally achieved by such three-dimensional structures are not achieved.
  • a continuous convex portion (not shown) extending in the longitudinal direction X is formed on the top sheet 102, that is, a continuous convex portion that is 90 ° different in the extending direction from the continuous convex portion 27, the continuous convex portion When compressed from the lateral direction Y, the plurality of small convex portions constituting the continuous convex portion are respectively compressed in the horizontal direction Y, and therefore the degree of deformation due to compression of the continuous convex portion as a whole is relatively large. Become.
  • the continuous convex part 27 is extended in the horizontal direction Y which is easy to be compressed during wearing of the diaper 200, it is hard to be crushed even if it is compressed by an external force applied from both sides in the horizontal direction Y. Easy to maintain. Accordingly, the continuous convex portion 27 extending continuously in the lateral direction Y is formed on the surface sheet 102, so that the texture inherent to the surface sheet 102 is easily maintained, and the skin contact with the wearer's crotch, liquid leakage, etc. In this respect, improvement in performance can be expected.
  • the continuous convex portion 27 is formed by alternately connecting two types of small convex portions 27A and 27B having different heights in the horizontal direction Y, as shown in FIGS.
  • the small convex portion 27A has a relatively high height
  • the small convex portion 27B has a relatively low height.
  • Both the convex portions 27A and 27B have a substantially circular shape in plan view, and have a shape having a top portion in a cross section in any of the vertical direction X and the horizontal direction Y.
  • the continuous convex portion 27 is hollow, and the hollow portion continuously extends over substantially the entire length in the lateral direction Y of the continuous convex portion 27.
  • the continuous convex part 27 is continuing over the full length of the horizontal direction Y of 2 L of surface material low rigidity area
  • a plurality of continuous convex portions 27 are linearly arranged in a row at a predetermined interval in the lateral direction Y, and the convex portion row composed of the plurality of continuous convex portions 27 extends across the surface material low-rigidity region 2L. It may be made to cross in the direction Y.
  • the surface material low-rigidity region 2 ⁇ / b> L is formed as a convex portion 26 (low density portion) in addition to the continuous convex portion 27, and the periphery thereof is a concave portion 25 (high density portion), that is, the sheets 20, 21.
  • Each convex portion 26L is formed in a region surrounded by a total of six concave portions 25, and has a shape having a top portion in the cross section in any of the vertical direction X and the horizontal direction Y.
  • each convex portion 26 ⁇ / b> L is lower in height than the small convex portions 27 ⁇ / b> A (small convex portions having a relatively high height) constituting the continuous convex portion 27.
  • each convex part 26L is hollow, but it may not be a hollow structure but may be a solid structure in which the material for forming the topsheet 102 is filled.
  • a plurality of convex portions 26L are linearly arranged in a row at predetermined intervals in the lateral direction Y to form the convex portion rows. It is composed.
  • a plurality of small convex portions 27B (small convex portions having relatively low heights) constituting the continuous convex portion 27 are arranged in a straight line at predetermined intervals in the lateral direction Y.
  • a convex row is formed.
  • column by the some convex part 26L and the continuous convex part 27 are arrange
  • the surface material high-rigidity region 2 ⁇ / b> H has a plurality of convex portions 26 ⁇ / b> H surrounded by concave portions 25 (high-density portions), that is, joint portions of the sheets 20 and 21. Yes.
  • Each convex portion 26 ⁇ / b> H is formed in a region surrounded by a total of six concave portions 25, and has a shape having a top portion in a cross section in any of the vertical direction X and the horizontal direction Y.
  • each convex portion 26 ⁇ / b> H is lower in height than the small convex portions 27 ⁇ / b> A (small convex portions having a relatively high height) constituting the continuous convex portion 27.
  • each convex part 26H is hollow,
  • the solid structure with which the formation material of the surface sheet 102 was filled inside may be sufficient instead of a hollow structure.
  • the convex portions 26H are formed in the form of dotted dots in a plan view, more specifically, in a staggered manner, as shown in FIGS. That is, in the surface material high-rigidity region 2H, a plurality of convex portions rows in which a plurality of convex portions 26H are linearly arranged at predetermined intervals in the horizontal direction Y are arranged in a plurality of rows in the vertical direction X. In the lateral direction Y, the convex portions 26H are shifted from each other between the adjacent convex portion rows.
  • a plurality of convex portions rows in which a plurality of convex portions 26H are linearly arranged at predetermined intervals in the vertical direction X are respectively expressed in the vertical direction X.
  • the plurality of convex portions 26H are arranged in a staggered manner so that the projected images of the convex portions 26H in another convex portion row adjacent to the specific convex portion row in the lateral direction Y are arranged.
  • the surface sheet 102 having the above-described configuration can be manufactured, for example, according to the method for manufacturing a composite sheet described in JP-A-2015-112343. Specifically, for example, the belt-shaped first sheet 20 is supplied between a first roll and a second roll whose peripheral surfaces are in mesh with each other, and the first sheet 20 is deformed into an uneven shape. Thereafter, the first sheet 20 is moved from the meshing portion along the peripheral surface portion of the first roll, and then the second sheet 21 is supplied so as to be superimposed on the first sheet 20, so that both sheets 20, 21 are Between the convex part and the heat roll in one roll, it is sandwiched by heating and partially joined.
  • the first sheet 20 is deformed into a concavo-convex shape by being engaged with the meshing portion of the first roll and the second roll, the first sheet 20 is sucked toward the inside of the roll, and the first sheet 20 It is preferable to promote the deformation to the uneven shape.
  • the surface material 102 has a surface material low-rigidity region that extends in the longitudinal direction X so as to overlap the core low-rigidity region 40 ⁇ / b> L in plan view.
  • the surface material low rigidity region 2 ⁇ / b> L having relatively low rigidity in the top sheet 102 and the core low rigidity region 40 ⁇ / b> L having relatively low rigidity in the absorbent core 140 are formed in the lateral direction Y of the diaper 200.
  • the surface material high rigidity region 2H having relatively high rigidity in the surface sheet 102, and the core high rigidity region 40H having relatively high rigidity in the absorbent core 140 overlaps in the thickness direction on both sides in the lateral direction Y.
  • the surface material high rigidity region 2H when projected in the thickness direction of the diaper 200, at least a part of the region 2H overlaps with the core high rigidity region 40H, and the surface material low rigidity region 2L of the diaper 200 When projected in the thickness direction, at least a part of the region 2L overlaps the core low-rigidity region 40L.
  • the boundary between the core low-rigidity region 40L and the core high-rigidity region 40H extends over its entire length in plan view. Since the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the surface material high-rigidity region 2H overlap each other, the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the core low-rigidity region 40L entirely overlap in plan view (see FIG. 16 and FIG. 16). FIG. 17).
  • the entire core high rigidity region 40H is the surface material. It overlaps with the high rigidity region 2H in plan view.
  • the central portion in the lateral direction Y of the diaper 200 (particularly the central portion in the lateral direction Y of the absorbent core 140) where the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the core low-rigidity region 40L overlap each other is relatively Both sides of the central portion (especially both sides in the lateral direction Y of the absorbent core 140) where the surface material high rigidity region 2H and the core high rigidity region 40H overlap each other are relatively high.
  • the center part is crushed and deformed relatively greatly when compressed by the wearer's thighs from both sides in the lateral direction Y.
  • the ratio of the area of the overlapping portion with the one in the surface material high-rigidity region 2H that overlaps one of the total area of one of the pair of core high-rigidity regions 40H and 40H is preferably 50% or more, Preferably it is 70% or more. From the same viewpoint, the ratio of the area of the overlapping portion with the surface material low-rigidity region 2L in the total area of the core low-rigidity region 40L is preferably 60% or more, and more preferably 80% or more. In the diaper 200 of the present embodiment, the ratios are all 100%.
  • the continuous convex portion 27 extending continuously in the lateral direction Y is formed in the surface material low-rigidity region 2L existing in the central portion of the diaper 200 in the lateral direction Y. Therefore, although the surface material low-rigidity region 2L is easily compressed during wearing of the diaper 200 due to the influence of the core low-rigidity region 40L that overlaps the surface material low-rigidity region 2L in the thickness direction, the surface material low-rigidity region 2L originally has The three-dimensional structure is easily maintained. Therefore, the texture inherent to the topsheet 102 is easily maintained, and further improvement in performance can be expected in terms of skin contact with the wearer's crotch, leakage, and the like.
  • the core low rigidity region 40L occupying the entire area of the skin facing surface 40a of the absorbent core 140.
  • the ratio of the area of the skin facing surface 40a in the (block structure forming region) is preferably 20% or more, more preferably 30% or more, and preferably 70% or less, more preferably 60% or less.
  • a plurality of convex portions 26 are intermittently formed in the longitudinal direction X at a predetermined pitch P4 in the surface material low-rigidity region 2L.
  • a plurality of grooves 141 that is, low basis weight portions 142 in the core low rigidity region 40 ⁇ / b> L are intermittently formed in the vertical direction X at a predetermined pitch P ⁇ b> 5.
  • the ratio of the pitch P5 to the pitch P4 is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and preferably 7 or less, more preferably 6 or less, as pitch P5 / pitch P4. .
  • the pitch P6 (see FIG. 18) of the continuous projection 27 is preferably 3 mm or more, and more preferably 4 mm. Above, and preferably 9 mm or less, more preferably 8 mm or less.
  • a pair of grooves 141 and 141 located at the outermost boundary in the lateral direction Y between the core low rigidity region 40L and the core high rigidity region 40H in a plan view as shown in FIG. ) Overlaps the boundary 28 between the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the surface material high-rigidity region 2H. That is, when the groove 141 forming the boundary between the region 40L and the region 40H in the absorbent core 140 is projected in the thickness direction of the diaper 200, at least a part of the groove 141 is the region 2L and the region 2H in the topsheet 102. It overlaps with the boundary 28.
  • the groove 141 and the boundary 28 overlap with each other over their entire length.
  • a bent portion is easily formed at the overlapping portion of both the boundaries 28 and 141, thereby
  • the three-dimensional structure of the constituent members surface material high rigidity region 2H, core high rigidity region 40H) existing on both sides in the lateral direction Y of the diaper 200 is easily maintained, and the central portion (surface material low) of the diaper 200 in the lateral direction Y is easily maintained.
  • the rigid region 2L and the core low-rigid region 40L) are easily bent and deformed.
  • the boundary 28 between the surface material low rigidity region 2L and the surface material high rigidity region 2H in the surface sheet 102, and the core low rigidity region 40L and the core high rigidity region 40H in the absorbent core 140 are provided.
  • the boundary (a pair of grooves 141 and 141 located at the outermost side in the lateral direction Y) overlaps the entire length of both the boundaries 28 and 141, but as in the other embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the boundary 28 in the sheet 102 and the boundary in the absorbent core 140 (the outermost groove 141 in the lateral direction Y) may partially overlap.
  • FIG. 21 shows an absorbent core 40A according to another embodiment of the absorbent article of the present invention (second invention). In addition, about other embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the structure part different from the diaper 200 mentioned above is mainly demonstrated, the same structure part attaches
  • the description of the diaper 200 is applied as appropriate to components that are not particularly described in the other embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the dotted line indicated by reference numeral 28 is a boundary between the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the surface material high-rigidity region 2H (not shown) and extends in the vertical direction over the entire length in the vertical direction X of the absorbent core 40A. X extends. As shown in FIG. 21, the dotted line indicated by reference numeral 28 is a boundary between the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the surface material high-rigidity region 2H (not shown) and extends in the vertical direction over the entire length in the vertical direction X of the absorbent core 40A. X extends. As shown in FIG.
  • a pair of grooves 141 and 141 located outward are located outward in the lateral direction Y from the boundary 28 between the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the surface material high-rigidity region 2H.
  • the first joint portion 31 and the second joint portion 32 in the central region M of the composite sheet 10 described above have the same width in the second direction Y and are spaced in the second direction Y. They may be opened alternately and arranged at equal intervals.
  • the elastic member 19 for contracting the absorbent article in the width direction of the article which is the width direction thereof, is only in the central portion of the back side in the width direction, for example, only in the rectangular frame shown as the elastic member arrangement region in FIG. It may be arranged. Further, the number of elastic members arranged in the elastic member arrangement region BM may be only two. In addition, as an elastic member for contracting the absorbent article in the longitudinal direction of the article, which is the longitudinal direction, only one of the elastic member 15a that forms a three-dimensional gather and the elastic member 16 that forms a leg gather may be provided. .
  • the elastic member 15a that forms the three-dimensional gather and the elastic member 16 that forms the leg gather may be arranged one by one on the left and right sides of the absorbent article, respectively, or may be arranged by a plurality. good.
  • the elastic member which shrinks an absorbent article in the longitudinal direction of the article, which is its longitudinal direction, may not be arranged.
  • the absorbent article of the present invention may be a pants-type (pull-on-type) disposable diaper instead of the unfolded disposable diaper.
  • These may be sanitary napkins, incontinence pads, panty liners, and the like.
  • the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and can be appropriately changed without departing from the gist of the present invention (second invention).
  • a sublayer or the like is provided between the topsheet 102 and the absorbent body 4 (core wrap sheet 45).
  • a fluid-permeable bodily fluid backflow prevention layer also called a liquid-permeable body fluid, may be interposed.
  • the surface sheet 102 in the said embodiment was comprised from the laminated body of the two sheets 20 and 21, you may be comprised from one sheet.
  • the absorbent article of the present invention (second invention) is not limited to the deployable disposable diaper as in the above embodiment, but is used to absorb body fluid (urine, menstrual blood, loose stool, sweat, etc.) discharged from the human body.
  • Body fluid urine, menstrual blood, loose stool, sweat, etc.
  • Articles are widely included, including pants-type disposable diapers, sanitary napkins, sanitary shorts, and the like.
  • the present invention further discloses the following absorbent article.
  • An absorbent article comprising a top sheet made of a composite sheet, a back sheet, and an absorbent body disposed between the two sheets,
  • the composite sheet has a first direction along the article longitudinal direction and a second direction along the article width direction, and the laminated first sheet and second sheet are partially joined to form a plurality of joints.
  • the first sheet protrudes in a direction away from the second sheet at a portion other than the joint portion, and forms a convex portion protruding toward the wearer's skin side
  • the composite sheet has a central region in which the convex portions are formed in different patterns and a pair of side regions located on both sides of the central region,
  • the central first convex portion that is the largest convex portion in the central region has a higher height than the side first convex portion that is the largest convex portion in the side region,
  • the absorbent article in which the amount of compressive deformation in the central region is larger than the amount of compressive deformation in the side region.
  • a plurality of central continuous convex portions including the central first convex portion are formed in the central region, and the convex portions are formed in a dotted shape in the side region, The absorbent article as described in ⁇ 1>.
  • the absorbent article according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2> which is continuous.
  • Each of the central continuous protrusions extends along the second direction
  • the first side protrusions in the side region are parallel to each other in the composite sheet in the side region and have a plurality of first virtual straight lines parallel to each other and an angle between the first virtual straight lines.
  • a central third convex portion having a height lower than that of the central first convex portion is formed in the central region, The central third convex portions are positioned in the first direction between the central first convex portions, and the height thereof is equal to the height of the side first convex portions.
  • ⁇ 1> to ⁇ The absorbent article according to any one of 4>.
  • a central third convex portion having a height lower than that of the central first convex portion is formed in the central region, A plurality of the central third convex portions are formed along the second direction, and a vertically long joint portion having a long shape in the first direction is formed between adjacent central third convex portions in the second direction.
  • the height of the central first protrusion is preferably 105% or more, more preferably 110% or more, and preferably 200% or less, more preferably 150, with respect to the height of the side first protrusion. % Or less, the absorbent article according to any one of the above items ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>.
  • the height of the central first convex portion is preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 1 mm or more, preferably 5 mm or less, more preferably 4 mm or less, any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7> Or an absorbent article according to claim 1.
  • the height of the first side convex portion is preferably 0.3 mm or more, more preferably 0.6 mm or more, preferably 4 mm or less, more preferably 3 mm or less, ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>
  • the difference between the height of the central first convex portion and the height of the side first convex portion is preferably 0.1 mm or more, more preferably 0.2 mm or more, and preferably 2 mm or less, more preferably 1 mm or less.
  • the absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 10> which is preferable.
  • ⁇ 12> In the central region, a plurality of central continuous convex portions are formed, There is a cavity on the back side of each of the central first convex portion and the central second convex portion that is lower than the central first convex portion constituting the central continuous convex portion, and the back surface of the central first convex portion And a cavity on the back surface of the central second convex part, and a continuous hollow part extending continuously in the second direction is formed on the back side of the central continuous convex part.
  • the absorbent article according to any one of> to ⁇ 11>.
  • a first joint section along the second direction is formed by a first joint section having a long side that coincides with the first direction and has a rectangular shape arranged in a line at intervals along the second direction.
  • One side of two sides orthogonal to each other coincides with the second direction, the other side coincides with the first direction, and the second joints are arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction, thereby causing the second direction.
  • the first joint portion along the second direction is formed by the first joint portions having the long sides coinciding with the first direction and having a rectangular shape arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction. And One side of two sides orthogonal to each other coincides with the second direction, the other side coincides with the first direction, and the second joints are arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction, thereby causing the second direction.
  • a second joint row R2 is formed along In each first joint row, the arrangement interval of the first joint portions in the second direction is constant, and in each second joint row, the arrangement interval of the second joint portions in the second direction is 2
  • the first joint portion along the second direction is formed by the first joint portions having the long sides coinciding with the first direction and having a rectangular shape arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction.
  • a second joint row R2 is formed along In each of the first joint rows, the arrangement positions of the first joints when viewed along the second direction are all the same, and each second joint row is also in the second direction.
  • the first joint portion along the second direction is formed by the first joint portions having the long sides coinciding with the first direction and having a rectangular shape arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction. And One side of two sides orthogonal to each other coincides with the second direction, the other side coincides with the first direction, and the second joints are arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction, thereby causing the second direction.
  • a second joint row R2 is formed along When attention is paid to one of the first joints constituting the first joint row, a total of four second joints constituting two second joint rows are around the first joint,
  • the first joint portion along the second direction is formed by the first joint portions having the long sides coinciding with the first direction and having a rectangular shape arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction.
  • a second joint row R2 is formed along A group of joints composed of one first joint and four second joints located around the first joint is formed.
  • a similar joint group is The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 17>, wherein a plurality of the absorbent articles are formed at regular intervals along two directions.
  • the central region of the composite sheet includes the central first convex portion, the central second convex portion having a height lower than the central first convex portion, the central third convex portion, and the first sheet constituting the central sheet.
  • a fourth protrusion is formed, When attention is paid to the central second convex portion, the central third convex portion and the fourth convex portion which are lower in height than the central first convex portion, these three types of convex portions are the central second convex portion.
  • the fourth convex portion, the central third convex portion, and the fourth convex portion are arranged in this order regularly and linearly along the first direction, ⁇ 1> to ⁇
  • the central region of the composite sheet includes the central first convex portion, the central second convex portion having a height lower than the central first convex portion, the central third convex portion, and the first sheet constituting the central sheet.
  • a fourth convex portion is formed, and the fourth convex portion has a height lower than any of the central first convex portion, the central second convex portion, and the central third convex portion,
  • the absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 19>.
  • ⁇ 21> In the side region of the composite sheet, a plurality of second direction joint rows in which the third joint portions are regularly arranged at two kinds of intervals along the second direction are formed in the first direction.
  • the second direction joint line has a first distance and a second distance wider than the first distance as a distance between the third joints in the second direction.
  • the plurality of third joints constituting each of the second direction joint rows have the same length and arrangement position in the first direction, and are adjacent between the second direction joint rows adjacent in the first direction.
  • second direction first joint rows and second direction second joint rows in which the arrangement positions of the third joints in the second direction are different from each other alternately in the first direction.
  • the second direction first joint row and the second direction second joint row are adjacent to each other at the second interval on one side.
  • Sex goods. ⁇ 26> The composite sheet in the side region is assumed to be a plurality of first virtual lines parallel to each other and a plurality of second virtual lines parallel to each other having an angle between the first virtual lines.
  • the angle ⁇ formed by the first virtual line and the second virtual line is preferably 30 ° or more and 165 ° or less, more preferably 45 ° or more and 150 ° or less, and any one of the above items ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 25> 2.
  • the absorbent article according to 1. ⁇ 27> The composite sheet in the side region is assumed to be a plurality of first virtual lines parallel to each other and a plurality of second virtual lines parallel to each other having an angle between the first virtual lines.
  • a plurality of third first convex portions arranged in series along the first imaginary straight line with a plurality of side first convex portions at regular intervals, and a plurality of the side portions Any one of the above items ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 26>, wherein the first protrusions are formed with a plurality of fourth direction protrusions arranged in series along the second imaginary straight line at regular intervals.
  • Absorbent article as described in 1. ⁇ 28> Between the adjacent third direction convex part rows, a third direction joint part row in which a plurality of joint pairs are arranged in series at a constant interval is formed, and between the adjacent fourth direction convex part rows.
  • Disposable diaper having an abdominal side portion disposed on the stomach side of the wearer when worn, a back side portion disposed on the back side of the wearer when worn, and a crotch portion positioned between the abdominal side portion and the back side portion
  • a plurality of elastic members for shrinking the disposable diaper in the width direction are disposed at least in the center in the width direction of the dorsal side portion at intervals in the longitudinal direction of the disposable diaper,
  • the central region of the composite sheet is arranged in an elastic member arrangement region in which the plurality of elastic members are arranged, and the elastic member arrangement region includes the central first convex portion.
  • the protrusions are each formed in a plurality of rows extending in the second direction, When the width of the central continuous convex portion is P1, the interval between the elastic members is P2, and the interval between the central portions of the central continuous convex portion is P3, the relationship of P1 ⁇ P2 ⁇ P3 is satisfied.
  • the length of the first joint portion 31 that is a vertically long joint portion is preferably 1.2 times or more, particularly 1.5 times or more of the length along the second direction, and 5 times the length along the second direction.
  • the absorbent article according to ⁇ 31> preferably not more than twice, particularly preferably not more than 3 times.
  • the first joint portion 31 that is a vertically long joint portion has a length along the first direction that is 1.2 times or more, particularly 1.5 times or more the length along the first direction of the second joint portion.
  • the absorbent article according to ⁇ 31> or ⁇ 32> preferably 5 times or less, particularly preferably 3 times or less.
  • the length along the first direction of the first joint which is a vertically long joint is preferably 0.5 mm or more, particularly preferably 1 mm or more, and is preferably 10 mm or less, particularly preferably 5 mm or less, ⁇ 31>
  • the second joints arranged in a line at intervals along the second direction with one side of the two sides orthogonal to each other aligned in the second direction and the other side in the first direction are arranged in the first direction.
  • the length along the second direction is preferably 0.1 mm to 5 mm, particularly 0.5 mm to 3 mm, and the length along the second direction is 0.1 mm to 5 mm, particularly 0.5 mm to 3 mm.
  • the length of the third joint formed in the side region of the composite sheet along the first direction is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 5 mm or less, particularly preferably 0.5 mm or more and 3 mm or less, and in the second direction.
  • the second direction joint line in which the third joints are regularly arranged at two kinds of intervals along the second direction has a gap between portions where the distance between the third joints in the second direction is large.
  • ⁇ 40> In the central region of the composite sheet, a non-embossed region that extends in the second direction and does not have a joint portion continuously in the second direction, and extends in the second direction, the joint portions are regular.
  • An absorbent body having an absorbent core containing an absorbent material, and a surface sheet disposed on the skin-facing surface side of the absorbent body, and a transverse direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction corresponding to the wearer's front-rear direction
  • An absorbent article having a direction, The absorbent body is located in a laterally central portion of the absorbent core and extends in the longitudinal direction, and is located on both lateral sides of the core low stiffness area and compared to the core low stiffness area.
  • the top sheet is positioned on both sides in the lateral direction of the surface material low-rigidity region and overlaps with the core low-rigidity region in a plan view in comparison with the surface material low-rigidity region.
  • the absorbent article according to ⁇ 1> further including a highly rigid surface material high-rigidity region, wherein the surface material high-rigidity region and the core high-rigidity region overlap in plan view.
  • region is an absorbent article as described in said ⁇ 41> whose basic weight is low compared with the said core high-rigidity area
  • the core high-rigidity area is an area other than the core low-rigidity area in the absorbent core, and the absorbent article according to ⁇ 41> or ⁇ 42>, which surrounds the core low-rigidity area.
  • Grooves are formed on the skin-facing surface or non-skin-facing surface of the core low-rigidity region, and the groove-forming portion has a lower basis weight than the groove-non-forming portion of the core low-rigidity region.
  • the core low-rigidity region is a region in which a plurality of linear grooves are formed in a lattice shape in plan view, and extends from the ventral side portion to the dorsal side portion according to ⁇ 44>.
  • the core low-rigidity region has a shorter length in the longitudinal direction than the absorbent core, and the pair of grooves positioned at the outermost sides in the longitudinal direction are longer than the longitudinal front and rear ends of the absorbent core.
  • the lateral length of the core low-rigidity region that is, the length between the pair of grooves located at the outermost sides in the lateral direction is constant over the entire length in the vertical direction of the core low-rigidity region ⁇ 44>.
  • the core low-rigidity region has a relatively high basis weight and a high basis weight portion having a convex shape protruding toward the non-skin facing surface side, and is adjacent to the high basis weight portion and relatively has a basis weight.
  • the non-skin facing surface has an uneven structure due to the presence of the plurality of grooves, whereas the skin facing surface does not have the grooves and is flat ⁇ 48>.
  • a plurality of linear grooves extend in the vertical direction, and a plurality of linear grooves extend in the horizontal direction.
  • the ratio of the basis weight of the low basis weight part to the basis weight of the high basis weight part is preferably 20% or more, more preferably 30% or more, and preferably 80% or less, more preferably as the latter / the former.
  • the basis weight of the low basis weight part is preferably 100 g / m 2 or more, more preferably 150 g / m 2 or more, and preferably 500 g / m 2 or less, more preferably 400 g / m 2 or less ⁇ 48
  • the absorbent article according to any one of> to ⁇ 52> is preferably 100 g / m 2 or more, more preferably 150 g / m 2 or more, and preferably 500 g / m 2 or less, more preferably 400 g / m 2 or less ⁇ 48.
  • the basis weight of the high basis weight part is preferably 300 g / m 2 or more, more preferably 350 g / m 2 or more, and preferably 900 g / m 2 or less, more preferably 800 g / m 2 or less ⁇ 48
  • the high basis weight part is thicker than the low basis weight part, and the ratio of the thickness of the low basis weight part to the thickness of the high basis weight part is preferably 30% or more as the latter / the former.
  • the thickness of the low basis weight part is preferably 1.5 mm or more, more preferably 2.5 mm or more, and preferably 4.5 mm or less, more preferably 4 mm or less, any of the above ⁇ 48> to ⁇ 55> Or an absorbent article according to claim 1.
  • ⁇ 57> The absorption according to any one of ⁇ 48> to ⁇ 56>, wherein the thickness of the high basis weight part is preferably 2 mm or more, more preferably 3 mm or more, and preferably 8 mm or less, more preferably 7 mm or less. Sex goods.
  • ⁇ 58> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 48> to ⁇ 57>, wherein a thickness of the core high rigidity region is substantially the same as a thickness of the high basis weight portion of the core low rigidity region.
  • the bending rigidity of the core low-rigidity region is preferably 3 g or more, more preferably 4 g or more, and preferably 10 g or less, more preferably 9 g or less, according to any one of the above items ⁇ 41> to ⁇ 58>.
  • the bending rigidity of the core high-rigidity region is preferably 5 g or more, more preferably 6 g or more, and preferably 20 g or less, more preferably 15 g or less, according to any one of ⁇ 41> to ⁇ 59>.
  • Absorbent article. ⁇ 61> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 41> to ⁇ 60>, wherein a difference in flexural rigidity between the core low-rigidity region and the core high-rigidity region is 1 g or more.
  • the top sheet has a convex portion protruding toward the wearer's skin side and a concave portion existing around the convex portion, and the convex portion and the top surface material low rigidity region and the top surface material high rigidity region.
  • the concave portion is a high-density portion subjected to embossing
  • the convex portion is a low-density portion not subjected to embossing.
  • ⁇ 64> The absorbent article according to ⁇ 62> or ⁇ 63>, wherein, in the surface material high-rigidity region, the convex portions are formed in a plan view scattered dot shape, more specifically in a staggered shape.
  • ⁇ 65> The absorbent article according to any one of the above items ⁇ 62> to ⁇ 64>, wherein the surface material low-rigidity region includes a continuous convex portion having a shape in which a plurality of convex portions are connected in a lateral direction as the convex portion.
  • the surface material high-rigidity region does not include the continuous convex portion, and the surface material high-rigidity region includes a plurality of the convex portions independently.
  • ⁇ 67> The absorbent article according to ⁇ 65> or ⁇ 66>, wherein the continuous convex portion is hollow, and the hollow portion continuously extends over substantially the entire length in the lateral direction of the continuous convex portion.
  • ⁇ 68> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 65> to ⁇ 67>, wherein the continuous convex portion is formed by alternately connecting two types of small convex portions having different heights in the horizontal direction.
  • ⁇ 69> In the surface material low-rigidity region, a plurality of convex portions arranged by the convex portions and the continuous convex portions are alternately and linearly arranged along the vertical direction, and one convex portion and one convex portion are arranged.
  • ⁇ 70> The absorptivity according to any one of ⁇ 65> to ⁇ 69>, wherein the pitch of the continuous convex portions is preferably 3 mm or more, more preferably 4 mm or more, and preferably 9 mm or less, more preferably 8 mm or less. Goods.
  • the plurality of convex portions are intermittently formed at a predetermined pitch P4 in the vertical direction, and in the core low rigidity region, the plurality of grooves are intermittent in the vertical direction at a predetermined pitch P5.
  • the ratio of the pitch P5 to the pitch P4 is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and preferably 7 or less, more preferably 6 or less as the pitch P5 / pitch P4.
  • the ratio of the bending rigidity of the high-stiffness region of the surface material to the bending rigidity of the low-stiffness region of the surface material is preferably 1.1 or more, more preferably 1.2 or more as the latter / the former.
  • 71> The absorbent article in any one of 71>.
  • ⁇ 73> On the assumption that the bending rigidity of the surface material high rigidity region is larger than the bending rigidity of the surface material low rigidity region, it is preferably 10 cN or more, more preferably 15 cN or more, and preferably 50 cN or less, more preferably 40 cN.
  • the bending rigidity of the surface material low rigidity region is smaller than the bending rigidity of the surface material high rigidity region, it is preferably 40 cN or less, more preferably 30 cN or less, and preferably 5 cN or more, more preferably 10 cN.
  • the ratio of the area of the skin facing surface of the core low-rigidity region to the total area of the skin facing surface of the absorbent core is preferably 20% or more, more preferably 30% or more, and preferably 70% or less,
  • ⁇ 77> It has the abdominal side arranged on the abdomen side of the wearer and the dorsal side part arranged on the dorsal side and the crotch part located between them in the vertical direction, In the ventral part and the dorsal part, the boundary between the core low rigidity region and the core high rigidity region is located laterally outward from the boundary between the surface material low rigidity region and the surface material high rigidity region. And In the crotch part, the boundary between the core low-rigidity region and the core high-rigidity region is located inward in the lateral direction from the boundary between the surface material low-rigidity region and the surface material high-rigidity region.
  • the absorbent article according to any one of 41> to ⁇ 76>. ⁇ 78> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 41> to ⁇ 77>, wherein the absorbent core has a single-layer structure and has an hourglass shape in which a central portion in a longitudinal direction is bound inward in a plan view.
  • An absorbent body having an absorbent core containing an absorbent material, and a surface material disposed on the skin-facing surface side of the absorbent body, and a transverse direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction corresponding to the wearer's front-rear direction.
  • An absorbent article having a direction, The absorbent body is located in a laterally central portion of the absorbent core and extends in the longitudinal direction, and is located on both lateral sides of the core low stiffness area and compared to the core low stiffness area.
  • the surface material is positioned on both lateral sides of the surface material low-rigidity region and overlaps with the core low-rigidity region in a vertical direction in a plan view, and compared to the surface material low-rigidity region.
  • the absorbent article has a highly rigid surface material high rigidity region, and the surface material high rigidity region and the core high rigidity region overlap in plan view.
  • the absorbent article of the present invention (the first invention) is excellent in both air permeability and liquid drawability.
  • an absorbent article that has good skin contact with the crotch, is excellent in wearing feeling, and is unlikely to cause liquid leakage.

Abstract

An absorbent article provided with a top sheet (12) comprising a composite sheet, a rear sheet (13), and an absorbent (14) disposed between the two sheets, wherein the composite sheet (10) has a first direction (X) along the lengthwise direction of the article and a second direction (Y) along the widthwise direction of the article, a laminated first sheet (1) and second sheet (2) are partially joined to form a plurality of joining portions, the first sheet (1) protrudes in a direction away from the second sheet (2) in portions other than the joining portions (31, 32, 33) to form convex portions protruding toward the skin of a wearer, the composite sheet (10) has a central region (M) and a pair of side regions (S, S) in which convex portions are formed in mutually different patterns, a convex portion (41) having the greatest height in the central region (M) is higher than a convex portion (41') having the greatest height in a side region (S), and the central region (M) has greater compressive deformation than does a side region (S).

Description

吸収性物品Absorbent articles
 本発明は、使い捨ておむつ、生理用ナプキン、失禁パッド等の吸収性物品に関する。 The present invention relates to absorbent articles such as disposable diapers, sanitary napkins, and incontinence pads.
 従来、使い捨ておむつ、生理用ナプキン、失禁パッド等の吸収性物品の表面シートとして、着用者の肌側に向けられる肌側面に、エンボス加工等により凹凸形状を形成したものが知られている。また、表面シートの肌側面に凹凸形状を形成することで、着用者の肌との接触面積を低減して、通気性を向上させたり、肌へのべたつきを低減したりする技術も知られている。 Conventionally, as a surface sheet of an absorbent article such as a disposable diaper, a sanitary napkin, an incontinence pad, etc., an uneven surface formed by embossing or the like is known on the side of the skin directed to the skin side of the wearer. In addition, by forming an uneven shape on the skin side of the topsheet, it is also known to reduce the contact area with the skin of the wearer to improve air permeability and reduce stickiness to the skin. Yes.
 通気性を向上させたり肌のべたつきを低減する観点からは、表面シートの凹凸形状は、その保形性が高いことが好ましい。しかし、一般に、保形性を高めようとすると風合い(肌触り)が悪化したり、表面シートの表面から吸収体側への液の引き込み性が低下したりする。 From the viewpoint of improving air permeability and reducing the stickiness of the skin, it is preferable that the uneven shape of the surface sheet has high shape retention. However, generally, when trying to improve the shape retention, the texture (feel) is deteriorated, or the drawability of the liquid from the surface of the surface sheet to the absorber side is lowered.
 特許文献1及び2には、使い捨ておむつの表面シートに、凸部の形状や高さが異なる複数の凹凸領域を設けることが記載されている。 Patent Documents 1 and 2 describe providing a plurality of concavo-convex regions with different shapes and heights of convex portions on a top sheet of a disposable diaper.
 吸収性物品の典型的な形態として、液透過性の表面シート、液不透過性の裏面シート及び両シート間に配置された縦長の吸収体を具備するものがある。吸収体としては、木材パルプや吸水性ポリマー等の吸収性材料を含む液保持性の吸収性コアを主体とするものが一般的であり、さらに該吸収性コアを被覆する紙、不織布等を含むものもある。 A typical form of an absorbent article includes a liquid-permeable top sheet, a liquid-impermeable back sheet, and a vertically long absorbent body disposed between both sheets. The absorbent body is generally composed mainly of a liquid-retaining absorbent core containing an absorbent material such as wood pulp or a water-absorbing polymer, and further includes paper, non-woven fabric, etc. covering the absorbent core. There are also things.
 吸収性物品の表面シートとして、着用者の肌側に向けられる肌対向面に、エンボス加工等の押圧処理により凹凸形状を形成したものが知られている。また、表面シートの肌対向面に凹凸形状を形成することで、着用者の肌との接触面積を低減して、通気性を向上させたり、肌へのべたつきを低減したりする技術も知られている。例えば特許文献2には、吸収性物品の表面シートに使用可能な凹凸形状を有する不織布に関し、一方向に延びる畝部と溝部とが該一方向と直交する方向に交互に配されたパターンが付与された不織布において、畝部の高さが異なる複数の領域を形成し、その複数の領域のうち相対的に畝部の高さが高い領域の構成繊維の径を、相対的に畝部の高さが低い領域のそれよりも細くすることが記載されている。尚、特許文献2は、このような凹凸パターンが部分的に異なる不織布を簡易に製造することを主たる課題としており、斯かる不織布の使用形態や作用効果については具体的に記載されていない。 As a surface sheet of an absorbent article, there is known one in which a concavo-convex shape is formed on the skin-facing surface directed toward the wearer's skin by pressing treatment such as embossing. In addition, by forming a concavo-convex shape on the skin-facing surface of the topsheet, it is also known to reduce the contact area with the skin of the wearer to improve air permeability and reduce stickiness to the skin. ing. For example, Patent Document 2 relates to a nonwoven fabric having a concavo-convex shape that can be used for a surface sheet of an absorbent article, and is provided with a pattern in which ridges and grooves extending in one direction are alternately arranged in a direction orthogonal to the one direction. In the formed nonwoven fabric, a plurality of regions having different heel heights are formed, and the diameters of the constituent fibers in the regions having relatively high heel heights among the plurality of regions are set to be relatively high. It is described that it is made thinner than that of the low region. In addition, patent document 2 makes it the main subject to manufacture easily the nonwoven fabric from which such an uneven | corrugated pattern differs partially, and it does not specifically describe the usage form and effect of such a nonwoven fabric.
 また、吸収性物品の吸収性コアとして、平面方向に延設された溝状の空間が設けられたブロック状の吸収性コアが知られている。ブロック状の吸収性コアは、その構造に起因して外力に対し柔軟に変形しやすいので、複雑に起伏する肌面に合わせて変形し隙間なく面で当接する人体適合性や、着用者の身体の動きに合わせて変形しその肌面と面で当接した状態を維持する動作追随性に優れたものである。例えば特許文献3には、縦長のブロック状の吸収性コアの幅方向中央域に、ブロック領域からなる低剛性領域を長手方向に延びるように形成し、また、該低剛性領域を挟んで左右両側に、非ブロック領域からなる高剛性領域を形成することが記載されている。尚、特許文献3には、ブロック状の吸収性コアと共に凹凸形状を有する表面シートを用いることは記載されていない。 Also, a block-like absorbent core provided with a groove-like space extending in the plane direction is known as an absorbent core of the absorbent article. Due to its structure, the block-like absorbent core is easily deformed flexibly against external forces, so that it conforms to the complex undulating skin surface and conforms to the human body that touches the surface without gaps, and the wearer's body It is excellent in the operation follow-up property that is deformed in accordance with the movement of the skin and maintains the state of contact with the skin surface. For example, in Patent Document 3, a low-rigidity region composed of a block region is formed in the central region in the width direction of a vertically long block-shaped absorbent core so as to extend in the longitudinal direction, and both left and right sides sandwiching the low-rigidity region. Describes forming a high-rigidity region consisting of non-blocking regions. Patent Document 3 does not describe the use of a surface sheet having an uneven shape together with a block-shaped absorbent core.
特開2009-136349号公報JP 2009-136349 A 特開2012-214938号公報JP 2012-214938 A 特開2013-255566号公報JP 2013-255666 A
 本発明(第1発明)は、複合シートからなる表面シート、裏面シート及びこれら両シート間に配置された吸収体を具備する吸収性物品である。前記複合シートは、物品長手方向に沿う第1方向及び物品幅方向に沿う第2方向を有するとともに、積層された第1シート及び第2シートが部分的に接合されて複数の接合部が形成され、第1シートが、前記接合部以外の部位において第2シートから離れる方向に突出して、着用者の肌側に向かって突出する凸部を形成している。前記複合シートは、前記凸部が相互に異なるパターンで形成された中央領域及び該中央領域の両側に位置する一対のサイド領域を有しており、前記中央領域における高さが最大の凸部である中央第1凸部は、前記サイド領域における高さが最大の凸部であるサイド第1凸部に比して高さが高く、前記中央領域の圧縮変形量が、前記サイド領域の圧縮変形量よりも大きい。 The present invention (first invention) is an absorbent article comprising a top sheet, a back sheet composed of a composite sheet, and an absorbent body disposed between the both sheets. The composite sheet has a first direction along the article longitudinal direction and a second direction along the article width direction, and the laminated first sheet and second sheet are partially joined to form a plurality of joints. The first sheet protrudes in a direction away from the second sheet at a portion other than the joint, and forms a convex portion that protrudes toward the wearer's skin. The composite sheet has a central region in which the convex portions are formed in different patterns and a pair of side regions located on both sides of the central region, and the convex portion having the maximum height in the central region. The central first convex portion has a height higher than that of the first side convex portion which is the largest convex portion in the side region, and the amount of compressive deformation in the central region is the amount of compressive deformation in the side region. Greater than the amount.
 本発明(第2発明)は、吸収性材料を含む吸収性コアを具備する吸収体と、該吸収体の肌対向面側に配された表面材とを具備し、着用者の前後方向に相当する縦方向とこれに直交する横方向とを有する吸収性物品である。前記吸収体は、前記吸収性コアの横方向中央部に位置し且つ縦方向に延びるコア低剛性領域と、該コア低剛性領域の横方向両側に位置し且つ該コア低剛性領域に比して剛性の高いコア高剛性領域とを有する。前記表面材は、平面視において前記コア低剛性領域と重なって縦方向に延びる表面材低剛性領域と、該表面材低剛性領域の横方向両側に位置し且つ該表面材低剛性領域に比して剛性の高い表面材高剛性領域とを有し、該表面材高剛性領域と前記コア高剛性領域とが平面視において重なる。第1発明の吸収性物品は、第2発明の吸収性物品の全部若しくは一部の構成要件、又は後述するその実施形態の吸収性物品の全部若しくは一部の構成要件を具備していることが好ましい。第2発明における縦方向は、第1発明における物品縦方向に相当し、第2発明における横方向は、第1発明における物品幅方向に相当する。 This invention (2nd invention) comprises the absorber which comprises the absorptive core containing an absorptive material, and the surface material distribute | arranged to the skin opposing surface side of this absorber, and is equivalent to a wearer's front-back direction This is an absorbent article having a longitudinal direction and a transverse direction perpendicular thereto. The absorbent body is located in a laterally central portion of the absorbent core and extends in the longitudinal direction, and is located on both lateral sides of the core low stiffness area and compared to the core low stiffness area. It has a highly rigid core high rigidity region. The surface material is positioned on both sides in the lateral direction of the surface material low-rigidity region and overlaps with the core low-rigidity region in a plan view, as compared with the surface material low-rigidity region. The surface material high-rigidity region and the core high-rigidity region overlap each other in plan view. The absorbent article of the first invention may have all or part of the constituent requirements of the absorbent article of the second invention, or all or part of the constituent requirements of the absorbent article of the embodiment described later. preferable. The longitudinal direction in the second invention corresponds to the article longitudinal direction in the first invention, and the lateral direction in the second invention corresponds to the article width direction in the first invention.
図1は、本発明(第1発明)の吸収性物品の一実施形態としての使い捨ておむつの基本構成を示す平面図である。FIG. 1 is a plan view showing a basic configuration of a disposable diaper as an embodiment of the absorbent article of the present invention (first invention). 図2は、図1のII-II線断面図である。2 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II-II in FIG. 図3は、第1実施形態の使い捨ておむつの表面シートを示す平面図である。FIG. 3 is a plan view showing the top sheet of the disposable diaper of the first embodiment. 図4は、第1実施形態に用いた複合シートの中央領域の一部を拡大して示す斜視図である。FIG. 4 is an enlarged perspective view showing a part of the central region of the composite sheet used in the first embodiment. 図5は、第1実施形態に用いた複合シートのサイド領域の一部を拡大して示す斜視図である。FIG. 5 is an enlarged perspective view showing a part of the side region of the composite sheet used in the first embodiment. 図6は、本発明(第1発明)の作用効果に説明図であり、図6(a)は非加圧状態の表面シート(複合シート)の幅方向模式断面図、図6(b)は着用時における加圧状態の表面シート(複合シート)の幅方向模式断面図である。FIG. 6 is an explanatory view of the function and effect of the present invention (first invention). FIG. 6 (a) is a schematic cross-sectional view in the width direction of a non-pressurized surface sheet (composite sheet), and FIG. It is a width direction schematic cross section of the surface sheet (composite sheet) of the pressurization state at the time of wear. 図7は、加圧により中央第1凸部の付け根付近の繊維密度が高密度化した状態を示す模式図である。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing a state where the fiber density near the base of the central first convex portion is increased by pressurization. 図8は、第1実施形態に用いた複合シートの中央領域の一部を拡大して示す平面図である。FIG. 8 is an enlarged plan view showing a part of the central region of the composite sheet used in the first embodiment. 図9(a)は、図8のVa-Va線断面図、図9(b)は、図8のVb-Vb線断面図、図9(c)は、図8のVc-Vc線断面図ある。9A is a sectional view taken along the line Va-Va in FIG. 8, FIG. 9B is a sectional view taken along the line Vb-Vb in FIG. 8, and FIG. 9C is a sectional view taken along the line Vc-Vc in FIG. is there. 図10は、第1実施形態に用いた複合シートのサイド領域の一部を拡大して示す平面図である。FIG. 10 is an enlarged plan view showing a part of the side region of the composite sheet used in the first embodiment. 図11は、図10のVd-Vd線断面図である。11 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line Vd-Vd in FIG. 図12は、第1実施形態の使い捨ておむつの背側部に形成された弾性部材配置領域における中央連続凸部及び弾性部材の好ましい配置を示す模式平面図である。FIG. 12 is a schematic plan view showing a preferred arrangement of the central continuous convex portion and the elastic member in the elastic member arrangement region formed on the back side portion of the disposable diaper of the first embodiment. 図13は、図3に示す複合シートの製造に好適に用いられる装置を示す模式図である。FIG. 13 is a schematic view showing an apparatus suitably used for manufacturing the composite sheet shown in FIG. 図14は、第1ロールの中央領域形成部の周面に、第2ロールの凸部が噛み合った状態を平面に展開した図である。FIG. 14 is a diagram in which a state where the convex portion of the second roll is engaged with the peripheral surface of the central region forming portion of the first roll is developed in a plane. 図15は、第1ロールのサイド領域形成部の周面に、第2ロールの凸部が噛み合った状態を平面に展開した図である。FIG. 15 is a diagram in which a state where the convex portion of the second roll is engaged with the peripheral surface of the side region forming portion of the first roll is developed in a plane. 図16は、本発明(第2発明)の吸収性物品の一実施形態である使い捨ておむつの肌対向面即ち表面シート側を模式的に示す平面図であり、各部の弾性部材を伸張させて平面状に拡げた展開状態における平面図である。FIG. 16 is a plan view schematically showing the skin facing surface, that is, the surface sheet side of the disposable diaper which is an embodiment of the absorbent article of the present invention (second invention), and is a plan view obtained by extending the elastic member of each part. It is a top view in the unfolded state expanded in the shape. 図17は、図16のI-I線断面を模式的に示す横断面図である。FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a cross section taken along line II of FIG. 図18は、図16に示すおむつに配されている表面シートの肌対向面の一部を模式的に示す平面図である。FIG. 18 is a plan view schematically showing a part of the skin facing surface of the topsheet arranged in the diaper shown in FIG. 図19は、図16に示すおむつに配されている表面シートの表面材低剛性領域の一部を拡大して模式的に示す斜視図である。FIG. 19 is a perspective view schematically showing an enlarged part of the surface material low-rigidity region of the surface sheet arranged in the diaper shown in FIG. 16. 図20は、図16に示すおむつに配されている表面シートの表面材高剛性領域の一部を拡大して模式的に示す斜視図である。FIG. 20 is a perspective view schematically showing an enlarged part of the surface material high-rigidity region of the topsheet arranged in the diaper shown in FIG. 図21は、本発明(第2発明)の吸収性物品の他の実施形態における吸収性コアの肌対向面を模式的に示す平面図である。FIG. 21: is a top view which shows typically the skin opposing surface of the absorbent core in other embodiment of the absorbent article of this invention (2nd invention).
発明の詳細な説明Detailed Description of the Invention
 特許文献1は、凸部によって液の水平方向の拡散方向を制御して漏れを防止する技術を開示するもので、通気性及び液の引き込み性の両者を向上させる構成については言及されていない。特許文献2にも、通気性及び液の引き込み性の両者を向上させる構成については開示されていない。 Patent Document 1 discloses a technique for preventing leakage by controlling the diffusion direction of the liquid in the horizontal direction using a convex portion, and does not mention a configuration that improves both the air permeability and the liquid drawing-in property. Patent Document 2 also does not disclose a configuration that improves both air permeability and liquid draw-in.
 本発明(第1発明)は、前述した従来技術が有する欠点を解消し得る吸収性物品に関するものである。 The present invention (first invention) relates to an absorbent article that can eliminate the drawbacks of the prior art described above.
 以下、本発明(第1発明)をその好ましい実施形態に基づき図面を参照しながら説明する。
 図1及び図2には、本発明(第1発明)の吸収性物品の一実施形態である使い捨ておむつ100(以下、単におむつ100ともいう)の基本的な構造が示されている。
 おむつ100は、図1及び図2に示すように、液透過性の表面シート12、液不透過性の裏面シート13、及び両シート12,13間に配置された吸収体14を具備する。裏面シート13に関し、液不透過性とは、液難透過性も含む概念であり、裏面シート13が液を全く通さない場合の他、撥水性のシート等からなる場合等も含まれる。
Hereinafter, the present invention (first invention) will be described based on preferred embodiments with reference to the drawings.
1 and 2 show a basic structure of a disposable diaper 100 (hereinafter also simply referred to as diaper 100), which is an embodiment of the absorbent article of the present invention (first invention).
As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the diaper 100 includes a liquid-permeable top sheet 12, a liquid-impermeable back sheet 13, and an absorber 14 disposed between the sheets 12 and 13. With respect to the back sheet 13, the liquid impermeability is a concept including poor liquid permeability, and includes cases where the back sheet 13 is made of a water-repellent sheet or the like in addition to the case where the liquid does not pass through the liquid at all.
 おむつ100は、着用時に着用者の前後方向と一致する方向である物品長手方向Xaと、おむつ100を、図1に示すように平面状に広げた状態において、物品長手方向Xaと直交する物品幅方向Yaとを有している。また、おむつ100は、物品長手方向Xaに、着用時に着用者の腹側に配される腹側部A、着用時に着用者の背側に配される背側部B、及び腹側部Aと背側部Bとの間に位置する股下部Cを有している。おむつ100は、展開型の使い捨ておむつであり、背側部Bの両側縁部にファスニングテープ17が設けられており、腹側部Aの外表面に、そのファスニングテープ17を止着するランディングゾーン18が設けられている。 The diaper 100 has an article longitudinal direction Xa which is a direction coinciding with the wearer's front-rear direction when worn, and an article width orthogonal to the article longitudinal direction Xa in a state where the diaper 100 is expanded in a planar shape as shown in FIG. Direction Ya. Further, the diaper 100 includes, in the article longitudinal direction Xa, an abdominal side A that is disposed on the abdomen side of the wearer when worn, a back side B that is disposed on the back side of the wearer when worn, and an abdominal side part A. The crotch part C is located between the back part B and the back part B. The diaper 100 is an unfolded disposable diaper. Fastening tapes 17 are provided on both side edges of the back side B, and a landing zone 18 that fastens the fastening tape 17 to the outer surface of the abdominal side A. Is provided.
 おむつ100における吸収体14は、吸収性コア14aと該吸収性コア14aを包むコアラップシート14bとを備えている。吸収性コア14aは、例えばパルプ繊維等の吸液性繊維の積繊体や、吸液性繊維と吸水性ポリマーとの混合積繊体から構成することができる。吸液性繊維としては、例えば、パルプ繊維、レーヨン繊維、コットン繊維、酢酸セルロース等のセルロース系の親水性繊維が挙げられる。セルロース系の親水性繊維以外に、ポリオレフィン、ポリエステル、ポリアミド等の合成樹脂からなる繊維を界面活性剤等により親水化したものを用いることもできる。コアラップシート14bとしては、例えば、ティッシュペーパーや透水性の不織布が用いられる。コアラップシート14bは、1枚で吸収性コア14aの全体を包んでいても良いし、2枚以上を組み合わせて吸収性コア14aを包んでいても良い。裏面シート13としては、液不透過性又は撥水性の樹脂フィルム、樹脂フィルムと不織布とのラミネートシート等が用いられる。 The absorbent body 14 in the diaper 100 includes an absorbent core 14a and a core wrap sheet 14b that wraps the absorbent core 14a. The absorptive core 14a can be comprised from the laminated fiber body of liquid absorbing fibers, such as a pulp fiber, for example, and the mixed fiber body of a liquid absorbing fiber and a water absorbing polymer. Examples of the liquid-absorbing fiber include cellulose-based hydrophilic fibers such as pulp fiber, rayon fiber, cotton fiber, and cellulose acetate. In addition to cellulosic hydrophilic fibers, fibers made of a synthetic resin such as polyolefin, polyester, polyamide, etc., made hydrophilic with a surfactant or the like can also be used. As the core wrap sheet 14b, for example, tissue paper or a water-permeable nonwoven fabric is used. One core wrap sheet 14b may wrap the entire absorbent core 14a, or a combination of two or more sheets may wrap the absorbent core 14a. As the back sheet 13, a liquid-impermeable or water-repellent resin film, a laminate sheet of a resin film and a nonwoven fabric, or the like is used.
 おむつ100における物品長手方向Xaの両側には、弾性部材15aを有する立体ギャザー形成用のシート15が配されており、その弾性部材15aの収縮により、着用状態における股下部Cに、着用者の肌側に向かって起立する立体ギャザーが形成される。また、股下部Cにおける脚周りに配される部位には、レッグ部弾性部材16が伸長状態で配されており、その収縮により、着用状態における股下部Cに着用者の脚周りへのフィット性を向上させるレッグギャザーが形成される。 Sheets 15 for forming a three-dimensional gather having elastic members 15a are arranged on both sides of the article longitudinal direction Xa in the diaper 100, and the skin of the wearer is placed on the crotch portion C in a worn state by contraction of the elastic members 15a. A three-dimensional gather standing up toward the side is formed. In addition, the leg elastic member 16 is disposed in an extended state at a portion disposed around the leg in the crotch C. Due to the contraction, the leg crotch C fits around the wearer's leg in the worn state. Leg gathers that improve
 おむつ100におけるファスニングテープ17は、テープ基材17aと、該テープ基材17aに接合されて止着部17cを形成する機械的面ファスナーのオス部材とからなり、ランディングゾーン18は、裏面シート13に、機械的面ファスナーのメス部材や係合性に富む不織布を接合して形成されている。ファスニングテープ17のテープ基材17aの一部は、裏面シート13と立体ギャザー形成用のシート15との間に挟まれた状態に固定された固定部17bを形成している。左右のファスニングテープ17,17間には、おむつ100を幅方向に収縮させる複数本の弾性部材19が、おむつの長手方向Xaに間隔をおいて複数本配置されている。その複数本の弾性部材19は、2枚の不織布又は2つ折りされた不織布間に固定された構成の弾性シート19sとして配置されており、その弾性シート19sの端部又は該弾性シート19sに含まれる各弾性部材19の端部は、固定部17bと重なっていることが好ましい。なお、ファスニングテープ17の止着部17cは、テープ基材17aに粘着剤を塗布して形成された粘着部等であっても良い。テープ基材17aとしては、不織布等の各種公知の素材が用いられる。 The fastening tape 17 in the diaper 100 is composed of a tape base material 17a and a male member of a mechanical hook-and-loop fastener that is joined to the tape base material 17a to form a fastening portion 17c. It is formed by joining a female member of a mechanical hook-and-loop fastener or a non-woven fabric rich in engagement. A part of the tape base material 17a of the fastening tape 17 forms a fixing portion 17b fixed in a state of being sandwiched between the back sheet 13 and the three-dimensional gather forming sheet 15. Between the left and right fastening tapes 17, 17, a plurality of elastic members 19 that contract the diaper 100 in the width direction are arranged at intervals in the longitudinal direction Xa of the diaper. The plurality of elastic members 19 are arranged as an elastic sheet 19s configured to be fixed between two nonwoven fabrics or two folded nonwoven fabrics, and are included in the end portion of the elastic sheet 19s or the elastic sheet 19s. It is preferable that the end portion of each elastic member 19 overlaps the fixing portion 17b. The fastening portion 17c of the fastening tape 17 may be an adhesive portion formed by applying an adhesive to the tape base material 17a. As the tape base material 17a, various known materials such as a nonwoven fabric are used.
 第1実施形態の使い捨ておむつ100における表面シート12は、図3に示す複合シート10から構成されている。
 複合シート10は、図3に示すように、おむつ100の長手方向(物品長手方向)Xaに沿う第1方向Xと、おむつ100の幅方向(物品幅方向)Yaに沿う第2方向Yとを有している。また、複合シート10は、図3に示すように、凸部4が相互に異なるパターンで形成された中央領域M及び該中央領域Mの両側に位置する一対のサイド領域S,Sを有している。中央領域Mは、おむつ100の幅方向(物品幅方向)Yaの中央部に位置し、一対のサイド領域S,Sは、中央領域Mの第2方向Yに沿う両側縁の外方に形成されている。相互に異なるパターンで形成された凸部4を有する中央領域M及びその両側のサイド領域S,Sは、おむつ100の長手方向Xaにおいて、少なくとも股下部Cに形成されていることが好ましく、股下部Cから腹側部A及び背側部Bの何れか一方若しくは双方に亘って形成されていること、又は吸収体14の全長に亘っていることが好ましく、更におむつ100の全長に亘っていることが好ましい。
The surface sheet 12 in the disposable diaper 100 of 1st Embodiment is comprised from the composite sheet 10 shown in FIG.
As shown in FIG. 3, the composite sheet 10 includes a first direction X along the longitudinal direction (article longitudinal direction) Xa of the diaper 100 and a second direction Y along the width direction (article width direction) Ya of the diaper 100. Have. Further, as shown in FIG. 3, the composite sheet 10 includes a central region M in which the convex portions 4 are formed in different patterns and a pair of side regions S and S located on both sides of the central region M. Yes. The central region M is located in the central portion of the diaper 100 in the width direction (article width direction) Ya, and the pair of side regions S and S are formed outside both side edges along the second direction Y of the central region M. ing. The central region M having the protrusions 4 formed in different patterns and the side regions S, S on both sides thereof are preferably formed at least in the crotch portion C in the longitudinal direction Xa of the diaper 100. It is preferably formed from C to either one or both of the ventral side A and the back side B, or the entire length of the absorbent body 14, and further to the entire length of the diaper 100. Is preferred.
 図4には、複合シート10の中央領域Mの一部を拡大して示す斜視図が示されており、図5には、複合シート10のサイド領域Sの一部を拡大して示す斜視図が示されている。サイド領域Sは、おむつ100の長手方向Xaに沿う中央線(図示せず)に対して左右対称の位置に形成されており、各サイド領域Sそれぞれに、図5に示すパターンで凹凸が形成されている。 4 is an enlarged perspective view showing a part of the central region M of the composite sheet 10, and FIG. 5 is an enlarged perspective view showing a part of the side region S of the composite sheet 10. It is shown. The side regions S are formed at positions symmetrical with respect to a center line (not shown) along the longitudinal direction Xa of the diaper 100, and irregularities are formed in each side region S in the pattern shown in FIG. ing.
 図4及び図5に示すように、複合シート10は、中央領域M及びサイド領域Sの何れにおいても、積層された第1シート1及び第2シート2がエンボス加工により部分的に接合されて複数の接合部が形成されており、第1シート1が、該接合部以外の部位において第2シート2から離れる方向に突出して、着用者の肌側に向かって突出する凸部を形成している。複合シート10は、中央領域M及びサイド領域Sの何れにおいても、第2シート2側の面がほぼ平坦であり、第1シート1側に起伏の大きな凹凸が形成されている。 As shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, the composite sheet 10 includes a plurality of laminated first sheets 1 and 2 that are partially joined by embossing in both the central region M and the side region S. The first sheet 1 protrudes in a direction away from the second sheet 2 at a portion other than the bonding part, and forms a convex part protruding toward the wearer's skin side. . The composite sheet 10 has a substantially flat surface on the second sheet 2 side in both the central region M and the side region S, and has unevenness on the first sheet 1 side.
 第1シート1及び第2シート2は、シート材料から構成されている。シート材料としては、例えば不織布、織布及び編み地などの繊維シートや、フィルムなどを用いることができ、肌触り等の観点から繊維シートを用いることが好ましく、特に不織布を用いることが好ましい。第1シート1と第2シート2を構成するシート材料の種類は同じでもよく、あるいは異なっていてもよい。 The first sheet 1 and the second sheet 2 are made of sheet material. As the sheet material, for example, a fiber sheet such as a nonwoven fabric, a woven fabric, and a knitted fabric, a film, and the like can be used. From the viewpoint of touch and the like, it is preferable to use a fiber sheet, and it is particularly preferable to use a nonwoven fabric. The kind of sheet material which comprises the 1st sheet | seat 1 and the 2nd sheet | seat 2 may be the same, or may differ.
 第1シート1及び第2シート2を構成するシート材料として不織布を用いる場合の不織布としては、例えば、エアスルー不織布、スパンボンド不織布、スパンレース不織布、メルトブローン不織布、レジンボンド不織布、ニードルパンチ不織布などが挙げられる。これらの不織布を2種以上組み合わせた積層体や、これらの不織布とフィルム等とを組み合わせた積層体を用いることもできる。これらのなかでも、エアスルー不織布又はスパンボンド不織布を用いることが好ましい。第1シート1及び第2シート2を構成するシート材料として用いる不織布の坪量は、好ましくは10g/m2以上、より好ましくは15g/m2以上であり、また好ましくは40g/m2以下、より好ましくは35g/m2以下である。不織布の坪量は10g/m2以上40g/m2以下であることが好ましく、15g/m2以上35g/m2以下であることが更に好ましい。 As a nonwoven fabric in the case of using a nonwoven fabric as the sheet material constituting the first sheet 1 and the second sheet 2, for example, an air-through nonwoven fabric, a spunbond nonwoven fabric, a spunlace nonwoven fabric, a meltblown nonwoven fabric, a resin bond nonwoven fabric, a needle punched nonwoven fabric, etc. It is done. A laminate obtained by combining two or more of these nonwoven fabrics, or a laminate obtained by combining these nonwoven fabrics and a film can also be used. Among these, it is preferable to use an air-through nonwoven fabric or a spunbonded nonwoven fabric. The basis weight of the nonwoven fabric used as the sheet material constituting the first sheet 1 and the second sheet 2 is preferably 10 g / m 2 or more, more preferably 15 g / m 2 or more, and preferably 40 g / m 2 or less. More preferably, it is 35 g / m 2 or less. The basis weight of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 10 g / m 2 or more and 40 g / m 2 or less, more preferably 15 g / m 2 or more and 35 g / m 2 or less.
 不織布を構成する繊維としては、各種の熱可塑性樹脂からなる繊維を用いることができる。熱可塑性樹脂としては、ポリエチレンやポリプロピレンなどのポリオレフィン、ポリエチレンテレフタレートなどのポリエステル、ナイロン6やナイロン66などのポリアミド、ポリアクリル酸、ポリメタクリル酸アルキルエステル、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデンなどが挙げられる。これらの樹脂は1種を単独で又は2種以上のブレンド物として用いることができる。また、芯鞘型やサイド・バイ・サイド型などの複合繊維の形態で用いることができる。 As the fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric, fibers made of various thermoplastic resins can be used. Examples of the thermoplastic resin include polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyamides such as nylon 6 and nylon 66, polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid alkyl ester, polyvinyl chloride, and polyvinylidene chloride. These resins can be used alone or as a blend of two or more. Further, it can be used in the form of a composite fiber such as a core-sheath type or a side-by-side type.
 複合シート10は、中央領域Mにおける高さが最大の凸部として中央第1凸部41を有し、サイド領域Sにおける高さが最大の凸部としてサイド第1凸部41’を有している。そして、中央第1凸部41は、サイド第1凸部41’に比して高さが高くなっている。また、中央第1凸部41を有する中央領域Mは、サイド第1凸部41’を有するサイド領域Sに比して圧縮変形量が大きくなっている。 The composite sheet 10 has a central first convex portion 41 as a convex portion having the maximum height in the central region M, and has a first side convex portion 41 ′ as a convex portion having the maximum height in the side region S. Yes. And the center 1st convex part 41 is high compared with the side 1st convex part 41 '. Further, the central region M having the central first convex portion 41 has a larger amount of compressive deformation than the side region S having the first side convex portion 41 ′.
 中央第1凸部41の高さがサイド第1凸部41’の高さより高く、且つ中央第1凸部41を有する中央領域Mの圧縮変形量が、サイド第1凸部41’を有するサイド領域Sの圧縮変形量よりも大きいことにより、第1実施形態の使い捨ておむつ100によれば、以下の効果が奏される。
 すなわち、図6に示すように、おむつ100の着用中に、着用者の肌からの圧力により複合シート10が加圧されると、着用者の液排出部付近に位置する中央領域Mの中央第1凸部41は、サイド第1凸部41’よりも高さが高く、中央領域Mとしての圧縮変形量がサイド領域Sの圧縮変形量よりも大きいことによって、図6(b)及び図7に示すように、頂部付近が柔軟に変形して良好な肌触りを示す一方、凸部41の付け根付近Kの繊維密度が圧縮により高まる。そのため、中央領域Mを、着用者の液排出部付近に配される部位に配置し、素早く液を吸収するポイントを多数形成することにより、吸収性能に優れたおむつ100が得られる。
 他方、サイド領域Sに形成されたサイド第1凸部41’は、中央第1凸部41に比して高さが低く、サイド領域S,Sとしての圧縮変形量も中央領域Mの圧縮変形量より小さいことによって、着用者の肌からの圧力により複合シート10が加圧されても、相対的に潰れにくく肌との接触面積が少ない状態が比較的安定に維持される。そのため、おむつ100の通気性が高まりムレが一層効果的に抑制される。
 このような作用により、第1実施形態の使い捨ておむつ100は、通気性及び液の引き込み性の両者に優れている。
The height of the central first convex portion 41 is higher than the height of the side first convex portion 41 ′, and the amount of compressive deformation of the central region M having the central first convex portion 41 is the side having the side first convex portion 41 ′. According to the disposable diaper 100 of 1st Embodiment by being larger than the amount of compressive deformation of the area | region S, the following effects are show | played.
That is, as shown in FIG. 6, when the composite sheet 10 is pressed by the pressure from the wearer's skin during wearing of the diaper 100, the center of the central region M located in the vicinity of the wearer's liquid discharge portion. The one convex portion 41 is higher in height than the side first convex portion 41 ′, and the amount of compressive deformation as the central region M is larger than the amount of compressive deformation of the side region S, so that FIG. As shown in FIG. 3, the fiber density in the vicinity of the root K of the convex portion 41 is increased by compression, while the vicinity of the top portion is flexibly deformed to show a good touch. Therefore, the diaper 100 excellent in absorption performance can be obtained by disposing the central region M in a portion disposed near the wearer's liquid discharge portion and forming a number of points that quickly absorb the liquid.
On the other hand, the side first convex portion 41 ′ formed in the side region S is lower in height than the central first convex portion 41, and the amount of compressive deformation as the side regions S and S is also the compressive deformation of the central region M. By being smaller than the amount, even if the composite sheet 10 is pressurized by the pressure from the wearer's skin, the state of being relatively hard to be crushed and having a small contact area with the skin is maintained relatively stably. Therefore, the air permeability of the diaper 100 is increased and the stuffiness is more effectively suppressed.
Due to such an action, the disposable diaper 100 of the first embodiment is excellent in both air permeability and liquid drawability.
 斯かる効果が一層確実に奏されるようにする観点から、中央第1凸部41の高さH1〔図9(a)参照〕は、サイド第1凸部41’の高さH1’〔図11参照〕に対して、好ましくは105%以上、更に好ましくは110%以上であり、また好ましくは200%以下、更に好ましくは150%以下であり、また好ましくは105%以上200%以下、更に好ましくは110%以上150%以下である。
 また中央第1凸部41の高さH1は、好ましくは0.5mm以上、更に好ましくは1mm以上であり、また好ましくは5mm以下、更に好ましくは4mm以下であり、また好ましくは0.5mm以上5mm以下、更に好ましくは1mm以上4mm以下である。
 またサイド第1凸部41’の高さH1’は、好ましくは0.3mm以上、更に好ましくは0.6mm以上であり、また好ましくは4mm以下、更に好ましくは3mm以下であり、また好ましくは0.3mm以上4mm以下、更に好ましくは0.6mm以上3mm以下である。
 また中央第1凸部41の高さH1とサイド第1凸部41’の高さH1’との差は、前記高さH1>前記高さH1’を前提として、好ましくは0.1mm以上、更に好ましくは0.2mm以上であり、また好ましくは2mm以下、更に好ましくは1mm以下であり、また好ましくは0.1mm以上2mm以下、更に好ましくは0.2mm以上1mm以下である。
From the viewpoint of ensuring such an effect, the height H1 of the central first convex portion 41 (see FIG. 9A) is set to the height H1 ′ of the side first convex portion 41 ′ [see FIG. 11] is preferably 105% or more, more preferably 110% or more, preferably 200% or less, more preferably 150% or less, and preferably 105% or more and 200% or less, more preferably Is 110% or more and 150% or less.
The height H1 of the central first convex portion 41 is preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 1 mm or more, preferably 5 mm or less, more preferably 4 mm or less, and preferably 0.5 mm or more and 5 mm. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 1 mm or more and 4 mm or less.
The height H1 ′ of the side first convex portion 41 ′ is preferably 0.3 mm or more, more preferably 0.6 mm or more, preferably 4 mm or less, more preferably 3 mm or less, and preferably 0. 3 mm or more and 4 mm or less, more preferably 0.6 mm or more and 3 mm or less.
Further, the difference between the height H1 of the central first convex portion 41 and the height H1 ′ of the side first convex portion 41 ′ is preferably 0.1 mm or more, assuming that the height H1> the height H1 ′. More preferably, it is 0.2 mm or more, preferably 2 mm or less, more preferably 1 mm or less, preferably 0.1 mm or more and 2 mm or less, more preferably 0.2 mm or more and 1 mm or less.
 複合シート10の凸部4に関し、高さとは、吸収体14側に向けられる第2シート2の下面から凸部4の頂部を形成する第1シート1の上面までの距離である。 Regarding the convex portion 4 of the composite sheet 10, the height is a distance from the lower surface of the second sheet 2 facing the absorber 14 side to the upper surface of the first sheet 1 that forms the top of the convex portion 4.
 中央領域Mの圧縮変形量及びサイド領域の圧縮変形量は、以下のようにして測定する。
〔圧縮変形量の測定方法〕
 所定のサイズにサンプルをカットし、0.1kPaで測定部位を加圧した状態で厚みを測定後、2.0kPaで加圧した状態で厚みを測定する。0.1kPa下で測定した厚みから2.0kPa下で測定した厚みを引いた差分を圧縮変形量とする。
 測定箇所は、1枚辺り任意の3点以上とし、サンプル2枚(測定箇所6点以上)の平均で厚みを出す。
 測定用サンプルとしては、2枚の表面シート(複合シート)から切り出した2枚のサンプルを用い、測定部位は、各サンプルの中央領域及び左右のサイド領域のそれぞれについて、任意の3箇所以上とする。
 各測定部位に、20mm×30mmの矩形状の平板を載せ、各測定部位毎に、荷重2.0kPa下の厚み及び荷重0.1kPa下の厚みを測定する。
 ここでいう厚みは、複数の中央第1凸部41を含む中央領域M、又は複数のサイド第1凸部41’を含むサイド領域Sとしての厚みである。
 そして、各測定部位毎に、荷重0.1kPa下の厚みから荷重2.0kPa下の厚みを引いて厚み差を算出する。
 中央領域Mについては、合計6箇所以上の測定部位についての前記厚み差の平均値を、中央第1凸部41の圧縮変形量とし、左右のサイド領域Sについての、合計12箇所以上の測定部位についての前記厚み差の平均値を、サイド第1凸部41’の圧縮変形量とする。
 例えばパッケージに圧縮充填された状態のおむつサンプルを測定する場合には、おむつから表面シートをはがし取り1日以上放置したサンプルを鋭利なカミソリで所定のサイズに切断する。この切断されたサンプルの全面を覆うように0.1kPaになるように荷重を調整した平板を乗せ1分以上経過した後に、サンプルを載置した水平な支持面から平板までの距離を測定する。その後、2.0kPaでも同様に測定する。
 肉眼にて測定し難い場合には、前記切断されたサンプルの断面を、例えば、マイクロスコープ(KEYENCE社製VHX-1000)を用いて20~100倍の倍率で観察し、測定してもよい。
The amount of compressive deformation in the central region M and the amount of compressive deformation in the side region are measured as follows.
[Measurement method of compression deformation]
A sample is cut into a predetermined size, and after measuring the thickness in a state where the measurement site is pressurized at 0.1 kPa, the thickness is measured in a state where the pressure is applied at 2.0 kPa. The difference obtained by subtracting the thickness measured under 2.0 kPa from the thickness measured under 0.1 kPa is defined as the amount of compressive deformation.
The number of measurement points is arbitrary 3 or more per sheet, and the thickness is obtained by averaging two samples (6 or more measurement points).
As samples for measurement, two samples cut out from two surface sheets (composite sheets) were used, and the measurement sites were arbitrary three or more for each of the central region and the left and right side regions of each sample. .
A rectangular plate of 20 mm × 30 mm is placed on each measurement site, and the thickness under a load of 2.0 kPa and the thickness under a load of 0.1 kPa are measured for each measurement site.
The thickness here is the thickness of the central region M including the plurality of central first convex portions 41 or the side region S including the plurality of side first convex portions 41 ′.
Then, for each measurement site, the thickness difference is calculated by subtracting the thickness under the load of 2.0 kPa from the thickness under the load of 0.1 kPa.
For the central region M, the average value of the thickness differences for a total of 6 or more measurement sites is the amount of compressive deformation of the central first convex portion 41, and a total of 12 or more measurement sites for the left and right side regions S. The average value of the thickness differences for the side is defined as the amount of compressive deformation of the side first convex portion 41 ′.
For example, when measuring a diaper sample in a state of being compressed and packed in a package, the surface sheet is peeled off from the diaper, and the sample left for one day or more is cut into a predetermined size with a sharp razor. A flat plate with a load adjusted to 0.1 kPa is placed so as to cover the entire surface of the cut sample, and after 1 minute or more has elapsed, the distance from the horizontal support surface on which the sample is placed to the flat plate is measured. Thereafter, the same measurement is performed at 2.0 kPa.
If it is difficult to measure with the naked eye, the cross section of the cut sample may be observed and measured at a magnification of 20 to 100 times using, for example, a microscope (VHX-1000 manufactured by KEYENCE).
 中央第1凸部41の高さH1及びサイド第1凸部41’の高さH1’は、以下のようにして測定する。
〔凸部の高さの測定方法〕
 サンプルを、鋭利なカミソリで切断し、その切断端面を観察して、第2シート2の下面と各凸部頂部の上面との間の最短距離を計測する。得られた値を各凸部の高さとする。肉眼にて測定し難い場合には、切断されたサンプルの断面を、例えば、マイクロスコープ(KEYENCE社製VHX-1000)を用いて20~100倍の倍率で観察して測定してもよい。また、例えば、パッケージに圧縮充填された状態のおむつサンプルを測定する場合には、おむつから表面シートをはがし取り1日以上放置したサンプルについて、上記と同様に計測して得られた値とする。各凸部の高さは、無荷重下で測定する。
The height H1 of the central first convex portion 41 and the height H1 ′ of the side first convex portion 41 ′ are measured as follows.
[Measurement method of height of convex part]
The sample is cut with a sharp razor, the cut end face is observed, and the shortest distance between the lower surface of the second sheet 2 and the upper surface of each convex portion top is measured. Let the obtained value be the height of each convex part. When it is difficult to measure with the naked eye, the cross section of the cut sample may be measured by observing at a magnification of 20 to 100 times using, for example, a microscope (VHX-1000 manufactured by KEYENCE). Further, for example, when measuring a diaper sample in a state of being compressed and packed in a package, the surface sheet is peeled off from the diaper, and the value obtained by measuring in the same manner as described above is used for the sample left for one day or more. The height of each convex part is measured under no load.
 第1実施形態のおむつ100の表面シート12に用いた前記複合シート10について更に説明する。
〔複合シート10の中央領域Mの構成〕
 図8には、図3に示す複合シート10の中央領域Mの拡大平面図が示されている。図9(a)~図9(c)は、図8のVa-Va線断面図、Vb-Vb線断面図及びVc-Vc線断面図である。
 図3、図4及び図8に示されるとおり、複合シート10の中央領域Mには、第2方向Yに連続して延びる中央連続凸部40が、第1方向Xに一定の距離を隔てて複数本形成されている。中央連続凸部40のそれぞれにおいては、図8及び図9(a)に示すように、第2方向Yに交互に配置された中央第1凸部41と、中央第1凸部41よりも高さの低い中央第2凸部42とが互いに連結されている。本明細書において、凸部が連結されているとは、隣り合う2個の凸部が、接合部によって隔てられておらず、一方の凸部の一部が他方の凸部の一部をなし、かつ他方の凸部の一部が一方の凸部の一部をなしていることをいう。
 中央連続凸部40を構成する中央第1凸部41及び中央第2凸部42は、少なくとも中央第1凸部41の裏側に空洞が存在することが好ましく、それぞれの裏側に空洞が存在し、中央第1凸部41の裏面の空洞と中央第2凸部42の裏面の空洞とが連続して、中央連続凸部40の裏側に、第2方向Yに沿って連続して延びる連続中空部40Vが形成されていることが更に好ましい。
 中央連続凸部40を構成する中央第1凸部41と中央第2凸部42は、図8に示すように、何れも平面視での形状が略円形状である。また、中央第1凸部41及び第2凸部42は、第1方向X及び第2方向Yの何れの方向での断面においても頂部を有する形状をしている。
The said composite sheet 10 used for the surface sheet 12 of the diaper 100 of 1st Embodiment is further demonstrated.
[Configuration of the central region M of the composite sheet 10]
FIG. 8 shows an enlarged plan view of the central region M of the composite sheet 10 shown in FIG. 9A to 9C are a cross-sectional view taken along the line Va-Va, a cross-sectional view taken along the line Vb-Vb, and a cross-sectional view taken along the line Vc-Vc in FIG.
As shown in FIGS. 3, 4, and 8, in the central region M of the composite sheet 10, a central continuous convex portion 40 that extends continuously in the second direction Y is separated from the first direction X by a certain distance. A plurality of lines are formed. In each of the central continuous convex portions 40, as shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9A, the central first convex portions 41 alternately arranged in the second direction Y and the central first convex portions 41 are higher. The lower central second convex portion 42 is connected to each other. In this specification, a convex part is connected that two adjacent convex parts are not separated by a joint part, and a part of one convex part forms a part of the other convex part. And a part of the other convex part forms a part of the one convex part.
The central first convex portion 41 and the central second convex portion 42 constituting the central continuous convex portion 40 preferably have a cavity at least on the back side of the central first convex portion 41, and have a cavity on each back side, The hollow of the back surface of the center 1st convex part 41 and the cavity of the back surface of the center 2nd convex part 42 continue, and the continuous hollow part extended continuously along the 2nd direction Y on the back side of the center continuous convex part 40 More preferably, 40V is formed.
As shown in FIG. 8, each of the central first convex portion 41 and the central second convex portion 42 constituting the central continuous convex portion 40 has a substantially circular shape in plan view. Further, the central first convex portion 41 and the second convex portion 42 have a shape having a top portion in the cross section in any of the first direction X and the second direction Y.
 図8に示すように、複合シート10の中央領域Mには、第2方向Yに延在し、第2方向Yに連続して接合部を有しない非エンボス領域Nと、第2方向Yに延在し、接合部が規則的なパターンで形成されたエンボス領域Eとが、第1方向Xに交互に形成されている。
 エンボス領域Eには、積層された第1シート1及び第2シート2が、エンボス加工により部分的に接合されて形成された接合部として、第1接合部31及び第2接合部32が形成されている。これらの接合部31,32においては、第1シート1と第2シート2とがエンボス加工により一体的に加圧され、両シートは何れも他の部分に比して高密度化しており、好ましくは、一方又は両方のシートの構成樹脂の溶融及びその後の固化により両シート間が熱融着している。
As shown in FIG. 8, the central region M of the composite sheet 10 extends in the second direction Y and continues in the second direction Y, and has no joint portion in the second direction Y. Embossed regions E that extend and have joints formed in a regular pattern are alternately formed in the first direction X.
In the embossed region E, a first joint 31 and a second joint 32 are formed as joints formed by partially joining the laminated first sheet 1 and second sheet 2 by embossing. ing. In these joint portions 31 and 32, the first sheet 1 and the second sheet 2 are integrally pressed by embossing, and both the sheets are higher in density than the other portions, preferably Are thermally fused between the two sheets by melting of the constituent resin of one or both sheets and subsequent solidification.
 個々のエンボス領域Eにおいて、第1接合部31と第2接合部32とは、図8に示すように、第2方向Yにおける配置位置が異なっている。また第1接合部31と第2接合部32とは、第2方向Yに沿う長さL1,L2も異なっている。第1接合部31は何れも平面視形状が矩形であり、その矩形の各辺は第1方向X又は第2方向Yと一致している。第2接合部32は平面視形状が略正方形であり、その正方形の各辺は第1方向X又は第2方向Yと一致している。
 矩形をしている第1接合部31は、その長辺を第1方向Xに一致させ、かつ第2方向Yに沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置されている。それによって、第2方向Yに沿う第1接合部列R1が形成されている。第2接合部32は、互いに直交する2辺のうちの一辺を第2方向Y、他の一辺を第1方向Xに一致させ、かつ第2方向Yに沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置されている。それによって第2方向Yに沿う第2接合部列R2が形成されている。
 各第1接合部列R1においては、第2方向Yにおける第1接合部31の配置間隔は一定である。各第2接合部列R2においては、第2方向Yにおける第2接合部32の配置間隔は、2種類の間隔で有し、間隔の広い部分と間隔の狭い部分とを交互に有している。各第1接合部列R1においては、第2方向Yに沿って見たときの第1接合部31の配置位置はすべて同じになっている。各第2接合部列R2についても、第2方向Yに沿って見たときの第2接合部32の配置位置はすべて同じになっている。
In each embossed region E, the first joint portion 31 and the second joint portion 32 have different arrangement positions in the second direction Y as shown in FIG. Further, the first joint portion 31 and the second joint portion 32 are also different in lengths L1 and L2 along the second direction Y. Each of the first joint portions 31 has a rectangular shape in plan view, and each side of the rectangle coincides with the first direction X or the second direction Y. The second joint portion 32 has a substantially square shape in plan view, and each side of the square coincides with the first direction X or the second direction Y.
The first joint portions 31 having a rectangular shape are arranged in a line at intervals along the second direction Y with the long sides thereof aligned with the first direction X. Thereby, the first joint portion row R1 along the second direction Y is formed. The second joint portions 32 are arranged in a line at intervals along the second direction Y, with one of two sides orthogonal to each other coinciding with the second direction Y and the other side with the first direction X. ing. Thereby, the second joint row R2 along the second direction Y is formed.
In each first joint row R1, the arrangement interval of the first joints 31 in the second direction Y is constant. In each second joint row R2, the arrangement intervals of the second joint portions 32 in the second direction Y have two types of intervals, and alternately have wide portions and narrow intervals. . In each first joint row R1, the arrangement positions of the first joints 31 when viewed along the second direction Y are all the same. Also in each second joint row R2, the arrangement positions of the second joints 32 when viewed along the second direction Y are all the same.
 個々のエンボス領域Eは、図8に示すように、1つの第1接合部列R1と第1方向Xにおいてその両側に位置する2つの第2接合部列R2とを含んでいる。
 第1接合部列R1を構成する1つの第1接合部31に着目すると、2つの第2接合部列R2を構成する合計4つの第2接合部32が、その第1接合部31の周囲に、その第1接合部31の4つの角部にそれぞれの角部を対向させた状態に近接配置されている。それによって、1つの第1接合部31とその周囲に位置する4つの第2接合部32とからなる一纏りの接合部群30が形成されている。個々のエンボス領域Eにおいては、同様の接合部群30が、第2方向Yに沿って一定の間隔で複数形成されている。
Each embossed region E includes one first joint row R1 and two second joint rows R2 located on both sides in the first direction X, as shown in FIG.
When attention is paid to one first joint 31 constituting the first joint row R1, a total of four second joints 32 constituting two second joint rows R2 are formed around the first joint 31. The four corners of the first joint portion 31 are arranged close to each other with the corners facing each other. Accordingly, a group of joint portions 30 including one first joint portion 31 and four second joint portions 32 located around the first joint portion 31 is formed. In each embossed region E, a plurality of similar joint groups 30 are formed along the second direction Y at regular intervals.
 複合シート10においては、第1接合部31及び第2接合部32が上述した態様で形成されていること、及び複合シート10の製造時に、第1シート1における、非エンボス領域Nに相当する部分やエンボス領域Eにおける第1接合部31どうし間の部位に相当する部分を、裏面側から押圧したり、表面側から吸引したりすること等によって、複合シート10の中央領域Mに、図8及び図9に示すような平面視形状及び断面形状の、中央第1凸部41を含む中央連続凸部40や、中央第3凸部43等が形成されている。 In the composite sheet 10, the first joint portion 31 and the second joint portion 32 are formed in the above-described manner, and the portion corresponding to the non-embossed region N in the first sheet 1 when the composite sheet 10 is manufactured. 8 or the embossed region E in the central region M of the composite sheet 10 by pressing the portion corresponding to the portion between the first joint portions 31 from the back surface side or sucking from the front surface side. A central continuous convex portion 40 including a central first convex portion 41, a central third convex portion 43, and the like having a plan view shape and a cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 9 are formed.
 第1実施形態に用いた複合シート10の中央領域Mの中央連続凸部40は、第2方向Yに連続して延びるとともに、第2方向Yに規則的に幅が括れた部分をしている。詳細には、図8に示すように、非エンボス領域Nを挟んで対向する一対の第1接合部31どうし間に、中央第1凸部41が形成され、非エンボス領域Nを挟んで対向する二対の第2接合部32からなる合計四個の第2接合部32に囲まれた領域に中央第2凸部42が形成されており、第1方向Xに沿う方向の長さに関し、中央第1凸部41の長さL41よりも中央第2凸部42の長さL42が短くなっている。中央連続凸部40は、その中央第2凸部42からなる部分が、中央第1凸部41からなる部分に比して幅(第1方向Xの長さ)の狭い括れ部分となっている。 The central continuous convex portion 40 of the central region M of the composite sheet 10 used in the first embodiment extends continuously in the second direction Y and has a portion whose width is regularly narrowed in the second direction Y. . Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8, a central first convex portion 41 is formed between a pair of first joint portions 31 that are opposed to each other with the non-embossed region N interposed therebetween, and are opposed to each other with the non-embossed region N interposed therebetween. A central second convex portion 42 is formed in a region surrounded by a total of four second joint portions 32 composed of two pairs of second joint portions 32, and the center in the direction along the first direction X is the center. The length L42 of the central second convex portion 42 is shorter than the length L41 of the first convex portion 41. The central continuous convex portion 40 is a constricted portion whose width (length in the first direction X) is narrower than that of the central first convex portion 41 in the central continuous convex portion 40. .
 また、第1実施形態に用いた複合シート10は、図8及び図9(c)に示すように、エンボス領域E内に、周囲を環状凹部で囲まれた非連続の中央第3凸部43を有している。中央第3凸部43は、第1方向X及び第2方向Yの何れの方向での断面においても頂部を有する形状をしている。中央第3凸部43は、高さが中央第1凸部41より低い。中央第3凸部43は、それぞれの裏側に空洞43Vを有しているが、そのような空洞43Vを有しないものであっても良い。 The composite sheet 10 used in the first embodiment has a discontinuous central third convex portion 43 surrounded by an annular concave portion in the embossed region E as shown in FIGS. 8 and 9C. have. The central third convex portion 43 has a shape having a top portion in the cross section in any of the first direction X and the second direction Y. The central third convex portion 43 is lower than the central first convex portion 41. The center third convex portion 43 has the cavity 43V on the back side thereof, but may not have such a cavity 43V.
 中央第3凸部43は、図8に示すとおり、その複数個が、第2方向Yに沿って一定の距離を隔てて直線的に列状に配置されて、中央第3凸部列を構成している。中央第2凸部42と中央第3凸部43とは、第2方向Yにおける同じ位置に形成されている。より詳細には、中央第2凸部42と中央第3凸部43とが、第1方向Xに沿って交互に、かつ直線状に配置されている。中央第3凸部43は、第2方向Yと交差する方向Da,Dbにおいて、中央第1凸部41,41どうし間に位置している。本実施形態における第2方向Yと交差する方向Da,Dbは、第1方向X及び第2方向Yのそれぞれに対して傾斜した方向であるが、中央第3凸部43は、第2方向Yと交差する方向である第1方向Xにおいて、中央第1凸部41,41どうし間に位置していても良い。
 更に、図8に示すように、中央第2凸部42及び中央第3凸部43に加えて第4凸部44にも着目すると、これら3種類の凸部は、中央第2凸部42と第4凸部44と中央第3凸部43と第4凸部44とがこの順で、第1方向Xに沿って規則的に、かつ直線状に配置されている。
 第4凸部44は、その上面が概ね平坦になっている。なお、第4凸部44は文字どおり「凸部」ではあるが、該第4凸部44は、中央連続凸部40を構成する中央第1及び第2凸部41,42の何れよりも相対的に高さが低く、かつ中央第3凸部43よりも相対的に高さが低いことから、これらの凸部から見て相対的に凹部となる。
As shown in FIG. 8, a plurality of the central third convex portions 43 are linearly arranged in a row at a constant distance along the second direction Y to form the central third convex portion row. is doing. The central second convex portion 42 and the central third convex portion 43 are formed at the same position in the second direction Y. More specifically, the central second convex portions 42 and the central third convex portions 43 are arranged alternately and linearly along the first direction X. The central third convex portion 43 is located between the central first convex portions 41 and 41 in the directions Da and Db intersecting the second direction Y. The directions Da and Db intersecting the second direction Y in the present embodiment are directions inclined with respect to the first direction X and the second direction Y, respectively, but the central third convex portion 43 is in the second direction Y. In the first direction X, which is a direction intersecting with the center first convex portions 41, 41 may be located between each other.
Further, as shown in FIG. 8, when attention is paid to the fourth convex portion 44 in addition to the central second convex portion 42 and the central third convex portion 43, these three types of convex portions are the central second convex portion 42 and the central second convex portion 42. The 4th convex part 44, the center 3rd convex part 43, and the 4th convex part 44 are arrange | positioned regularly and linearly along the 1st direction X in this order.
The upper surface of the fourth convex portion 44 is generally flat. Although the fourth convex portion 44 is literally a “convex portion”, the fourth convex portion 44 is relatively more than any of the central first and second convex portions 41, 42 constituting the central continuous convex portion 40. Since the height is relatively low and the height is relatively lower than that of the central third convex portion 43, the concave portions are relatively viewed from these convex portions.
 本実施形態に用いた複合シート10の中央領域Mは、これを構成する第1シート1に、前述した中央第1凸部41、中央第2凸部42、中央第3凸部43及び第4凸部44が形成されている。第4凸部44は、中央第1凸部41、中央第2凸部42及び中央第3凸部43の何れよりも高さが低くなっている。 The central region M of the composite sheet 10 used in the present embodiment includes the first central convex portion 41, the central second convex portion 42, the central third convex portion 43, and the fourth portion described above on the first sheet 1 that constitutes the central region M. A convex portion 44 is formed. The height of the fourth convex portion 44 is lower than any of the central first convex portion 41, the central second convex portion 42, and the central third convex portion 43.
〔複合シート10のサイド領域Sの構成〕
 図3に示される通り、複合シート10の一対のサイド領域S,Sには、第1シート1が、接合部以外の部位において第2シート2から離れる方向に突出して形成された凸部が、中央領域Mにおける同凸部とは異なるパターンで形成されている。凸部のパターンが異なるという表現には、凸部の配置のみが異なる場合と、凸部の形態が異なる場合と、それらの両方が異なる場合の何れもが含まれる。凸部の配置が異なる態様には、凸部間の距離が異なる場合も含まれる。また凸部の形態が異なる態様には、凸部の平面視形状が異なる場合も含まれる。
 本実施形態の複合シート10においては、中央領域Mと一対のサイド領域S,Sとで、凸部の配置及び形態が異なっている。
[Configuration of Side Area S of Composite Sheet 10]
As shown in FIG. 3, in the pair of side regions S, S of the composite sheet 10, the first sheet 1 has a convex portion formed so as to protrude in a direction away from the second sheet 2 in a portion other than the joint portion. It is formed in a pattern different from the convex portion in the central region M. The expression that the pattern of the convex part is different includes any of the case where only the arrangement of the convex part is different, the case where the form of the convex part is different, and the case where both are different. The aspect in which the arrangement of the convex portions is different includes a case where the distance between the convex portions is different. Moreover, the aspect from which the form of a convex part differs also includes the case where the planar view shape of a convex part differs.
In the composite sheet 10 of the present embodiment, the arrangement and form of the protrusions are different between the central region M and the pair of side regions S, S.
 図10には、図3に示す複合シート10のサイド領域Sの拡大平面図が示されている。図11は、図10におけるVd-Vd線断面図である。
 これらの図に示されるとおり、複合シート10のサイド領域Sには、第3接合部33が第2方向Yに沿って2種類の間隔La,Lbで規則的に配置された第2方向接合部列Rが、第1方向Xに複数列形成されている。より詳細には、第2方向接合部列Rは、第2方向Yにおける第3接合部33どうし間の間隔として、第1の間隔Laと、第1の間隔Laよりも広い第2の間隔Lbとを有しており、第2方向接合部列R中の複数の第3接合部33は、これら2種類の間隔を、第2方向Yに交互に有するように第2方向Yに間欠配置されている。
FIG. 10 shows an enlarged plan view of the side region S of the composite sheet 10 shown in FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line Vd-Vd in FIG.
As shown in these drawings, in the side region S of the composite sheet 10, the third joint 33 is regularly arranged with two kinds of intervals La and Lb along the second direction Y. A plurality of columns R are formed in the first direction X. More specifically, the second direction joint line R includes a first distance La and a second distance Lb wider than the first distance La as the distance between the third joints 33 in the second direction Y. The plurality of third joint portions 33 in the second direction joint portion row R are intermittently arranged in the second direction Y so as to have these two kinds of intervals alternately in the second direction Y. ing.
 個々の第2方向接合部列Rを構成する複数の第3接合部33は、第1方向Xにおける長さ及び配置位置が一致しており、第1方向Xにおいて隣り合う第2方向接合部列R間には一定の幅Wの隙間が形成されている。また、第1方向Xに複数列形成されている第2方向接合部列Rは、一列置きに、第2方向Yにおける第3接合部33の配置位置が一致しており、隣り合う第2方向接合部列Rどうしは、第2方向Yにおける第3接合部33の配置位置が相互に異なる。詳細には、本実施形態における複合シート10のサイド領域Sには、図10に示すように、第2方向接合部列Rとして、第2方向Yにおける第3接合部33の配置位置が相互に異なる第2方向第1接合部列R3と第2方向第2接合部列R4とが、第1方向Xに交互に形成されており、第2方向Yにおける第3接合部33の配置位置に関しては、第2方向第1接合部列R3及び第2方向第2接合部列R4は、一方における第2の間隔Lbで隣り合う第3接合部33どうし間に、他方の接合部列Rにおける第1の間隔Laで隣り合う一対の第3接合部33が位置している。 The plurality of third joint portions 33 constituting each second direction joint portion row R have the same length and arrangement position in the first direction X, and are adjacent to each other in the first direction X. A gap having a constant width W is formed between R. In addition, the second direction joint row R formed in a plurality of rows in the first direction X has the arrangement positions of the third joints 33 in the second direction Y every other row, and is adjacent to the second direction. In the joint portion rows R, the arrangement positions of the third joint portions 33 in the second direction Y are different from each other. Specifically, in the side region S of the composite sheet 10 in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 10, the arrangement positions of the third joint portions 33 in the second direction Y are mutually arranged as the second direction joint portion row R. Different second direction first joint rows R3 and second direction second joint rows R4 are alternately formed in the first direction X, and the arrangement position of the third joint 33 in the second direction Y is different. In the second direction first joint row R3 and the second direction second joint row R4, the first joint in the other joint row R is between the third joints 33 adjacent to each other at the second interval Lb. A pair of third joint portions 33 that are adjacent to each other at the interval La are positioned.
 そして、図10に示すように、第2方向接合部列R中において隣り合う2つの第3接合部33,33を含む合計6個の接合部33に囲まれた領域内に、前述したサイド第1凸部41’が形成されている。
 本実施形態の複合シート10においては、個々の第2方向接合部列Rに、第2方向Yに第1の間隔Laで近接配置された一対の第3接合部33からなる接合部対34が、第2方向Yに第1の間隔Laの2倍以上の間隔Lbで間欠配置されており、サイド第1凸部41’は、第2方向Yにおいて隣り合う接合部対34,34どうし間に形成されている。接合部対34は、第2方向接合部列R中において最も狭い間隔Laで隣り合う一対の第3接合部33からなる。
Then, as shown in FIG. 10, in the region surrounded by a total of six joints 33 including the two third joints 33 and 33 adjacent in the second direction joint row R, the side first One convex portion 41 'is formed.
In the composite sheet 10 of the present embodiment, each pair of second-direction joint portions R includes a pair of joint portions 34 including a pair of third joint portions 33 that are disposed close to each other in the second direction Y at the first interval La. In the second direction Y, the side first convex portion 41 ′ is intermittently disposed at an interval Lb that is at least twice the first interval La, and the side first convex portion 41 ′ Is formed. The joint portion pair 34 includes a pair of third joint portions 33 that are adjacent to each other at the narrowest interval La in the second direction joint portion row R.
 複合シート10においては、第3接合部33が上述した態様で形成されていること、及び複合シート10の製造時に、第1シート1における、合計6個の第3接合部33に囲まれた領域に相当する部分を、裏面側から押圧したり、表面側から吸引したりすること等によって、複合シート10のサイド領域S,Sに、図10及び図11に示すような平面視形状及び断面形状のサイド第1凸部41’が多数形成されている。 In the composite sheet 10, the third joint portion 33 is formed in the above-described manner, and a region surrounded by a total of six third joint portions 33 in the first sheet 1 when the composite sheet 10 is manufactured. The portion corresponding to is pressed from the back surface side or sucked from the front surface side, and the like in the side regions S and S of the composite sheet 10 in a plan view shape and a cross-sectional shape as shown in FIGS. A large number of side first convex portions 41 ′ are formed.
 図3、図5及び図10に示されるとおり、複合シート10のサイド領域Sには、サイド第1凸部41’が、複合シート10に、平面視散点状、より詳細には千鳥状に形成されている。サイド第1凸部41’は、前述した6個の第3接合部33によって囲まれている。サイド第1凸部41’を囲む6個の第3接合部33及び6個の第3接合部33における互いに隣り合う第3接合部33間の部位は、サイド第1凸部41’の中央部の周囲に環状の凹部を形成しており、サイド第1凸部41’は、複合シート10の平面方向に分散した状態に形成されている。
 より詳細には、図10に示すように、平面視した複合シート10に、互いに平行な複数本の第1の仮想直線L3と、第1仮想直線L3との間に角度θ(図10参照)を有する互いに平行な複数本の第2の仮想直線L4とを想定したときに、第1仮想直線L3と第2仮想直線L4との各交点に、サイド第1凸部41’が位置している。第1の仮想直線L3と第2の仮想直線L4とのなす角度θ(図10参照)は、30°以上165°以下が好ましく、45°以上150°以下が更に好ましい。第1の仮想直線L3及び第2の仮想直線L4は、両者の各交点にサイド第1凸部41’が位置するように引けばよい。なお、図10に示す例においては、第1の仮想直線L3及び第2の仮想直線L4は、いずれも、第1方向X及び第2方向Yに対して傾斜しているが、第1の仮想直線L3又は第2の仮想直線L4の何れか一方又は双方を、第1方向X又は第2方向Yと平行としても良い。
As shown in FIGS. 3, 5, and 10, in the side region S of the composite sheet 10, the side first convex portions 41 ′ are formed in the composite sheet 10 in the form of dotted spots in plan view, more specifically in a staggered pattern. Is formed. The side first convex portion 41 ′ is surrounded by the six third joint portions 33 described above. The six third joint portions 33 surrounding the side first convex portions 41 ′ and the portions between the third joint portions 33 adjacent to each other in the six third joint portions 33 are the central portions of the side first convex portions 41 ′. Is formed in a state of being dispersed in the planar direction of the composite sheet 10.
More specifically, as shown in FIG. 10, an angle θ (see FIG. 10) between the first virtual straight line L <b> 3 and a plurality of first virtual straight lines L <b> 3 parallel to each other on the composite sheet 10 in plan view. Assuming a plurality of second virtual straight lines L4 that are parallel to each other, the side first convex portion 41 ′ is located at each intersection of the first virtual straight line L3 and the second virtual straight line L4. . The angle θ (see FIG. 10) formed by the first virtual line L3 and the second virtual line L4 is preferably 30 ° or more and 165 ° or less, and more preferably 45 ° or more and 150 ° or less. The first imaginary straight line L3 and the second imaginary straight line L4 may be drawn so that the side first convex portion 41 ′ is located at the intersection of both. In the example shown in FIG. 10, the first virtual line L3 and the second virtual line L4 are both inclined with respect to the first direction X and the second direction Y, but the first virtual line L3 and the second virtual line L4 are inclined. Either one or both of the straight line L3 and the second virtual straight line L4 may be parallel to the first direction X or the second direction Y.
 複合シート10のサイド領域Sにおいては、複数のサイド第1凸部41’が、一定の間隔で、第1の仮想直線L3に沿って直列した複数本の第3方向凸部列と、複数のサイド第1凸部41’が、一定の間隔で、第2の仮想直線L4に沿って直列した複数本の第4方向凸部列とが形成されている。また、隣り合う第3方向凸部列どうし間には、複数の接合部対34が、一定の間隔で直列した第3方向接合部列R5が形成され、隣り合う第4方向凸部列どうし間には、複数の接合部対34が、一定の間隔で直列した第4方向接合部列R6が形成されている。第1の仮想直線L3は、複数の接合部対34(又は複数の接合部33)が一定の間隔で直列した接合部列(第3接合部列)R5どうし間にそれらと平行に延びるように想定し、第2の仮想直線L4は、複数の接合部対34(又は複数の接合部33)が一定の間隔で直列した接合部列(第3接合部列)R6どうし間にそれらと平行に延びるように想定することが好ましい。
 個々の接合部対34を構成する一対の第3接合部間及びサイド第1凸部41’の周囲において互いに隣り合う接合部対34どうし間は、微小凸部44’となっているが、微小凸部44’は、第3接合部33の上面より僅かに突出する程度の高さであり、通常、その高さH4’は、サイド第1凸部41’の1/3以下である。
 そのため、第3方向凸部列どうし間及び第4方向凸部列どうし間は、空気が流通し易い通気路となり、優れた通気性が得られる。
In the side region S of the composite sheet 10, a plurality of side first convex portions 41 ′ are arranged at regular intervals along a plurality of third direction convex portion rows in series along the first imaginary straight line L 3. The side first convex portions 41 ′ are formed with a plurality of fourth direction convex portion rows arranged in series along the second virtual straight line L4 at a constant interval. In addition, a third direction joint row R5 in which a plurality of joint pairs 34 are arranged in series at a constant interval is formed between adjacent third direction convex rows, and between adjacent fourth direction convex rows. A fourth direction joint row R6 in which a plurality of joint pairs 34 are arranged in series at a constant interval is formed. The first imaginary straight line L3 extends in parallel between a plurality of joint pairs (third joint rows) R5 in which a plurality of joint pairs 34 (or a plurality of joints 33) are arranged in series at a constant interval. Assuming that the second imaginary straight line L4 is parallel to the joint row (third joint row) R6 in which a plurality of joint pairs 34 (or a plurality of joints 33) are arranged in series at a constant interval. It is preferable to assume that it extends.
Between the pair of third joints constituting each joint pair 34 and between the pair of adjacent joints 34 around the side first convex part 41 ′, there are minute convex parts 44 ′. The convex portion 44 ′ has a height that slightly protrudes from the upper surface of the third joint portion 33, and usually the height H4 ′ is 1/3 or less of the side first convex portion 41 ′.
Therefore, an air passage through which air easily flows is provided between the third direction convex row and between the fourth direction convex rows, and excellent air permeability is obtained.
 第1実施形態においては、前述した通り、表面シート12として用いた複合シート10の中央領域Mに、中央第1凸部41を含んで構成される中央連続凸部40が複数列形成されている一方、サイド領域Sには、サイド第1凸部41’が散点状に形成されている。
 そのため、中央第1凸部41の圧縮により凸部の付け根付近Kに生じる繊維の高密度域が、中央連続凸部40に沿って多数又は連続的に生じ、中央領域Mにおける液の吸収性能が一層向上する。その上、サイド領域Sは、サイド第1凸部41’が散点状に形成されていることによって、サイド第1凸部41’が、より圧力に対して変形しにくくなる。
 これらにより、通気性及び液の引き込み性を一層向上させることができる。
In the first embodiment, as described above, a plurality of central continuous convex portions 40 configured to include the central first convex portion 41 are formed in the central region M of the composite sheet 10 used as the top sheet 12. On the other hand, in the side region S, side first convex portions 41 ′ are formed in a dotted shape.
Therefore, a high density region of fibers generated near the root K of the convex portion due to compression of the central first convex portion 41 is generated in a large number or continuously along the central continuous convex portion 40, and the liquid absorption performance in the central region M is improved. Further improvement. In addition, in the side region S, the side first convex portions 41 ′ are formed in a dotted shape, so that the side first convex portions 41 ′ are more difficult to deform with respect to pressure.
By these, air permeability and liquid drawing-in property can be further improved.
 なお、中央連続凸部40は、物品幅方向Ya(第2方向Y)に延在していることが好ましいが、物品長手方向Xa(第1方向X)に延在している場合も同様の効果が得られる。
 また、第1実施形態においては、複合シート10の中央領域Mに形成された中央連続凸部40が、中央第1凸部41と該中央第1凸部41よりも高さの低い中央第2凸部42とが交互に連なった構成を有していたが、それに代えて、高さが最大の凸部である中央第1凸部のみが複数連なっていても良い。その場合にも、同様の効果が得られる。
 また、サイド領域Sには、本実施形態のように、高さが最大のサイド第1凸部41’及び前述した微小凸部44’のみが形成されていても良いが、それらの中間の高さを有する第2凸部(図示せず)が更に形成されていても良く、例えば、サイド第1凸部41’と第2凸部(図示せず)とが平面方向に混在した状態に分布していても良い。
The central continuous convex portion 40 preferably extends in the article width direction Ya (second direction Y), but the same applies to the case where the center continuous protrusion 40 extends in the article longitudinal direction Xa (first direction X). An effect is obtained.
Further, in the first embodiment, the central continuous convex portion 40 formed in the central region M of the composite sheet 10 has a central first convex portion 41 and a central second convex portion that is lower than the central first convex portion 41. Although the convex portion 42 is alternately connected, the central first convex portion, which is the convex portion having the maximum height, may be continuously provided. In that case, the same effect can be obtained.
Further, in the side region S, only the first side convex portion 41 ′ having the maximum height and the above-described minute convex portion 44 ′ may be formed as in the present embodiment. 2nd convex part (not shown) which has thickness may be further formed, for example, it is distributed in the state where side 1st convex part 41 'and 2nd convex part (not shown) were mixed in the plane direction. You may do it.
 また、第1実施形態においては、複合シート10の中央領域Mに形成された中央連続凸部40が、物品幅方向Ya(第2方向Y)に沿って延びており、またサイド領域Sには、前述した格子の各交点にサイド第1凸部41’が位置している。そのため、中央領域Mに形成される、凸部の付け根付近Kに生じる繊維の高密度域によって吸収された液から発生する湿気は中央連続凸部40に形成される連続中空部40V、又は中央連続凸部40どうしの間を通り幅方向に拡散し、サイド領域Sに形成される、第3方向凸部列どうし間及び第4方向凸部列どうし間を通り両側部全面へ効果的に放散することができるため、着用時の蒸れを一層抑制することができる。 Moreover, in 1st Embodiment, the center continuous convex part 40 formed in the center area | region M of the composite sheet 10 is extended along the article width direction Ya (2nd direction Y). The first side projections 41 'are located at the intersections of the lattice described above. Therefore, the moisture generated from the liquid absorbed by the high density region of the fiber generated in the vicinity K of the convex portion formed in the central region M is the continuous hollow portion 40V formed in the central continuous convex portion 40 or the central continuous portion. Diffuses in the width direction passing between the convex portions 40, and is effectively diffused to the entire side surfaces passing between the third direction convex portion rows and between the fourth direction convex portion rows formed in the side region S. Therefore, the stuffiness at the time of wearing can be suppressed further.
 第1実施形態に用いた複合シート10においては、中央領域Mにおける中央第3凸部43によって中央第1凸部41が挟まれているため、加圧時に、中央第1凸部41内の中央第3凸部43の高さよりも高い部分が平面方向に変形し、中央第3凸部43の高さよりも低い部分は平面方向への変形が生じにくいことによって、中央第1凸部41内の加圧により変形した頂部部分B1と、第2シート2との接合点の近辺部分B2との間に、該部分B1から該部分B2に向かって繊維密度が増加する繊維密度の勾配が生じ易い。それにより、第1シート1から第2シート2への液の引込性に一層優れている。 In the composite sheet 10 used in the first embodiment, since the central first convex portion 41 is sandwiched by the central third convex portion 43 in the central region M, the center in the central first convex portion 41 is pressed. A portion higher than the height of the third convex portion 43 is deformed in the plane direction, and a portion lower than the height of the central third convex portion 43 is less likely to be deformed in the plane direction. A fiber density gradient in which the fiber density increases from the portion B1 toward the portion B2 is likely to occur between the top portion B1 deformed by pressurization and the vicinity portion B2 of the joining point of the second sheet 2. Thereby, the drawing-in property of the liquid from the first sheet 1 to the second sheet 2 is further excellent.
 また、中央領域Mにおける中央第3凸部43は、その高さH3が、サイド第1凸部41’の高さH1’と等しい。
 高さが等しいことにより、中央第1凸部41が潰れた際に、表面シート12に加わる圧力を分散できるため、サイド領域Sのサイド第1凸部41’が圧力に対してより変形しにくく、サイド領域Sにおける通気性が一層確実に確保できる。
 なお、高さが等しいという表現には、中央第3凸部43の高さH3とサイド第1凸部41’の高さH1’とが厳密に等しい場合に加えて、中央第3凸部43の高さH3とサイド第1凸部41’の高さH1’との差(H3-H1’の絶対値)が、中央第3凸部43の高さH3の10%以内である場合も含まれる。
Further, the center third convex portion 43 in the central region M has a height H3 equal to the height H1 ′ of the side first convex portion 41 ′.
Since the pressure applied to the topsheet 12 can be dispersed when the center first convex portion 41 is crushed due to the equal height, the side first convex portion 41 ′ of the side region S is more difficult to deform with respect to the pressure. Further, the air permeability in the side region S can be ensured more reliably.
In addition, in the expression that the height is equal, in addition to the case where the height H3 of the central third convex portion 43 and the height H1 ′ of the side first convex portion 41 ′ are strictly equal, the central third convex portion 43 The case where the difference between the height H3 of the first side convex portion 41 ′ and the height H1 ′ of the side first convex portion 41 ′ (the absolute value of H3−H1 ′) is within 10% of the height H3 of the central third convex portion 43 is also included. It is.
 第1実施形態に用いた複合シート10においては、図8に示すように、中央領域Mにおける中央第3凸部43は、第2方向Yに沿って複数形成されており、第2方向Yにおいて隣り合う中央第3凸部43間に、第1方向Xに長い形状の縦長接合部である第1接合部31が形成されている。中央第3凸部43間に縦長接合部である第1接合部31が存在することで、中央第1凸部41の頂部から第1接合部31に向かって繊維密度が増加する繊維密度の勾配が一層形成されやすくなり、液の吸収性が一層向上する。 In the composite sheet 10 used in the first embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8, a plurality of central third convex portions 43 in the central region M are formed along the second direction Y, and in the second direction Y, A first joint portion 31 that is a vertically long joint portion that is long in the first direction X is formed between adjacent central third convex portions 43. A fiber density gradient in which the fiber density increases from the top of the central first convex portion 41 toward the first joint portion 31 due to the presence of the first joint portion 31 that is a vertically long joint portion between the central third convex portions 43. Is more easily formed, and the liquid absorbability is further improved.
 また、第1実施形態の使い捨ておむつ100においては、背側部Bの少なくとも幅方向中央部における、複数本の弾性部材19が配された弾性部材配置領域BM(図1参照)に、前述した複合シート10の中央領域Mが配されており、且つ弾性部材配置領域BMに、前述した中央第1凸部41を含んで構成される中央連続凸部40が、それぞれ第2方向Yに延びて複数列形成されている。
 そして、図12に示すように、その弾性部材配置領域BMにおける中央連続凸部40の幅をP1、前記弾性部材19の間隔をP2、中央連続凸部40の中央部どうし間の間隔をP3としたときに、P1<P2<P3の関係を満たしている。
Moreover, in the disposable diaper 100 of 1st Embodiment, the composite member mentioned above in elastic member arrangement | positioning area | region BM (refer FIG. 1) by which the several elastic member 19 was arrange | positioned in the width direction center part of the back side part B at least. The central region M of the sheet 10 is arranged, and the central continuous convex part 40 configured to include the above-described central first convex part 41 is extended in the second direction Y in the elastic member arrangement region BM. A line is formed.
Then, as shown in FIG. 12, the width of the central continuous convex portion 40 in the elastic member arrangement region BM is P1, the interval between the elastic members 19 is P2, and the interval between the central portions of the central continuous convex portion 40 is P3. The relationship of P1 <P2 <P3 is satisfied.
 使い捨ておむつ100における複数本の弾性部材19は、おむつを幅方向に収縮させて背側部Bにおけるフィット性を向上させるものであるが、複数本の弾性部材19が配された領域BMに重ねて配置される表面シート12を構成する複合シート10の、中央連続凸部40及び弾性部材19が上記の関係を満たしていると、弾性部材19により、おむつ100の背側部B、特に吸収体14より背側端部側に延出した部分が、物品幅方向Yaに沿う第2方向Yに収縮した状態においても、中央連続凸部40の形状が維持されやすく、液吸収効果が損なわれにくい。これにより、背側部Bにおける液吸収効果が高まり、背側部B側からの液漏れを抑制することができる。
 更に、前述した縦長接合部としての第1接合部31が、物品幅方向Yaに沿う第2方向Yに等間隔に配置されていると、弾性部材19の収縮に伴う中央連続凸部40の収縮が、規則的なものとなり、中央連続凸部40内にも繊維密度の粗密勾配ができ、背側部Bにおける液吸収効果が一層高まる。
The plurality of elastic members 19 in the disposable diaper 100 are for shrinking the diaper in the width direction to improve the fit in the back side portion B, but are overlapped with the region BM where the plurality of elastic members 19 are arranged. When the central continuous convex portion 40 and the elastic member 19 of the composite sheet 10 constituting the surface sheet 12 to be disposed satisfy the above relationship, the elastic member 19 causes the back side portion B of the diaper 100, particularly the absorber 14. Even in a state where the portion extending to the back end portion side contracts in the second direction Y along the article width direction Ya, the shape of the central continuous convex portion 40 is easily maintained, and the liquid absorption effect is hardly impaired. Thereby, the liquid absorption effect in the back side part B increases, and the liquid leakage from the back side part B side can be suppressed.
Further, when the first joint portions 31 as the longitudinal joint portions described above are arranged at equal intervals in the second direction Y along the article width direction Ya, the contraction of the central continuous convex portion 40 accompanying the contraction of the elastic member 19. However, it becomes regular and a density gradient of the fiber density is also formed in the central continuous convex portion 40, and the liquid absorption effect in the back side portion B is further enhanced.
 縦長接合部である第1接合部31は、第1方向Xに沿う長さが、第2方向Yに沿う長さの、1.2倍以上、特に1.5倍以上であることが好ましく、また5倍以下、特に3倍以下であることが好ましく、より具体的には、1.2倍以上5倍以下、特に1.5倍以上3倍以下であることが好ましい。
 また、縦長接合部である第1接合部31は、第1方向Xに沿う長さが、第2接合部32の第1方向Xに沿う長さの、1.2倍以上、特に1.5倍以上であることが好ましく、また5倍以下、特に3倍以下であることが好ましく、より具体的には、1.2倍以上5倍以下、特に1.5倍以上3倍以下であることが好ましい。
The first joint portion 31 that is a vertically long joint portion preferably has a length along the first direction X of 1.2 times or more, particularly 1.5 times or more of the length along the second direction Y, Further, it is preferably 5 times or less, particularly preferably 3 times or less, more specifically 1.2 times or more and 5 times or less, particularly preferably 1.5 times or more and 3 times or less.
In addition, the first joint portion 31 that is a vertically long joint portion has a length along the first direction X that is 1.2 times or more the length along the first direction X of the second joint portion 32, particularly 1.5. Is preferably 5 times or less, more preferably 5 times or less, particularly preferably 3 times or less, and more specifically 1.2 times or more and 5 times or less, particularly 1.5 times or more and 3 times or less. Is preferred.
 縦長接合部である第1接合部31の第1方向Xに沿う長さは0.5mm以上、特に1mm以上であることが好ましく、また10mm以下、特に5mm以下であることが好ましく、より具体的には、0.5mm以上10mm以下、特に1mm以上5mm以下であることが好ましい。
 また第2接合部32は、第1方向Xに沿う長さが、0.1mm以上5mm以下、特に0.5mm以上3mm以下であることが好ましく、第2方向Yに沿う長さが、0.1mm以上5mm以下、特に0.5mm以上3mm以下であることが好ましい。
 また、第3接合部33は、第1方向Xに沿う長さが、0.1mm以上5mm以下、特に0.5mm以上3mm以下であることが好ましく、第2方向Yに沿う長さが、0.1mm以上5mm以下、特に0.5mm以上3mm以下であることが好ましい。
 また、第3接合部33についての第2方向接合部列Rは、第2方向Yにおける第3接合部33間の間隔が大きい部分の間隔Laが、間隔が狭い部分の第3接合部33間の間隔に対して、2倍以上、特に2.5倍以上であることが好ましく、5倍以下、特に4倍以下であることが好ましく、2倍以上5倍以下、特に2.5倍以上4倍以下であることが好ましい。
The length along the first direction X of the first joint portion 31 that is a longitudinally long joint portion is preferably 0.5 mm or more, particularly preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 10 mm or less, and particularly preferably 5 mm or less. Is preferably from 0.5 mm to 10 mm, particularly preferably from 1 mm to 5 mm.
The length along the first direction X of the second joint portion 32 is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 5 mm or less, particularly preferably 0.5 mm or more and 3 mm or less, and the length along the second direction Y is 0.00. It is preferably 1 mm or more and 5 mm or less, particularly 0.5 mm or more and 3 mm or less.
Further, the third joint portion 33 preferably has a length along the first direction X of 0.1 mm to 5 mm, particularly 0.5 mm to 3 mm, and a length along the second direction Y of 0. It is preferably 1 mm or more and 5 mm or less, particularly 0.5 mm or more and 3 mm or less.
Further, in the second direction joint portion row R for the third joint portion 33, the interval La between the third joint portions 33 in the second direction Y is large between the third joint portions 33 in the narrow portion. 2 times or more, particularly 2.5 times or more, preferably 5 times or less, particularly 4 times or less, preferably 2 times or more and 5 times or less, particularly 2.5 times or more 4 times. It is preferable that it is less than 2 times.
 各凸部42,43,46,44’の高さH2,H3,H4、H4’は、上述した中央第1凸部41及びサイド第1凸部41’と同様に、吸収体14側に向けられる第2シート2の下面から凸部4の頂部を形成する第1シート1の上面までの距離である(図9及び図11)と定義され、前述した中央第1凸部41の高さH1、及びサイド第1凸部41’の高さH1’の測定方法と同様にして測定する。 The heights H2, H3, H4, and H4 ′ of the convex portions 42, 43, 46, and 44 ′ are directed toward the absorber 14 in the same manner as the central first convex portion 41 and the side first convex portion 41 ′. The height H1 of the central first convex portion 41 is defined as the distance from the lower surface of the second sheet 2 to the upper surface of the first sheet 1 that forms the top of the convex portion 4 (FIGS. 9 and 11). And, it is measured in the same manner as the measuring method of the height H1 ′ of the side first convex portion 41 ′.
 次に、前述した構成の複合シート10の好適な製造方法について図13~図15を参照しながら説明する。複合シート10の製造方法は、図13に示すとおり、周面が凹凸形状となっている第1ロール111と、第1ロールの凹凸形状と噛み合い形状となっている凹凸形状を周面に有する第2ロール112とを互いに反対方向に回転させながら、両ロール111,112の噛み合い部に第1シート1を供給して、第1シート1を凹凸賦形する賦形工程を有している。また複合シート10の製造方法は、賦形工程の後、第1シート1を第1ロール111の周面部に沿わせてそのまま保持して噛み合い部分から移動させた後、第2シート2を第1シート1に重ね合わせるように供給して両シート1,2を、第1ロール111における凸部と第1ヒートロール113及び第2ヒートロール114との間で加熱下に挟圧して部分的に接合する接合工程を有している。 Next, a preferred method for manufacturing the composite sheet 10 having the above-described configuration will be described with reference to FIGS. As shown in FIG. 13, the manufacturing method of the composite sheet 10 includes a first roll 111 having a concavo-convex shape on the peripheral surface, and a concavo-convex shape having a mesh shape with the concavo-convex shape of the first roll on the peripheral surface. While the two rolls 112 are rotated in directions opposite to each other, the first sheet 1 is supplied to the meshing portions of the two rolls 111 and 112 to form the first sheet 1 with irregularities. Further, in the manufacturing method of the composite sheet 10, after the shaping step, the first sheet 1 is held as it is along the peripheral surface portion of the first roll 111 and moved from the meshing portion, and then the second sheet 2 is moved to the first sheet 1. The two sheets 1 and 2 are supplied so as to be superimposed on the sheet 1 and are partially joined by being sandwiched between the convex portion of the first roll 111 and the first heat roll 113 and the second heat roll 114 under heating. A joining step to be performed.
 図13に示すとおり、第1ロール111の周面に対して、第2ロール112、第1ヒートロール113及び第2ヒートロール114は対向配置されている。第2ロール112、第1ヒートロール113及び第2ヒートロール114は、第1ロール111の回転方向Tの上流側から下流側に向かって、その順に配置されている。周面が凹凸形状となっている第1ロール111及び第2ロール112の詳細は後述する。第1ヒートロール113及び第2ヒートロール114は、それぞれ周面に凹凸を有していないフラットなアンビルロールである。 As shown in FIG. 13, the second roll 112, the first heat roll 113, and the second heat roll 114 are disposed to face the peripheral surface of the first roll 111. The second roll 112, the first heat roll 113, and the second heat roll 114 are arranged in that order from the upstream side in the rotation direction T of the first roll 111 toward the downstream side. Details of the first roll 111 and the second roll 112 whose peripheral surfaces are uneven are described later. The 1st heat roll 113 and the 2nd heat roll 114 are flat anvil rolls which do not have unevenness in a peripheral surface, respectively.
 先ず、第1シート1の原反ロール(図示せず)から第1シート1を繰り出す。また、これとは別に、第2シート2の原反ロール(図示せず)から第2シート2を繰り出す。そして図13に示すとおり、繰り出された第1シート1を、第1ロール111と第2ロール112との噛み合い部に噛み込ませて第1シート1を凹凸賦形する。このとき、第1ロール111をその周面からロール内部に向けて吸引して、第1シート1の凹凸賦形を促進させる。 First, the first sheet 1 is fed out from a raw roll (not shown) of the first sheet 1. Separately from this, the second sheet 2 is fed out from a raw roll (not shown) of the second sheet 2. Then, as shown in FIG. 13, the first sheet 1 that has been fed out is engaged with the meshing portion of the first roll 111 and the second roll 112, and the first sheet 1 is unevenly shaped. At this time, the 1st roll 111 is attracted | sucked toward the inside of a roll from the surrounding surface, and the uneven | corrugated shaping of the 1st sheet | seat 1 is promoted.
 次いで図13に示すとおり、第1シート1を第1ロール111の周面に引き続き吸引して賦形状態を保持したまま、第2シート2を重ね合わせ、その重ね合わせたものを、第1ロール111と周面平滑な第1ヒートロール113との間で挟圧する。このとき、第1ロール111と第1ヒートロール113の両方又は第1ヒートロール113のみを所定温度に加熱しておく。これによって、第1ロール111における凸部11a上に位置する第1シート1と第2シート2とが熱融着によって接合されて接合部31~33が形成される。 Next, as shown in FIG. 13, the first sheet 1 is continuously sucked to the peripheral surface of the first roll 111 to keep the shaped state, and the second sheet 2 is overlapped. A pressure is applied between 111 and the first heat roll 113 having a smooth circumferential surface. At this time, both the first roll 111 and the first heat roll 113 or only the first heat roll 113 are heated to a predetermined temperature. As a result, the first sheet 1 and the second sheet 2 located on the convex portion 11a of the first roll 111 are joined by thermal fusion to form joined portions 31 to 33.
 次いで、熱融着によって接合された第1シート1及び第2シート2の重ね合わせ体を、第1ロール111の周面に引き続き吸引保持した状態下で移動させ、該重ね合わせ体を、第1ロール111と周面平滑な第2ヒートロール114との間で挟圧する。このとき、第1ロール111と第2ヒートロール114の両方又は第2ヒートロール114のみを所定温度に加熱しておく。これによって、第1ロール111における凸部11a上に位置する接合部31,32において、第1シート1及び第2シート2を構成していた材料、例えば熱可塑性樹脂が溶融し、接合部31~33が更に強固に形成される。このようにして、目的とする複合シート10が連続的に製造される。 Next, the superposed body of the first sheet 1 and the second sheet 2 joined by heat fusion is moved under the state of being continuously sucked and held on the peripheral surface of the first roll 111, and the superposed body is moved to the first A pressure is applied between the roll 111 and the second heat roll 114 having a smooth circumferential surface. At this time, both the first roll 111 and the second heat roll 114 or only the second heat roll 114 are heated to a predetermined temperature. As a result, the materials constituting the first sheet 1 and the second sheet 2, for example, the thermoplastic resin, are melted in the joint portions 31 and 32 located on the convex portion 11a of the first roll 111, and the joint portions 31 to 32 are melted. 33 is formed more firmly. In this way, the target composite sheet 10 is continuously manufactured.
 前述した複合シート10の製造には、第1ロール111及び第2ロール112として、軸長方向の中央部に、複合シート10に上述した中央領域Mを形成する中央領域形成部を有し、該軸長方向の中央部を挟む両側に、複合シート10に上述したサイド領域S,Sを形成するサイド領域形成部を備えたものを用いる。 In the manufacture of the composite sheet 10 described above, the first roll 111 and the second roll 112 have a central region forming portion that forms the above-described central region M in the composite sheet 10 at the central portion in the axial length direction, The composite sheet 10 provided with the side region forming portions for forming the side regions S, S described above is used on both sides of the central portion in the axial direction.
 第1ロール111及び第2ロール112は、周方向における歯の形成パターンが異なる複数種類の歯車及びスペーサを複数枚組み合わせ、これらを軸芯に同心状に取り付けてロール状に集積したものである。第1ロール111及び第2ロール112は、中央領域形成部とサイド領域形成部とで、使用する歯車の歯のピッチや、歯車の組み合わせ、スペーサの配置等が異なっている。
 図14には、第1ロール111の中央領域形成部の周面に、第2ロール112の凸部が噛み合った状態を平面に展開した状態が示されており、図15には、第1ロール111のサイド領域形成部の周面に、第2ロール112の凸部が噛み合った状態を平面に展開した状態が示されている。図14及び図15中、矢印Uで示す方向が第1ロール111及び第2ロール112の回転方向であり、矢印Vで示す方向が第1ロール111及び第2ロール112の軸芯方向である。また、図14及び図15同図中、細かいドットで示した矩形又は正方形状の領域が、第1ロール111における歯車の歯先面を示しており、粗いドットで示した領域が、第2ロール112における歯車の歯先面を示している。
The first roll 111 and the second roll 112 are a combination of a plurality of types of gears and spacers having different tooth formation patterns in the circumferential direction, which are concentrically attached to the shaft core and accumulated in a roll shape. The first roll 111 and the second roll 112 are different in the gear tooth pitch, the gear combination, the spacer arrangement, and the like in the central region forming portion and the side region forming portion.
FIG. 14 shows a state in which the convex portion of the second roll 112 meshes with the peripheral surface of the central region forming portion of the first roll 111 in a flat state, and FIG. 15 shows the first roll. A state where the convex portion of the second roll 112 is engaged with the peripheral surface of the side region forming portion 111 is shown in a flat state. 14 and 15, the direction indicated by the arrow U is the rotation direction of the first roll 111 and the second roll 112, and the direction indicated by the arrow V is the axial direction of the first roll 111 and the second roll 112. Further, in FIG. 14 and FIG. 15, the rectangular or square area indicated by fine dots indicates the tooth tip surface of the gear in the first roll 111, and the area indicated by coarse dots is indicated by the second roll. The tooth-tip surface of the gear in 112 is shown.
 前述した第1シート1を凹凸賦形する賦形工程においては、中央領域形成部及びサイド領域形成部のそれぞれにおいて、第1ロール111の周面に形成された凹部に、第1シート1が、第1ロール111の各歯車の歯先面によって押し込まれて、中央領域M及びサイド領域S,Sの各凸部に対応する立体賦形が行われる。その後、立体賦形が行われた第1シート1に対して第2シート2が貼り合わされることで、目的とする複合シート10が得られる。以上のようにして得られた複合シート10は、おむつ100の製造ラインに導入され、公知の方法により、使い捨ておむつ100の表面シート12とされる。第1ロール111と第2ロール112との噛み合い部に噛み込ませて第1シート1を凹凸形状に変形させる際には、第1シート1を第1のロールの内部方向に向けて吸引して、第1シート1の凹凸形状への変形を促進させることが好ましい。 In the shaping process for forming the first sheet 1 as described above, the first sheet 1 is formed in the recess formed on the peripheral surface of the first roll 111 in each of the central region forming portion and the side region forming portion. The three-dimensional shaping corresponding to each convex part of the center area | region M and the side area | regions S and S is performed by being pushed in by the tooth-tip surface of each gear of the 1st roll 111. Then, the target composite sheet 10 is obtained by bonding the second sheet 2 to the first sheet 1 subjected to the three-dimensional shaping. The composite sheet 10 obtained as described above is introduced into the production line of the diaper 100, and is used as the top sheet 12 of the disposable diaper 100 by a known method. When the first sheet 1 is deformed into a concavo-convex shape by being engaged with the meshing portion of the first roll 111 and the second roll 112, the first sheet 1 is sucked toward the inner direction of the first roll. It is preferable to promote the deformation of the first sheet 1 into the uneven shape.
 吸収性物品において着用時に着用者の股下に配される股下部は、吸収性物品着用中に着用者の大腿部によって挟まれているため、着用者の前後方向に相当する方向を縦方向、該縦方向に直交する方向を横方向とした場合に、横方向に圧縮されやすい。従来の吸収性物品は、股下部が横方向に圧縮された場合に不規則に屈曲変形するため、股下部の肌当たりが悪く、また、着用者の排泄部から股下部に対して排泄された尿等の排泄液が、該股下部の不規則な屈曲変形によって所定の部位で受け止められずに、想定外の部位に飛び散るいわゆる液飛びが起こりやすく、少量の排泄液でも漏れが起こりやすいという課題があった。 Since the crotch part arranged in the inseam of the wearer when worn in the absorbent article is sandwiched between the thighs of the wearer while wearing the absorbent article, the direction corresponding to the front and back direction of the wearer is the vertical direction, When the direction orthogonal to the vertical direction is the horizontal direction, the image is easily compressed in the horizontal direction. The conventional absorbent article is bent and deformed irregularly when the crotch is compressed in the lateral direction, so that the skin contact of the crotch is bad, and it is excreted from the excretion part of the wearer to the crotch The problem is that urine and other excreted liquids are not received at a predetermined site by irregular bending deformation of the crotch, so that so-called liquid splattering easily occurs, and even a small amount of excreted liquid tends to leak. was there.
 従って本発明(第2発明)は、股下への肌当たりが良好で着用感に優れ、液漏れを起こし難い吸収性物品を提供することに関する。 Therefore, the present invention (second invention) relates to providing an absorbent article that has good skin contact with the crotch, is excellent in wearing feeling, and hardly leaks.
 以下、本発明(第2発明)の吸収性物品をその好ましい実施形態に基づき図面を参照して説明する。図16及び図17には、本発明(第2発明)の吸収性物品の一実施形態である使い捨ておむつ200が示されている。おむつ200は、着用時に着用者の腹側に配される腹側部1F及び背側に配される背側部1Rとそれらの間に位置する股下部1Mとを有すると共に、腹側部1Fから股下部1Mを介して背側部1Rに延び、着用者の前後方向に相当する縦方向Xと、これに直交する横方向Yとを有する。腹側部1F、股下部1M及び背側部1Rは、おむつ200を縦方向Xに三等分した場合の各領域に相当する。股下部1Mは、おむつ200の着用時に着用者のペニス等の排泄部に対向配置される排泄部対向部を有しており、該排泄部対向部は通常、おむつ200の縦方向Xの中央部又はその近傍に位置している。 Hereinafter, the absorbent article of the present invention (second invention) will be described with reference to the drawings based on preferred embodiments thereof. The disposable diaper 200 which is one Embodiment of the absorbent article of this invention (2nd invention) is shown by FIG.16 and FIG.17. The diaper 200 has an abdominal side portion 1F disposed on the abdomen side of the wearer when worn, a back side portion 1R disposed on the back side, and a crotch portion 1M positioned therebetween, and from the abdominal side portion 1F. It extends to the back side 1R via the crotch 1M, and has a longitudinal direction X corresponding to the wearer's front-rear direction and a lateral direction Y orthogonal thereto. The abdominal side portion 1F, the crotch portion 1M, and the back side portion 1R correspond to respective regions when the diaper 200 is divided into three equal parts in the vertical direction X. The crotch part 1M has an excretion part facing part that is disposed to face an excretion part such as a wearer's penis when the diaper 200 is worn, and the excretion part facing part is usually a central part in the longitudinal direction X of the diaper 200. Or it is located in the vicinity.
 おむつ200は、図16及び図17に示すように、吸収性コア140を有する吸収体4と、該吸収体4の肌対向面側に配され、着用時に着用者の肌と接触し得る表面材としての液透過性の表面シート102と、該吸収体4の非肌対向面側に配された液不透過性ないし撥水性の裏面シート103とを具備し、図16に示す如き平面視において、股下部1Mに位置する縦方向Xの中央部が内方に括れ且つ一方向即ち縦方向Xに長い、縦長の砂時計状をなしている。表面シート102及び裏面シート103は、それぞれ、両シート102,103間に介在配置された吸収体4よりも大きな寸法を有している。
 表面シート102は、縦方向Xの長さについては吸収体4よりも長いが、横方向Yの長さ即ち幅については吸収体4と略同じであり、図16に示す如き平面視において、表面シート102の縦方向Xに沿う両側縁2S,2Sは、吸収体4の縦方向Xに沿う両側縁と一致している。また後述するように、吸収体4は吸収性コア140及びコアラップシート45を含んで構成されているところ、表面シート102の両側縁2S,2Sは、吸収性コア140の最大幅部分における縦方向Xに沿う両側縁と一致している(図17参照)。
 一方、裏面シート103は、図17に示すように、横方向Yにおいて表面シート102よりも大きな寸法を有し、吸収体4の周縁から外方に延出し、図16に示す如き展開且つ伸張状態のおむつ200の外形を形成している。裏面シート103としては、この種の吸収性物品に従来用いられている各種のものを特に制限なく用いることができ、樹脂フィルム、樹脂フィルムと不織布等とのラミネート等を用いることができる。
As shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, the diaper 200 is disposed on the skin-facing surface side of the absorbent body 4 having an absorbent core 140 and can be in contact with the wearer's skin when worn. A liquid-permeable top sheet 102 and a liquid-impermeable or water-repellent back sheet 103 disposed on the non-skin-facing surface side of the absorbent body 4, in a plan view as shown in FIG. The central part of the vertical direction X located in the crotch part 1M is formed in a vertically long hourglass shape that is bound inward and is long in one direction, that is, the vertical direction X. Each of the top sheet 102 and the back sheet 103 has a size larger than that of the absorbent body 4 interposed between the two sheets 102 and 103.
The top sheet 102 is longer than the absorbent body 4 in the longitudinal direction X, but is substantially the same as the absorbent body 4 in the lateral direction Y, that is, in the plan view as shown in FIG. Both side edges 2S, 2S along the longitudinal direction X of the sheet 102 coincide with both side edges along the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent body 4. As will be described later, the absorbent body 4 is configured to include the absorbent core 140 and the core wrap sheet 45, and both side edges 2 </ b> S and 2 </ b> S of the topsheet 102 are in the vertical direction at the maximum width portion of the absorbent core 140. It coincides with both side edges along X (see FIG. 17).
On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 17, the back sheet 103 has a size larger than that of the top sheet 102 in the lateral direction Y, extends outward from the peripheral edge of the absorbent body 4, and is in a developed and extended state as shown in FIG. The outer shape of the diaper 200 is formed. As the back sheet 103, various types conventionally used for this type of absorbent article can be used without particular limitation, and a resin film, a laminate of a resin film and a nonwoven fabric, or the like can be used.
 本明細書において、「肌対向面」は、吸収性物品又はその構成部材(例えば吸収体4)における、吸収性物品の着用時に着用者の肌側に向けられる面、即ち相対的に着用者の肌に近い側であり、「非肌対向面」は、吸収性物品又はその構成部材における、吸収性物品の着用時に肌側とは反対側(着衣側)に向けられる面、即ち相対的に着用者の肌から遠い側である。尚、ここでいう「着用時」は、通常の適正な着用位置、即ち当該吸収性物品の正しい着用位置が維持された状態を意味し、吸収性物品が該着用位置からずれた状態にある場合は含まない。 In the present specification, the “skin facing surface” is a surface of the absorbent article or its constituent member (for example, the absorbent body 4) that is directed toward the wearer's skin when the absorbent article is worn, that is, relative to the wearer's skin. The side close to the skin, and the “non-skin-facing surface” is the surface of the absorbent article or its constituent members that is directed to the side opposite to the skin side (clothing side) when the absorbent article is worn, that is, relatively worn The side far from the person's skin. In addition, "at the time of wearing" here means a state where a normal proper wearing position, that is, a correct wearing position of the absorbent article is maintained, and the absorbent article is in a state of being deviated from the wearing position. Is not included.
 また、おむつ200の表面シート102側における縦方向Xに沿う左右両側には、それぞれサイドシート5が配されている。サイドシート5は、縦方向Xに沿う内側縁部と、該内側縁部よりも横方向Yの外方に位置して縦方向Xに沿う外側縁部とを有し、図16に示す如き平面視において、該内側縁部は吸収体4と重なり、該外側縁部は、図17に示すように、吸収体4の縦方向Xに沿う側縁から横方向Yの外方に延出し裏面シート103と接合されている。着用者の脚周りに配される左右のレッグ部におけるサイドシート5と裏面シート103との間には、糸状の弾性部材50縦方向Xに沿って伸長状態で固定されており、これにより、おむつ200の着用時におけるレッグ部には、弾性部材50の収縮により一対のレッグギャザーが形成される。また、サイドシート5の内側縁部には、糸状の弾性部材51が縦方向Xに沿って伸長状態で固定されており、これにより、おむつ200の着用時には弾性部材51の収縮により少なくとも股下部1Mにおいて、サイドシート5は裏面シート103との接合部を起点として該内側縁部側が着用者の肌側に向かって起立し、防漏カフを形成する。この防漏カフは、尿等の排泄液の横方向Yの外方への流出いわゆる横漏れを防止し得る。表面シート102、裏面シート103、吸収体4、サイドシート5及び弾性部材50,51は、ホットメルト型接着剤等の公知の接合手段により互いに接合されている。 Moreover, the side sheet | seat 5 is distribute | arranged to the right-and-left both sides along the vertical direction X in the surface sheet 102 side of the diaper 200, respectively. The side seat 5 has an inner edge along the vertical direction X, and an outer edge along the vertical direction X that is located outside the inner edge in the lateral direction Y, and has a flat surface as shown in FIG. In view, the inner edge overlaps with the absorber 4, and the outer edge extends outward in the lateral direction Y from the side edge along the longitudinal direction X of the absorber 4, as shown in FIG. 103. Between the side sheet 5 and the back sheet 103 in the left and right leg portions arranged around the legs of the wearer, it is fixed in a stretched state along the longitudinal direction X of the thread-like elastic member 50, whereby a diaper A pair of leg gathers is formed in the leg portion when the 200 is worn by contraction of the elastic member 50. In addition, a thread-like elastic member 51 is fixed to the inner edge of the side seat 5 in a stretched state along the longitudinal direction X. As a result, when the diaper 200 is worn, at least the crotch 1M is contracted by the contraction of the elastic member 51. The side sheet 5 rises toward the wearer's skin with the inner edge as a starting point at the joint with the back sheet 103 to form a leak-proof cuff. This leak-proof cuff can prevent outflow of excretion fluid such as urine outward in the lateral direction Y, so-called lateral leakage. The top sheet 102, the back sheet 103, the absorber 4, the side sheet 5, and the elastic members 50 and 51 are joined to each other by a known joining means such as a hot-melt adhesive.
 おむつ200はいわゆる展開型の使い捨ておむつであり、図16に示すように、おむつ200の背側部1Rの縦方向Xに沿う両側縁部には、一対のファスニングテープ6,6が設けられている。ファスニングテープ6には、機械的面ファスナーのオス部材からなる図示しない止着部が取り付けられている。また、おむつ200の腹側部1Fの非肌対向面には、機械的面ファスナーのメス部材からなる被止着領域7が形成されている。被止着領域7は、腹側部1Fの非肌対向面を形成する裏面シート103の非肌対向面に、機械的面ファスナーのメス部材を公知の接合手段、例えば接着剤やヒートシール等で接合固定して形成されており、ファスニングテープ6の前記止着部を着脱自在に止着可能になされている。 The diaper 200 is a so-called unfolded disposable diaper. As shown in FIG. 16, a pair of fastening tapes 6 and 6 are provided on both side edges along the longitudinal direction X of the back side 1R of the diaper 200. . A fastening portion (not shown) made of a male member of a mechanical surface fastener is attached to the fastening tape 6. Moreover, the to-be-attached area | region 7 which consists of a female member of a mechanical hook-and-loop fastener is formed in the non-skin opposing surface of the belly side part 1F of the diaper 200. The to-be-attached region 7 is formed by attaching a female member of a mechanical hook-and-loop fastener to a non-skin facing surface of the back sheet 103 that forms a non-skin facing surface of the abdominal side portion 1F by a known joining means such as an adhesive or heat seal It is formed by joining and fixing, and the fastening portion of the fastening tape 6 can be detachably fastened.
 以下、吸収体4について説明する。
 吸収体4は、図16に示す如き平面視において縦方向Xに長い形状をなし、腹側部1Fから股下部1Mを含み背側部1Rにわたって延在している。吸収体4は、吸収性材料を含む液保持性の吸収性コア140と、該吸収性コア140の肌対向面40a及び非肌対向面40bを被覆するコアラップシート45とを含んで構成されている。吸収性コア140とコアラップシート45との間は、ホットメルト型接着剤等の公知の接合手段により接合されている。吸収体4(吸収性コア140)は、おむつ200を横方向Yに二分して縦方向Xに延びる仮想直線(図示せず)に対して対称に形成されている。
Hereinafter, the absorber 4 will be described.
The absorber 4 has a shape that is long in the longitudinal direction X in a plan view as shown in FIG. 16, and extends from the ventral side 1F to the back side 1R including the crotch 1M. The absorbent body 4 includes a liquid-retaining absorbent core 140 containing an absorbent material, and a core wrap sheet 45 that covers the skin facing surface 40a and the non-skin facing surface 40b of the absorbent core 140. Yes. The absorbent core 140 and the core wrap sheet 45 are joined by a known joining means such as a hot-melt adhesive. The absorbent body 4 (absorbent core 140) is formed symmetrically with respect to a virtual straight line (not shown) extending in the longitudinal direction X by dividing the diaper 200 in the transverse direction Y.
 吸収性コア140は単層構造であり、図16に示す如き平面視において、長手方向即ち縦方向Xの中央部が内方に括れた砂時計状をなしている。吸収性コア140は吸収性材料を含むコア形成材料が積繊されてなる。吸収性材料としては、この種の吸収性コアの形成材料として通常用いられるものを特に制限なく用いることができ、例えば、木材パルプ、親水化剤により処理された合繊繊維等の親水性繊維や吸水性ポリマー粒子が挙げられる。即ち、吸収性コア140は、親水性繊維の積繊体、あるいは該積繊体に吸水性ポリマー粒子を担持させたものであり得る。 The absorbent core 140 has a single-layer structure, and has an hourglass shape in which the central portion in the longitudinal direction, that is, the longitudinal direction X is bound inward in a plan view as shown in FIG. The absorbent core 140 is formed by stacking a core forming material including an absorbent material. As the absorbent material, those normally used as a material for forming this type of absorbent core can be used without any particular limitation. For example, hydrophilic fibers such as wood pulp, synthetic fibers treated with a hydrophilizing agent, and water absorption Include polymer particles. That is, the absorbent core 140 can be a hydrophilic fiber stack, or a structure in which water-absorbing polymer particles are supported on the stack.
 コアラップシート45としては、透水性のシート材を用いることができ、例えば、紙、不織布等を用いることができる。本実施形態のおむつ200においては、コアラップシート45は、吸収性コア140の横方向Yの長さの2倍以上3倍以下の幅を有する1枚の連続したコアラップシート45であり、この1枚のコアラップシート45は、図17に示すように、吸収性コア140の肌対向面40aの全域を被覆し、且つ吸収性コア140の縦方向Xに沿う両側縁から横方向Yの外方に延出し、その延出部が、吸収性コア140の下方に巻き下げられて、吸収性コア140の非肌対向面40bの全域を被覆している。尚、コアラップシート45の形態はこれに限定されず、例えば、吸収性コア140の肌対向面40aを被覆する肌側コアラップシートと、吸収性コア140の非肌対向面40bを被覆する非肌側コアラップシートとを含み、且つ両シートがそれぞれ別体のシートであっても良い。 As the core wrap sheet 45, a water-permeable sheet material can be used, and for example, paper, nonwoven fabric, or the like can be used. In the diaper 200 of the present embodiment, the core wrap sheet 45 is a single continuous core wrap sheet 45 having a width that is not less than 2 times and not more than 3 times the length of the absorbent core 140 in the lateral direction Y. As shown in FIG. 17, the single core wrap sheet 45 covers the entire area of the skin facing surface 40 a of the absorbent core 140, and from the side edges along the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent core 140 to the outside in the lateral direction Y. The extending portion is wound down below the absorbent core 140 to cover the entire area of the non-skin facing surface 40b of the absorbent core 140. The form of the core wrap sheet 45 is not limited to this. For example, the skin side core wrap sheet covering the skin facing surface 40a of the absorbent core 140 and the non-skin facing surface 40b of the absorbent core 140 are not covered. The skin side core wrap sheet may be included, and both sheets may be separate sheets.
 吸収体4は、吸収性コア140の横方向Yの中央部に位置し且つ縦方向Xに延びるコア低剛性領域40Lと、該コア低剛性領域40Lの横方向Yの両側に位置し且つ該コア低剛性領域40Lに比して剛性の高いコア高剛性領域40Hとを有している。
 コア低剛性領域40Lは、図16に示す如き平面視において複数の線状の溝141が格子状に形成された領域であり、腹側部1Fから股下部1Mを含み背側部1Rにわたって延在している。コア低剛性領域40Lの縦方向Xの全長は吸収性コア140のそれに比して短く、縦方向Xの最外方に位置する一対の溝141,141は、吸収性コア140の縦方向Xの前後端より縦方向Xの内方に位置している。コア低剛性領域40Lの横方向Yの長さ、即ち、横方向Yの最外方に位置する一対の溝141,141間の長さは、該領域40Lの縦方向Xの全長にわたって一定である。
 一方、コア高剛性領域40Hは、吸収性コア140におけるコア低剛性領域40L以外の領域であり、コア低剛性領域40Lを包囲している。
The absorbent body 4 is located in the center portion of the absorbent core 140 in the lateral direction Y and extends in the longitudinal direction X, and is located on both sides of the core low stiffness region 40L in the lateral direction Y. It has a core high-rigidity region 40H having higher rigidity than the low-rigidity region 40L.
The core low-rigidity region 40L is a region in which a plurality of linear grooves 141 are formed in a lattice shape in a plan view as shown in FIG. 16, and extends from the ventral side portion 1F to the back side portion 1R including the crotch portion 1M. is doing. The overall length in the longitudinal direction X of the core low-rigidity region 40L is shorter than that of the absorbent core 140, and the pair of grooves 141, 141 located at the outermost side in the longitudinal direction X are in the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent core 140. It is located inward in the vertical direction X from the front and rear ends. The length in the lateral direction Y of the core low-rigidity region 40L, that is, the length between the pair of grooves 141 and 141 located on the outermost side in the lateral direction Y is constant over the entire length in the longitudinal direction X of the region 40L. .
On the other hand, the core high rigidity region 40H is a region other than the core low rigidity region 40L in the absorbent core 140, and surrounds the core low rigidity region 40L.
 本実施形態のおむつ200においては、コア低剛性領域40Lはコア高剛性領域40Hに比して坪量が低く、それ故、コア低剛性領域40Lはコア高剛性領域40Hに比して剛性が低い。コア低剛性領域40Lがコア高剛性領域40Hに比して坪量が低い理由は、図16及び図17に示すように、コア低剛性領域40Lの非肌対向面40bに溝141が形成されているためである。コア高剛性領域40Hには、溝141の如き凹部は形成されておらず、コア高剛性領域40Hにおいては肌対向面40a及び非肌対向面40bは平坦である。 In the diaper 200 of this embodiment, the core low-rigidity region 40L has a lower basis weight than the core high-rigidity region 40H. Therefore, the core low-rigidity region 40L has a lower rigidity than the core high-rigidity region 40H. . The reason why the basis weight of the core low rigidity region 40L is lower than that of the core high rigidity region 40H is that grooves 141 are formed on the non-skin facing surface 40b of the core low rigidity region 40L as shown in FIGS. Because it is. The core high rigidity region 40H is not formed with a recess such as the groove 141. In the core high rigidity region 40H, the skin facing surface 40a and the non-skin facing surface 40b are flat.
 溝141は、積繊装置を用いた公知の吸収性コアの製造方法において、吸収性材料を含むコア形成材料の積繊量を周辺部に比して意図的に低減させることで形成された凹部であり、いわゆるエンボス溝、即ち、坪量が均一で表面に凹凸のない扁平板状の吸収性コアに対しエンボス加工(押圧処理)を施すことによって形成された凹部ではない。従って、通常のエンボス溝は、エンボス加工によりコア形成材料が圧密化されているため周辺部に比して高密度であるが、溝141はその形成過程で圧密化されていないため、その周辺部(非溝形成部)との比較において密度に実質的な差は無い。 The groove 141 is a recess formed by intentionally reducing the amount of the core forming material including the absorbent material as compared with the peripheral portion in a known absorbent core manufacturing method using a fiber stacking apparatus. It is not a so-called embossed groove, that is, a recess formed by embossing (pressing process) a flat plate-like absorbent core having a uniform basis weight and no irregularities on the surface. Accordingly, the normal embossed groove has a higher density than the peripheral portion because the core forming material is consolidated by embossing, but the groove 141 is not consolidated in the formation process, and therefore the peripheral portion thereof. There is no substantial difference in density in comparison with (non-grooved portion).
 溝141の形成に利用し得る公知の吸収性コアの製造方法は、例えば、空気流に乗せて供給したコア形成材料を、積繊装置(回転ドラム等)の外面に形成された集積用凹部の底部に吸引堆積させる工程を有するところ、斯かる工程において、底部の開孔率が部分的に異なる集積用凹部を使用する、具体的には、溝141の形成予定部位に対応する底部の開孔率が相対的に低く調整されている集積用凹部を使用することにより、溝141が形成されているコア低剛性領域40Lと、溝(凹部)が形成されていないコア高剛性領域40Hとを有する吸収性コア140を形成することができる。こうして形成された吸収性コア140においては、図16及び図17に示すように、コア形成材料の積繊量が相対的に少ない部位が、溝141の形成部位に位置する低坪量部142となり、コア形成材料の積繊量が相対的に多い部位が、溝(凹部)の非形成部位である高坪量部143となる。 A known method for manufacturing an absorbent core that can be used to form the groove 141 is, for example, a method for forming a concave portion for accumulation formed on an outer surface of a fiber stacking apparatus (rotary drum or the like) by supplying a core forming material supplied on an air flow. In this step, the step of depositing at the bottom is used, and in such a step, the concave portion for accumulation having a partially different opening rate of the bottom is used. Specifically, the opening of the bottom corresponding to the formation site of the groove 141 is used. By using the concave portion for accumulation whose rate is adjusted to be relatively low, the core low-rigidity region 40L in which the groove 141 is formed and the core high-rigidity region 40H in which the groove (concave portion) is not formed are provided. Absorbent core 140 can be formed. In the absorbent core 140 formed in this way, as shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, the portion where the amount of core forming material is relatively small becomes the low basis weight portion 142 located at the portion where the groove 141 is formed. The portion having a relatively large amount of core forming material is the high basis weight portion 143 which is a portion where grooves (concave portions) are not formed.
 コア低剛性領域40Lは、相対的に坪量が高く非肌対向面40b側に向けて突出した凸の形状を有する高坪量部143と、高坪量部143に隣接し、且つ相対的に坪量が低く肌対向面40a側に向けて凹んだ低坪量部142とを有し、高坪量部143と低坪量部142とは一体成形されている。そして、コア低剛性領域40Lをコア高剛性領域40Hとの対比において低坪量且つ低剛性にせしめている、溝141は、低坪量部142の形成位置における非肌対向面40b側に形成された凹部である。つまり、溝141の形成部位である低坪量部142は、コア低剛性領域40Lにおける溝(凹部)の非形成部位である高坪量部143に比して坪量が低く、また厚みが小さい。 The core low-rigidity area 40L is relatively adjacent to the high basis weight part 143 having a relatively high basis weight and a convex shape protruding toward the non-skin facing surface 40b, and the high basis weight part 143. It has a low basis weight portion 142 having a low basis weight and recessed toward the skin facing surface 40a, and the high basis weight portion 143 and the low basis weight portion 142 are integrally formed. And the groove | channel 141 which makes the core low rigidity area | region 40L make low basic weight and low rigidity in contrast with the core high rigidity area | region 40H is formed in the non-skin opposing surface 40b side in the formation position of the low basic weight part 142. It is a concave part. That is, the low basis weight portion 142 that is the formation site of the groove 141 has a lower basis weight and a smaller thickness than the high basis weight portion 143 that is the non-formation site of the groove (concave portion) in the core low rigidity region 40L. .
 コア低剛性領域40Lにおいては、図17に示すように、非肌対向面40bは、複数の溝141の存在により凹凸構造を有しているのに対し、肌対向面40aは、そのような溝(凹部)を有しておらず平坦である。このように、吸収性コア140の非肌対向面40b側を凹凸構造にすると、吸収性コア140に加わる外力によって吸収性コア140が柔軟に変形しやすくなるため、おむつ200のフィット性が向上する。 In the core low rigidity region 40L, as shown in FIG. 17, the non-skin facing surface 40b has a concavo-convex structure due to the presence of the plurality of grooves 141, whereas the skin facing surface 40a has such a groove. It does not have (concave part) and is flat. As described above, when the non-skin facing surface 40b side of the absorbent core 140 has a concavo-convex structure, the absorbent core 140 is easily deformed flexibly by an external force applied to the absorbent core 140, so that the fit of the diaper 200 is improved. .
 コア低剛性領域40Lにおいては、図16及び図17に示すように、複数本の線状の溝141が縦方向Xに延びていると共に、複数本の線状の溝141が横方向Yにも延びており、このように互いに直交する複数本の線状の溝141即ち低坪量部142によって、コア低剛性領域40Lは複数の小領域に区画化され、該小領域が高坪量部143である。つまり、個々の高坪量部143は低坪量部142(溝141)によって区画されており、個々に独立している。複数の高坪量部143の形状は互いに略同じであり、何れも平面視して矩形形状をなし、縦方向Xの長さが横方向Yの長さに比して長い。一方、低坪量部142に関しては、該低坪量部142が縦方向X及び横方向Yの両方向に延びて互いに連結しており、連続体となっている。縦方向Xに延びる低坪量部142の幅(長さ方向と直交する方向の長さ)と、横方向Yに延びる低坪量部142の幅とは同じであっても良く、異なっていても良い。 In the core low-rigidity region 40L, as shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, a plurality of linear grooves 141 extend in the vertical direction X, and a plurality of linear grooves 141 also extend in the horizontal direction Y. The core low-rigidity region 40L is divided into a plurality of small regions by the plurality of linear grooves 141, that is, the low basis weight portions 142 that extend in this manner and are orthogonal to each other, and the small regions are divided into the high basis weight portions 143. It is. That is, each high basic weight part 143 is divided by the low basic weight part 142 (groove 141), and is independent. The plurality of high basis weight portions 143 have substantially the same shape, and each has a rectangular shape in plan view, and the length in the vertical direction X is longer than the length in the horizontal direction Y. On the other hand, with respect to the low basis weight portion 142, the low basis weight portion 142 extends in both the vertical direction X and the horizontal direction Y and is connected to each other to form a continuous body. The width of the low basis weight portion 142 extending in the longitudinal direction X (the length in the direction orthogonal to the length direction) and the width of the low basis weight portion 142 extending in the lateral direction Y may be the same or different. Also good.
 このようにコア低剛性領域40Lは、高坪量部143と該高坪量部143をその全周にわたって包囲する線状の低坪量部142とからなるブロック領域を多数有する、ブロック構造を有しており、各ブロック領域は個々に独立している。ブロック構造の最外周は、図16に示すように、低坪量部142によって形成されている。そして、低坪量部142の形成位置における吸収性コア140の非肌対向面40b側の凹部が溝141である。 As described above, the core low-rigidity region 40L has a block structure having a large number of block regions including the high basis weight portion 143 and the linear low basis weight portion 142 that surrounds the high basis weight portion 143 over the entire circumference thereof. Each block area is individually independent. As shown in FIG. 16, the outermost periphery of the block structure is formed by a low basis weight portion 142. And the recessed part by the side of the non-skin opposing surface 40b of the absorptive core 140 in the formation position of the low basic weight part 142 is the groove | channel 141. FIG.
 このようなブロック構造のコア低剛性領域40Lの存在により、吸収性コア140は、縦方向X及び横方向Yの双方に柔軟なものとなり、そのことに起因して吸収性コア140は着用者の身体の形状に沿いやすいものとなる。さらに、尿等の排泄液が、相対的に厚みの薄い低坪量部142に案内されてこれを流れることで、吸収性コア140の縦方向X及び横方向Yの拡散性を向上させ得る。 Due to the presence of the core low-rigidity region 40L having such a block structure, the absorbent core 140 becomes flexible in both the vertical direction X and the horizontal direction Y, and as a result, the absorbent core 140 is worn by the wearer. It becomes easy to follow the shape of the body. Furthermore, excretion fluid such as urine is guided by the relatively thin low basis weight portion 142 and flows therethrough, so that the diffusibility of the absorbent core 140 in the vertical direction X and the horizontal direction Y can be improved.
 高坪量部143の坪量に対する低坪量部142の坪量の比率、即ち、低坪量部142の坪量/高坪量部143の坪量は、好ましくは20%以上、さらに好ましくは30%以上、そして、好ましくは80%以下、さらに好ましくは70%以下である。
 低坪量部142自体の坪量は、好ましくは100g/m2以上、さらに好ましくは150g/m2以上、そして、好ましくは500g/m2以下、さらに好ましくは400g/m2以下である。
 高坪量部143自体の坪量は、好ましくは300g/m2以上、さらに好ましくは350g/m2以上、そして、好ましくは900g/m2以下、さらに好ましくは800g/m2以下である。
 坪量は次のようにして測定される。
The ratio of the basis weight of the low basis weight portion 142 to the basis weight of the high basis weight portion 143, that is, the basis weight of the low basis weight portion 142 / the basis weight of the high basis weight portion 143 is preferably 20% or more, and more preferably. 30% or more, and preferably 80% or less, more preferably 70% or less.
Low basis weight portion 142 basis weight of itself is preferably 100 g / m 2 or more, more preferably 150 g / m 2 or more, and, preferably 500 g / m 2 or less, more preferably 400 g / m 2 or less.
The basis weight of the high basis weight portion 143 itself is preferably 300 g / m 2 or more, more preferably 350 g / m 2 or more, and preferably 900 g / m 2 or less, more preferably 800 g / m 2 or less.
The basis weight is measured as follows.
<坪量の測定方法>
 吸収性コア140における低坪量部142と高坪量部143との境界線に沿ってフェザー社製の片刃剃刀を用いて切断する。切断して得られた高坪量部143の小片10個をそれぞれ電子天秤(A&D社製電子天秤GR-300、精度:小数点以下4桁)を用いて測定し、高坪量部143の小片1個の平均重量を求める。求めた平均重量を高坪量部143の小片1個当りの平均面積で除して高坪量部143の坪量を算出する。後述するコア高剛性領域40Hの坪量も高坪量部143の坪量と同様にして算出する。
 次いで、低坪量部142と高坪量部143との境界線のうちおむつ200の縦方向Xに延びた境界線に沿って、長さ100mm、幅は低坪量部142の幅の設計寸法に合わせて、フェザー社製の片刃剃刀を用いて、細いストライプ状の低坪量部142の縦方向Xの小片5個を切り出す。得られた小片5個をそれぞれ電子天秤(A&D社製電子天秤GR-300、精度:小数点以下4桁)を用いて測定し、平均して低坪量部142の小片1個の平均重量を求める。求めた平均重量を低坪量部142の縦方向Xの小片1個当たりの平均面積で除して低坪量部142の縦方向Xの坪量を算出する。低坪量部142の横方向Yについても、低坪量部142の縦方向Xと同様にして坪量を算出する。
<Measurement method of basis weight>
Cut along the boundary line between the low basis weight portion 142 and the high basis weight portion 143 in the absorbent core 140 using a single blade razor manufactured by Feather Corporation. Ten pieces of the high basis weight part 143 obtained by cutting were each measured using an electronic balance (Electronic balance GR-300 manufactured by A & D, accuracy: 4 digits after the decimal point). Find the average weight of the pieces. The calculated average weight is divided by the average area per piece of the high basis weight portion 143 to calculate the basis weight of the high basis weight portion 143. The basis weight of the core high-rigidity region 40H described later is calculated in the same manner as the basis weight of the high basis weight portion 143.
Next, along the boundary line extending in the longitudinal direction X of the diaper 200 among the boundary lines between the low basis weight portion 142 and the high basis weight portion 143, the length is 100 mm and the width is the design dimension of the width of the low basis weight portion 142. Then, five small pieces in the vertical direction X of the thin striped low basis weight portion 142 are cut out using a single-edged razor manufactured by Feather. Each of the 5 pieces obtained was measured using an electronic balance (Electronic balance GR-300 manufactured by A & D, accuracy: 4 digits after the decimal point), and averaged to obtain the average weight of one piece of the low basis weight 142. . The calculated average weight is divided by the average area per piece in the vertical direction X of the low basis weight portion 142 to calculate the basis weight in the vertical direction X of the low basis weight portion 142. For the horizontal direction Y of the low basis weight portion 142, the basis weight is calculated in the same manner as the vertical direction X of the low basis weight portion 142.
 高坪量部143は、低坪量部142よりも坪量が大きいだけでなく、厚みも大きくなっている。高坪量部143の厚みに対する低坪量部142の厚みの比率、即ち、低坪量部142の厚み/高坪量部143の厚みは、好ましくは30%以上、さらに好ましくは40%以上、そして、好ましくは90%以下、さらに好ましくは80%以下である。
 低坪量部142自体の厚みは、好ましくは1.5mm以上、さらに好ましくは2.5mm以上、そして、好ましくは4.5mm以下、さらに好ましくは4mm以下である。
 高坪量部143自体の厚みは、好ましくは2mm以上、さらに好ましくは3mm以上、そして、好ましくは8mm以下、さらに好ましくは7mm以下である。
 厚みは次のようにして測定する。
The high basis weight portion 143 is not only larger in basis weight than the low basis weight portion 142 but also thicker. The ratio of the thickness of the low basis weight portion 142 to the thickness of the high basis weight portion 143, that is, the thickness of the low basis weight portion 142 / the thickness of the high basis weight portion 143 is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40% or more, And preferably it is 90% or less, More preferably, it is 80% or less.
The thickness of the low basis weight portion 142 itself is preferably 1.5 mm or more, more preferably 2.5 mm or more, and preferably 4.5 mm or less, more preferably 4 mm or less.
The thickness of the high basis weight portion 143 itself is preferably 2 mm or more, more preferably 3 mm or more, and preferably 8 mm or less, more preferably 7 mm or less.
The thickness is measured as follows.
<厚みの測定方法>
 所定のサイズにサンプルをカットし、5kPaで測定部位を10分間加圧し、除重後すぐに測定を行う。測定箇所は、1枚辺り腹側部、股下部、背側部の任意それぞれ1点以上を含む3点以上とし、サンプル2枚(測定箇所6点以上)の平均で厚みを求める。例えばおむつ200を、鋭利なかみそりで、おむつ200の縦方向X、又は横方向Yに切断し、この切断されたサンプルの断面を測定する。肉眼にて測定し難い場合には、前記切断されたサンプルの断面を、例えば、マイクロスコープ(KEYENCE社製VHX-1000)を用いて20~100倍の倍率で観察し、測定しても良い。
<Method for measuring thickness>
A sample is cut into a predetermined size, the measurement site is pressurized at 5 kPa for 10 minutes, and measurement is performed immediately after dewetting. The number of measurement points is 3 points or more including one or more of each of the abdominal side, crotch, and back side per one sheet, and the thickness is obtained by averaging two samples (6 or more measurement points). For example, the diaper 200 is cut with a sharp razor in the longitudinal direction X or the transverse direction Y of the diaper 200, and the cross section of the cut sample is measured. If it is difficult to measure with the naked eye, the section of the cut sample may be observed and measured at a magnification of 20 to 100 times using, for example, a microscope (VHX-1000 manufactured by KEYENCE).
 一方、コア高剛性領域40Hは、図16に示すように、ブロック構造のコア低剛性領域40Lの外周をその全域にわたって囲んでいる。コア低剛性領域40Lとコア高剛性領域40Hとは、コア低剛性領域40Lの最外周に位置する低坪量部142によって区画されている。コア高剛性領域40Hにおいては、その任意の位置における厚み及び坪量が一定になっている。 On the other hand, the core high-rigidity region 40H surrounds the entire outer periphery of the core low-rigidity region 40L having a block structure as shown in FIG. The core low-rigidity area 40L and the core high-rigidity area 40H are partitioned by a low basis weight portion 142 located on the outermost periphery of the core low-rigidity area 40L. In the core high-rigidity region 40H, the thickness and basis weight at an arbitrary position are constant.
 図17に示すとおり、本実施形態のおむつ200においては、コア高剛性領域40Hの厚みは、コア低剛性領域40Lの高坪量部143の厚みと略同じである。尤も、コア高剛性領域40Hの厚みと高坪量部143の厚みとの関係はこれに限られず、どちらか一方が相対的に大きくても良い。具体的には、コア高剛性領域40Hの厚みは、好ましくは2mm以上、さらに好ましくは3mm以上、そして、好ましくは8mm以下、さらに好ましくは7mm以下である。厚みの測定方法は前記の通りである。 As shown in FIG. 17, in the diaper 200 of the present embodiment, the thickness of the core high rigidity region 40H is substantially the same as the thickness of the high basis weight portion 143 of the core low rigidity region 40L. However, the relationship between the thickness of the core high rigidity region 40H and the thickness of the high basis weight portion 143 is not limited to this, and either one may be relatively large. Specifically, the thickness of the core high rigidity region 40H is preferably 2 mm or more, more preferably 3 mm or more, and preferably 8 mm or less, more preferably 7 mm or less. The method for measuring the thickness is as described above.
 コア低剛性領域40Lの低坪量部142及び高坪量部143は、前述した通り一体成形されている。これに加えて、低坪量部142及び高坪量部143からなるブロック領域と、その外周に位置するコア高剛性領域40Hとも一体成形されている。本明細書において「一体成形されている」とは、複数の部位、例えば低坪量部142と高坪量部143とが、接着剤や熱融着等の接合手段を介さずに互いに分離不可能に一体化されており、同一の材料から一体的に形成されていることを意味する。吸収性コア140の複数の部位が一体成形されていると、尿等の排泄液がスムーズに移動し得る連続性を有するようになる。 The low basis weight portion 142 and the high basis weight portion 143 of the core low rigidity region 40L are integrally formed as described above. In addition to this, the block region composed of the low basis weight portion 142 and the high basis weight portion 143 and the core high rigidity region 40H located on the outer periphery thereof are also integrally formed. In this specification, “integrated molding” means that a plurality of parts, for example, a low basis weight portion 142 and a high basis weight portion 143 are not separated from each other without using a bonding means such as an adhesive or heat fusion. It means that they are integrated so that they are integrally formed from the same material. When a plurality of parts of the absorbent core 140 are integrally formed, the urine or other excretory fluid has continuity that can move smoothly.
 以上の通り、吸収性コア140にはコア低剛性領域40L及びコア高剛性領域40Hが形成されているところ、コア低剛性領域40Lは、溝141の形成部位である低坪量部142と高坪量部143とからなる、ブロック構造を有しているため、柔軟であるのに対し、コア高剛性領域40Hは、厚み及び坪量が一定であるため硬く、それ故、コア低剛性領域40Lはコア高剛性領域40Hに比して剛性が低い。 As described above, the core low-rigidity region 40L and the core high-rigidity region 40H are formed in the absorbent core 140. The core low-rigidity region 40L includes the low basis weight portion 142 that is the formation site of the groove 141 and the high basis weight. The core high-rigidity region 40H is hard because the thickness and basis weight are constant, while the core high-rigidity region 40H is flexible because it has a block structure composed of the amount portion 143. The rigidity is lower than that of the core high rigidity region 40H.
 本明細書において「剛性」とは、吸収性コア、表面材等の吸収性物品の構成部材の屈曲のしづらさの程度のことであり、剛性が高いとは構成部材が屈曲しづらいことをいう。剛性の測定方法は構成部材の種類によって異なり、吸収性コアの剛性については、下記方法により測定される曲げ剛性によって評価することができる。この曲げ剛性の測定値が小さいほど、測定対象物は剛性が低く屈曲しやすいと評価できる。 In this specification, “rigidity” refers to the degree of difficulty in bending the constituent members of absorbent articles such as absorbent cores and surface materials, and high rigidity means that the constituent members are difficult to bend. Say. The rigidity measurement method varies depending on the type of component, and the rigidity of the absorbent core can be evaluated by the bending rigidity measured by the following method. It can be evaluated that the smaller the measured value of the bending stiffness, the lower the rigidity of the measurement object, and the easier it is to bend.
<吸収性コアの曲げ剛性の測定方法>
 吸収性物品から吸収性コアを取り出す。ここでいう「吸収性コア」は、パルプ、吸水性ポリマー粒子等の吸収性材料を主体とする部材と、該部材を包むいわゆるコアラップシートとを含む。つまり厳密に言えば、本法の測定対象は吸収性コア単独ではなく、さらにコアラップシートを含んでなる吸収体である。しかしながら通常、コアラップシートの曲げ剛性は吸収性コアのそれに比して格段に小さいので、吸収体の曲げ剛性の測定値は、実質的に吸収性コア自体の曲げ剛性の測定値とみなすことができる。尚、吸収性コアを取り出す吸収性物品が、包装袋に密封された新品の場合は、包装袋を開封して取り出した吸収性物品を常温常圧下で1日以上放置してから、吸収性コアを取り出す。取り出した吸収性コアから所定の測定対象部位を切り出して測定サンプルとする。例えば、おむつ200の吸収性コア140におけるコア低剛性領域40L及びコア高剛性領域40Hそれぞれより、横方向Yの長さ(幅)20mm、縦方向Xの長さ50mmの長方形形状部分を4枚切り出して測定サンプルとする。より具体的には、腹側部1F及び背側部1Rそれぞれから前記長方形形状部分を2枚ずつ、横方向Yに対称となる位置より切り出し、その際、腹側部1F又は背側部1Rだけでは測定サンプルが所定のサイズを確保できない場合は、股下部1Mに跨って切り出しても良い。
 測定サンプルの曲げ剛性の測定にはハンドルオ・メーターを用い、例えば、大栄科学精機製作所製、風合い試験機(ハンドルオ・メーター法)「HOM-3型」を用いることができる。ハンドルオ・メーターの支持台上に測定サンプルを、該測定サンプルの長手方向が該支持台上に刻まれた幅30mmの溝と直交するように配置し、該測定サンプルの中央を厚み2mmのブレードで押圧し、その押圧時に要する力を測定する。例えば、前記のコア低剛性領域40L及びコア高剛性領域40Hそれぞれの4枚の測定サンプルについて曲げ剛性の測定を行い、その4枚の測定サンプルの測定値の平均値を、当該領域40L又は40Hの曲げ剛性とする。
<Measurement method of bending stiffness of absorbent core>
Remove the absorbent core from the absorbent article. The “absorbent core” herein includes a member mainly composed of an absorbent material such as pulp and water-absorbing polymer particles, and a so-called core wrap sheet that wraps the member. That is, strictly speaking, the measurement object of this method is not an absorbent core alone but an absorbent body further including a core wrap sheet. However, since the bending stiffness of the core wrap sheet is usually much smaller than that of the absorbent core, the measured value of the bending stiffness of the absorbent body can be regarded substantially as the measured value of the bending stiffness of the absorbent core itself. it can. If the absorbent article from which the absorbent core is taken out is a new article sealed in a packaging bag, the absorbent article taken out after opening the packaging bag is left at room temperature and normal pressure for 1 day or more, and then the absorbent core is removed. Take out. A predetermined measurement target part is cut out from the extracted absorbent core to obtain a measurement sample. For example, four rectangular portions having a length (width) 20 mm in the horizontal direction Y and a length 50 mm in the vertical direction X are cut out from the core low rigidity region 40L and the core high rigidity region 40H of the absorbent core 140 of the diaper 200, respectively. A measurement sample. More specifically, two rectangular portions are cut out from the ventral side portion 1F and the dorsal side portion 1R, respectively, from a position that is symmetrical in the lateral direction Y, and only the ventral side portion 1F or the dorsal side portion 1R is cut. Then, when the measurement sample cannot secure a predetermined size, it may be cut out across the crotch 1M.
For measurement of the bending rigidity of the measurement sample, a handle o meter can be used. For example, a texture tester (handle o meter method) “HOM-3 type” manufactured by Daiei Kagaku Seiki Seisakusho can be used. Place the measurement sample on the handle base of the handleometer so that the longitudinal direction of the measurement sample is perpendicular to the groove of 30 mm width carved on the support base, and the center of the measurement sample with a 2 mm thick blade Press and measure the force required at the time of pressing. For example, the bending stiffness is measured for each of the four measurement samples of the core low-rigidity region 40L and the core high-rigidity region 40H, and the average value of the measurement values of the four measurement samples is calculated for the region 40L or 40H. Bending rigidity.
 コア低剛性領域40Lの曲げ剛性は、好ましくは3g以上、さらに好ましくは4g以上、そして、好ましくは10g以下、さらに好ましくは9g以下である。
 コア高剛性領域40Hの曲げ剛性は、好ましくは5g以上、さらに好ましくは6g以上、そして、好ましくは20g以下、さらに好ましくは15g以下である。
 コア低剛性領域40Lとコア高剛性領域40Hとの曲げ剛性の差は、1g以上であることが好ましい。
 吸収性コア140の各領域40L,40Hにおける曲げ剛性は、コア形成材料の選択、坪量(領域40Lにおける溝141の配置形態)等を適宜調整することで調整可能である。
The bending rigidity of the core low rigidity region 40L is preferably 3 g or more, more preferably 4 g or more, and preferably 10 g or less, more preferably 9 g or less.
The bending rigidity of the core high-rigidity region 40H is preferably 5 g or more, more preferably 6 g or more, and preferably 20 g or less, more preferably 15 g or less.
The difference in bending rigidity between the core low rigidity region 40L and the core high rigidity region 40H is preferably 1 g or more.
The bending stiffness in each of the regions 40L and 40H of the absorbent core 140 can be adjusted by appropriately adjusting the selection of the core forming material, the basis weight (arrangement form of the grooves 141 in the region 40L), and the like.
 以下、表面シート102(表面材)について詳細に説明する。
 表面シート102は、図16に示す如きおむつ200の平面視において、コア低剛性領域40Lと重なって縦方向Xに延びる表面材低剛性領域2Lと、該表面材低剛性領域2Lの横方向Yの両側に位置し且つ該表面材低剛性領域2Lに比して剛性の高い表面材高剛性領域2Hとを有している。尚、本実施形態のおむつ200においては、表面シート102の横方向Yの長さ即ち幅は、吸収体4の幅と略同じである。
Hereinafter, the surface sheet 102 (surface material) will be described in detail.
In the plan view of the diaper 200 as shown in FIG. 16, the topsheet 102 overlaps with the core low-rigidity region 40L and extends in the vertical direction X, and the surface material low-rigidity region 2L in the lateral direction Y. The surface material high rigidity region 2H is located on both sides and has higher rigidity than the surface material low rigidity region 2L. In the diaper 200 of the present embodiment, the length or width in the lateral direction Y of the top sheet 102 is substantially the same as the width of the absorber 4.
 図17に示すように、表面材低剛性領域2Lは、おむつ200の横方向Yの中央部に位置し、該領域2Lを挟んで横方向Yの両側に、一対の表面材高剛性領域2H,2Hが位置している。本実施形態のおむつ200においては、一対の表面材高剛性領域2H,2Hは、おむつ200を横方向Yに二分して縦方向Xに延びる仮想直線(図示せず)に対して対称に形成されている。相互に剛性の異なる両領域2L,2Hは、縦方向Xにおいて、少なくとも股下部1Mに形成されていることが好ましく、股下部1Mから腹側部1F及び背側部1Rの何れか一方若しくは両方にわたって形成されていること、又は吸収体4の全長に亘っていることが好ましく、さらには本実施形態のように、おむつ200の縦方向Xの全長にわたっていることが好ましい。 As shown in FIG. 17, the surface material low-rigidity region 2L is located at the center in the lateral direction Y of the diaper 200, and a pair of surface material high- rigidity regions 2H, 2H is located. In the diaper 200 of the present embodiment, the pair of surface material high- rigidity regions 2H and 2H are formed symmetrically with respect to a virtual straight line (not shown) extending in the vertical direction X by dividing the diaper 200 into the horizontal direction Y. ing. The two regions 2L and 2H having different rigidity are preferably formed in at least the crotch 1M in the longitudinal direction X, and extend from the crotch 1M to one or both of the ventral side 1F and the back side 1R. It is preferable that it is formed, or it covers the full length of the absorber 4, and also it covers the full length of the diaper 200 in the vertical direction X as in this embodiment.
 図18には、表面シート102の肌対向面が拡大して示されている。図17及び図18に示すように、表面シート102は、着用者の肌側に向かって突出する凸部26と、凸部26の周辺に存する凹部25とを有し、表面材低剛性領域2Lと表面材高剛性領域2Hとで凸部26及び/又は凹部25の形成パターンが異なっているところ、斯かる凹凸形成パターンの違いが、表面材低剛性領域2Lと表面材高剛性領域2Hとの剛性差の原因の1つとなっている。 FIG. 18 shows the skin facing surface of the top sheet 102 in an enlarged manner. As shown in FIG.17 and FIG.18, the surface sheet 102 has the convex part 26 which protrudes toward a wearer's skin side, and the recessed part 25 which exists in the circumference | surroundings of the convex part 26, and the surface material low-rigidity area | region 2L. And the surface material high-rigidity region 2H have different formation patterns of the convex portions 26 and / or the recesses 25, the difference between the unevenness formation patterns is that the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the surface material high-rigidity region 2H are different. This is one of the causes of the rigidity difference.
 本明細書において「凸部の形成パターンが異なる」という表現には、凸部の配置のみが異なる場合と、凸部の形態が異なる場合と、それらの両方が異なる場合の何れもが含まれる。凸部の配置が異なる態様には、凸部間の距離が異なる場合も含まれる。また凸部の形態が異なる態様には、凸部の平面視形状が異なる場合も含まれる。本実施形態のおむつ200においては、後述するように、表面材低剛性領域2Lと表面材高剛性領域2Hとで、凸部26の配置及び形態が異なっている。また、「凹部の形成パターンが異なる」という表現の意味は、前記の「凸部の形成パターンが異なる」という表現と実質的に同じであり、前記の凸部についての説明が適宜適用される。 In the present specification, the expression “the projection pattern is different” includes both cases where only the arrangement of the projections is different, cases where the shape of the projections is different, and cases where both are different. The aspect in which the arrangement of the convex portions is different includes a case where the distance between the convex portions is different. Moreover, the aspect from which the form of a convex part differs also includes the case where the planar view shape of a convex part differs. In the diaper 200 of the present embodiment, as will be described later, the arrangement and form of the protrusions 26 are different between the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the surface material high-rigidity region 2H. Further, the meaning of the expression “difference pattern of the recesses is different” is substantially the same as the expression “difference of the formation pattern of the protrusions”, and the description of the protrusions is appropriately applied.
 表面シート102は、その原材料である原反シートに対して部分的に公知のエンボス加工を施すことによって形成されているところ、エンボス加工が施された部位は、該原反シートの形成材料が圧密化されて凹部25となり、エンボス加工が施されていない部位は、厚み方向の一方側具体的には肌対向面側に突出して凸部26となり、また、斯かるエンボス加工の有無により、凹部25は相対的に密度の高い高密度部、凸部26は相対的に密度の低い低密度部である。表面シート102においては通常、凹部25の割合が多い(凸部26の割合が少ない)領域ほど、硬く屈曲しづらいものとなる。 The surface sheet 102 is formed by partially performing known embossing on the raw sheet that is the raw material. The embossed portion is formed by the material of the raw sheet being consolidated. The part which is formed into the concave part 25 and is not embossed protrudes to one side in the thickness direction, specifically the skin-facing surface side, and becomes the convex part 26, and the concave part 25 depends on the presence or absence of such embossing. Is a high density portion having a relatively high density, and the convex portion 26 is a low density portion having a relatively low density. In the surface sheet 102, the region where the proportion of the concave portions 25 is large (the proportion of the convex portions 26 is small) is usually harder and more difficult to bend.
 このように、凹部25と凸部26とには密度差があるから、「凹部25の形成パターン」、例えば凹部の平面視形状、面積(エンボス面積)、位置等と、「凸部26の形成パターン」、例えば凸部26の形状、大きさ、位置等との両方が表面シート102の剛性に影響する。例えば表面シート102における対比する2つの領域間で、複数の凸部26の形成位置が同じであっても、凹部25の面積率が異なる場合は、その凹部25の面積率が相対的に大きい方が表面材高剛性領域2Hとなり得る。また、対比する2つの領域間で、凹部25の面積率が同じであっても、凸部26の形成位置が異なる場合は、その2つの領域間で剛性差が生じ、表面材低剛性領域2Lと表面材高剛性領域2Hとが生じ得る。従って、1枚の表面シート102において一部と他の一部とで剛性差を生じさせて、表面材低剛性領域2L及び表面材高剛性領域2Hを形成するためには、それら一部と他の一部とで、凹部25の形成パターン及び凸部26の形成パターンの何れか一方又は両方を異ならせることが有効である。 As described above, since there is a density difference between the concave portion 25 and the convex portion 26, “the formation pattern of the concave portion 25”, for example, the shape of the concave portion in plan view, the area (embossed area), the position, etc. Both the “pattern”, for example, the shape, size, position, and the like of the convex portion 26 affect the rigidity of the topsheet 102. For example, even if the formation positions of the plurality of convex portions 26 are the same between two contrasting regions in the topsheet 102, if the area ratio of the concave portions 25 is different, the area ratio of the concave portions 25 is relatively large. Can be the surface material high-rigidity region 2H. In addition, even if the area ratio of the concave portion 25 is the same between the two regions to be compared, if the formation position of the convex portion 26 is different, a difference in rigidity occurs between the two regions, and the surface material low-rigidity region 2L And the surface material high rigidity region 2H may occur. Accordingly, in order to form a difference in rigidity between one part and the other part in one surface sheet 102 to form the surface material low rigidity region 2L and the surface material high rigidity region 2H, these one part and the other It is effective to make one or both of the formation pattern of the concave portion 25 and the formation pattern of the convex portion 26 different from each other.
 表面シート(表面材)の各部の剛性については、下記方法により測定される曲げ剛性によって評価することができる。この曲げ剛性の測定値が小さいほど、測定対象物は剛性が低く屈曲しやすいと評価できる。 The rigidity of each part of the surface sheet (surface material) can be evaluated by the bending rigidity measured by the following method. It can be evaluated that the smaller the measured value of the bending stiffness, the lower the rigidity of the measurement object, and the easier it is to bend.
<表面シートの曲げ剛性の測定方法>
 リングクラッシュ法JIS P8126に準ずる。具体的には、表面シートから所定の測定対象部位を切り出して測定サンプルとする。例えば、表面シート102の表面材低剛性領域2L及び表面材高剛性領域2Hそれぞれから、縦方向Xの長さ30mm、横方向Yの長さ110mmの長方形形状部分を切り出して試験片とし、その試験片を、該試験片の肌対向面を外側にして該試験片の長手方向に円筒状に丸め、該試験片の長手方向の一端と他端とを超音波シールで止着して、高さ30mmの円筒状の測定サンプルを作製する。作製した円筒状の測定サンプルを、その軸方向を鉛直方向に一致させるように立たせ、圧縮試験機を用いて該測定サンプルをその上端側から軸方向に圧縮速度10mm/minで圧縮し、その圧縮時に示す最大荷重を記録する。1つの測定対象部位につき5つの測定サンプルを用意してそれぞれの最大荷重を測定し、それらの平均値を当該測定対象部位(例えば、表面材低剛性領域2L又は表面材高剛性領域2H)の曲げ剛性値とする。
<Measurement method of bending rigidity of surface sheet>
According to the ring crush method JIS P8126. Specifically, a predetermined measurement target part is cut out from the surface sheet to obtain a measurement sample. For example, from each of the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the surface material high-rigidity region 2H of the surface sheet 102, a rectangular shape portion having a length of 30 mm in the vertical direction X and a length of 110 mm in the horizontal direction Y is cut out to obtain a test piece. The test piece is rounded into a cylindrical shape in the longitudinal direction of the test piece with the skin-facing surface of the test piece facing outward, and one end and the other end in the longitudinal direction of the test piece are fastened with an ultrasonic seal, A 30 mm cylindrical measurement sample is prepared. The produced cylindrical measurement sample is set up so that its axial direction coincides with the vertical direction, and the measurement sample is compressed in the axial direction from its upper end side at a compression speed of 10 mm / min using a compression tester. Record the maximum load shown at times. Five measurement samples are prepared for each measurement target part, and each maximum load is measured, and the average value thereof is bent in the measurement target part (for example, the surface material low rigidity region 2L or the surface material high rigidity region 2H). The stiffness value.
 表面材低剛性領域2Lの曲げ剛性に対する表面材高剛性領域2Hの曲げ剛性の比率は、後者/前者として、好ましくは1.1以上、さらに好ましくは1.2以上である。
 表面材高剛性領域2Hの曲げ剛性は、表面材低剛性領域2Lの曲げ剛性よりも大きいことを前提として、好ましくは10cN以上、さらに好ましくは15cN以上、そして、好ましくは50cN以下、さらに好ましくは40cN以下であり、また、好ましくは10cN以上50cN以下、さらに好ましくは15cN以上40cN以下である。
 表面材低剛性領域2Lの曲げ剛性は、表面材高剛性領域2Hの曲げ剛性よりも小さいことを前提として、好ましくは40cN以下、さらに好ましくは30cN以下、そして、好ましくは5cN以上、さらに好ましくは10cN以上であり、また、好ましくは5cN以上40cN以下、さらに好ましくは10cN以上30cN以下である。
The ratio of the bending rigidity of the surface material high rigidity region 2H to the bending rigidity of the surface material low rigidity region 2L is preferably 1.1 or more, more preferably 1.2 or more as the latter / the former.
On the premise that the bending rigidity of the surface material high rigidity region 2H is larger than the bending rigidity of the surface material low rigidity region 2L, it is preferably 10 cN or more, more preferably 15 cN or more, and preferably 50 cN or less, more preferably 40 cN. Or less, preferably 10 cN or more and 50 cN or less, more preferably 15 cN or more and 40 cN or less.
On the assumption that the bending rigidity of the surface material low rigidity region 2L is smaller than that of the surface material high rigidity region 2H, it is preferably 40 cN or less, more preferably 30 cN or less, and preferably 5 cN or more, more preferably 10 cN. Or more, preferably 5 cN or more and 40 cN or less, more preferably 10 cN or more and 30 cN or less.
 図19には、表面シート102の表面材低剛性領域2Lの一部が拡大して示されており、図20には、表面シート102の表面材高剛性領域2Hの一部が拡大して示されている。本実施形態のおむつ200における表面シート102は、2枚のシート20,21の積層体からなる複合シートである。表面シート102は、両領域2L,2Hの何れにおいても、積層された第1シート20及び第2シート21がエンボス加工により部分的に接合されて複数の接合部即ち凹部25(高密度部)が形成されており、第1シート20が、凹部25以外の部位において第2シート21から離れる方向に突出して、着用者の肌側に向かって突出する凸部26(低密度部)を形成している。凹部25においては、2枚のシート20,21どうしがエンボス加工により一体的に加圧され、好ましくは、一方又は両方のシートの構成樹脂の溶融及びその後の固化により両シート20,21間が熱融着している。表面シート102は、両領域2L,2Hの何れにおいても、第2シート21側の面が略平坦であり、第1シート20側に起伏の大きな凹凸が形成されている。 FIG. 19 shows an enlarged part of the surface material low-rigidity region 2L of the surface sheet 102, and FIG. 20 shows an enlarged part of the surface material high-rigidity region 2H of the surface sheet 102. Has been. The top sheet 102 in the diaper 200 of the present embodiment is a composite sheet made of a laminate of two sheets 20 and 21. In the surface sheet 102, the laminated first sheet 20 and second sheet 21 are partially bonded by embossing in both the regions 2L and 2H, and a plurality of bonding portions, that is, concave portions 25 (high density portions) are formed. The 1st sheet | seat 20 is formed, protrudes in the direction away from the 2nd sheet | seat 21 in site | parts other than the recessed part 25, and forms the convex part 26 (low-density part) which protrudes toward a wearer's skin side. Yes. In the recess 25, the two sheets 20, 21 are pressed together by embossing, and preferably, the heat between the sheets 20, 21 is caused by melting of the constituent resin of one or both sheets and subsequent solidification. Fused. In both the regions 2L and 2H, the surface sheet 102 has a substantially flat surface on the second sheet 21 side, and has large undulations on the first sheet 20 side.
 第1シート20及び第2シート21は、シート材料から構成されている。シート材料としては、例えば、エアスルー不織布やスパンボンド不織布等の不織布、織布、編み地等の繊維シートの他、フィルム等を用いることができ、肌触り等の観点から繊維シートを用いることが好ましく、特に不織布を用いることが好ましい。両シート20,21を構成するシート材料の種類は同じでも良く、あるいは異なっていても良い。両シート20,21を構成するシート材料として用いる不織布の坪量は、好ましくは10g/m2以上、さらに好ましくは15g/m2以上、そして、好ましくは40g/m2以下、さらに好ましくは35g/m2以下である。 The first sheet 20 and the second sheet 21 are made of a sheet material. As the sheet material, for example, a non-woven fabric such as an air-through nonwoven fabric or a spunbond nonwoven fabric, a fiber sheet such as a woven fabric, a knitted fabric, a film or the like can be used, and it is preferable to use a fiber sheet from the viewpoint of touch, In particular, it is preferable to use a nonwoven fabric. The types of sheet materials constituting both sheets 20 and 21 may be the same or different. The basis weight of the nonwoven fabric used as the sheet material constituting both sheets 20 and 21 is preferably 10 g / m 2 or more, more preferably 15 g / m 2 or more, and preferably 40 g / m 2 or less, more preferably 35 g / m. m 2 or less.
 表面材低剛性領域2Lと表面材高剛性領域2Hとにおいて、凸部26の形成パターンに関する主たる相違点としては、図17~図20に示すように、表面材低剛性領域2Lは、凸部26(低密度部)として、複数の小凸部27A,27Bが横方向Yに連なった形状の連続凸部27を有しているのに対し、表面材高剛性領域2Hは、そのような連続凸部を有しておらず、凸部26として、複数の凸部26Hが個々独立に存在している点が挙げられる。  In the surface material low rigidity region 2L and the surface material high rigidity region 2H, the main difference regarding the formation pattern of the convex portion 26 is that the surface material low rigidity region 2L includes the convex portion 26 as shown in FIGS. As the (low density portion), the plurality of small convex portions 27A and 27B have the continuous convex portion 27 having a shape continuous in the lateral direction Y, whereas the surface material high rigidity region 2H has such a continuous convex shape. The convex part 26 has a point in which a plurality of convex parts 26H exist independently. *
 表面材低剛性領域2Lには、図17~図19に示すように、横方向Yに連続して延びる連続凸部27が、縦方向Xに所定間隔を置いて複数本形成されている。連続凸部27は、複数の小凸部27A,27Bが互いに連結されて形成されている。本明細書において「凸部が連結されている」とは、隣り合う2個の凸部(小凸部)が、凹部25(接合部)によって隔てられておらず、一方の凸部の一部が他方の凸部の一部をなし、且つ他方の凸部の一部が一方の凸部の一部をなしていることをいう。 In the surface material low-rigidity region 2L, as shown in FIGS. 17 to 19, a plurality of continuous convex portions 27 extending continuously in the horizontal direction Y are formed at predetermined intervals in the vertical direction X. The continuous convex portion 27 is formed by connecting a plurality of small convex portions 27A and 27B to each other. In this specification, “a convex portion is connected” means that two adjacent convex portions (small convex portions) are not separated by the concave portion 25 (joint portion), and a part of one convex portion. Is a part of the other convex part, and a part of the other convex part is a part of the one convex part.
 このような、横方向Yに連続して延びる連続凸部27の存在は、表面シート102の立体構造がおむつ200の着用中において維持されるのに大きく寄与する。即ち、おむつ200の着用中特に股下部1Mにおいては、着用者の大腿部によって横方向Yの両外方から外力が加わることによって圧縮されるところ、その横方向Yからの圧縮によって、表面シート102の凹部25(高密度部)及び凸部26(低密度部)からなる立体構造が潰されてしまい、斯かる立体構造によって本来奏され得る作用効果が奏されないことが懸念される。例えば、表面シート102に、縦方向Xに延びる連続凸部(図示せず)、即ち連続凸部27とは延びる方向が90°異なる連続凸部が形成されている場合において、該連続凸部が横方向Yから圧縮されると、該連続凸部を構成する複数の小凸部がそれぞれ横方向Yに圧縮されるため、該連続凸部全体としての圧縮による変形の度合いは比較的大きなものとなる。これに対し、連続凸部27は、おむつ200の着用中に圧縮されやすい横方向Yに延びているため、横方向Yの両外方から加わる外力によって圧縮されても潰れにくく、その立体構造を維持しやすい。従って、表面シート102に横方向Yに連続して延びる連続凸部27が形成されていることにより、表面シート102が本来有する風合いが維持されやすく、着用者の股下への肌当たり、液漏れ等の点で性能の向上が期待できる。 Such presence of the continuous convex portion 27 extending continuously in the lateral direction Y greatly contributes to maintaining the three-dimensional structure of the topsheet 102 while the diaper 200 is worn. That is, while the diaper 200 is worn, especially in the crotch 1M, the outer sheet is compressed by applying external force from both sides in the lateral direction Y by the wearer's thigh. There is a concern that the three-dimensional structure composed of the concave portions 25 (high-density portions) and the convex portions 26 (low-density portions) 102 is crushed, and the effects that can be originally achieved by such three-dimensional structures are not achieved. For example, in the case where a continuous convex portion (not shown) extending in the longitudinal direction X is formed on the top sheet 102, that is, a continuous convex portion that is 90 ° different in the extending direction from the continuous convex portion 27, the continuous convex portion When compressed from the lateral direction Y, the plurality of small convex portions constituting the continuous convex portion are respectively compressed in the horizontal direction Y, and therefore the degree of deformation due to compression of the continuous convex portion as a whole is relatively large. Become. On the other hand, since the continuous convex part 27 is extended in the horizontal direction Y which is easy to be compressed during wearing of the diaper 200, it is hard to be crushed even if it is compressed by an external force applied from both sides in the horizontal direction Y. Easy to maintain. Accordingly, the continuous convex portion 27 extending continuously in the lateral direction Y is formed on the surface sheet 102, so that the texture inherent to the surface sheet 102 is easily maintained, and the skin contact with the wearer's crotch, liquid leakage, etc. In this respect, improvement in performance can be expected.
 本実施形態において連続凸部27は、図17及び図19に示すように、高さの異なる2種類の小凸部27A,27Bが横方向Yに交互に連結されて形成されている。小凸部27Aは相対的に高さが高く、小凸部27Bは相対的に高さが低い。両凸部27A,27Bは、何れも平面視において略円形状をなし、また、縦方向X及び横方向Yの何れの方向での断面においても頂部を有する形状を有している。また、連続凸部27は中空であり、その中空部は、連続凸部27の横方向Yの略全長にわたって連続して延びている。
 尚、本実施形態において連続凸部27は、表面材低剛性領域2Lの横方向Yの全長にわたって連続しているが、連続凸部27の形態はこれに限定されない。例えば、複数の連続凸部27が横方向Yに所定間隔を置いて直線的に列状に配置され、斯かる複数の連続凸部27からなる凸部列が、表面材低剛性領域2Lを横方向Yに横断するようになされていても良い。
In the present embodiment, the continuous convex portion 27 is formed by alternately connecting two types of small convex portions 27A and 27B having different heights in the horizontal direction Y, as shown in FIGS. The small convex portion 27A has a relatively high height, and the small convex portion 27B has a relatively low height. Both the convex portions 27A and 27B have a substantially circular shape in plan view, and have a shape having a top portion in a cross section in any of the vertical direction X and the horizontal direction Y. The continuous convex portion 27 is hollow, and the hollow portion continuously extends over substantially the entire length in the lateral direction Y of the continuous convex portion 27.
In addition, in this embodiment, although the continuous convex part 27 is continuing over the full length of the horizontal direction Y of 2 L of surface material low rigidity area | regions, the form of the continuous convex part 27 is not limited to this. For example, a plurality of continuous convex portions 27 are linearly arranged in a row at a predetermined interval in the lateral direction Y, and the convex portion row composed of the plurality of continuous convex portions 27 extends across the surface material low-rigidity region 2L. It may be made to cross in the direction Y.
 図18及び図19に示すように、表面材低剛性領域2Lは凸部26(低密度部)として、連続凸部27に加えてさらに、周囲を凹部25(高密度部)即ちシート20,21の接合部で囲まれた凸部26Lを複数有している。各凸部26Lは、合計6個の凹部25に囲まれた領域内に形成されており、縦方向X及び横方向Yの何れの方向での断面においても頂部を有する形状を有している。各凸部26Lは、連続凸部27を構成する小凸部27A(相対的に高さの高い小凸部)に比して高さが低い。尚、本実施形態において各凸部26Lは中空であるが、中空構造ではなく、内部に表面シート102の形成材料が充填された中実構造でも良い。 As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, the surface material low-rigidity region 2 </ b> L is formed as a convex portion 26 (low density portion) in addition to the continuous convex portion 27, and the periphery thereof is a concave portion 25 (high density portion), that is, the sheets 20, 21. A plurality of convex portions 26 </ b> L surrounded by the joint portions. Each convex portion 26L is formed in a region surrounded by a total of six concave portions 25, and has a shape having a top portion in the cross section in any of the vertical direction X and the horizontal direction Y. Each convex portion 26 </ b> L is lower in height than the small convex portions 27 </ b> A (small convex portions having a relatively high height) constituting the continuous convex portion 27. In addition, in this embodiment, each convex part 26L is hollow, but it may not be a hollow structure but may be a solid structure in which the material for forming the topsheet 102 is filled.
 表面材低剛性領域2Lにおいて、凸部26Lは、図18及び図19に示すように、その複数個が、横方向Yに所定間隔を置いて直線的に列状に配置されて凸部列を構成している。また、連続凸部27を構成する小凸部27B(相対的に高さの低い小凸部)も、その複数個が、横方向Yに所定間隔を置いて直線的に列状に配置されて凸部列を構成している。そして、複数の凸部26Lによる凸部列と連続凸部27とが、縦方向Xに沿って交互に且つ直線状に配置され、且つ1個の凸部26Lと1個の小凸部27Bとが、横方向Yにおいて同位置に形成されている。 In the surface material low-rigidity region 2L, as shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, a plurality of convex portions 26L are linearly arranged in a row at predetermined intervals in the lateral direction Y to form the convex portion rows. It is composed. A plurality of small convex portions 27B (small convex portions having relatively low heights) constituting the continuous convex portion 27 are arranged in a straight line at predetermined intervals in the lateral direction Y. A convex row is formed. And the convex part row | line | column by the some convex part 26L and the continuous convex part 27 are arrange | positioned alternately and linearly along the vertical direction X, and one convex part 26L and one small convex part 27B are provided. Are formed at the same position in the lateral direction Y.
 表面材高剛性領域2Hは、図17、図18及び図20に示すように、周囲を凹部25(高密度部)即ちシート20,21の接合部で囲まれた凸部26Hを複数有している。各凸部26Hは、合計6個の凹部25に囲まれた領域内に形成されており、縦方向X及び横方向Yの何れの方向での断面においても頂部を有する形状を有している。各凸部26Hは、連続凸部27を構成する小凸部27A(相対的に高さの高い小凸部)に比して高さが低い。尚、本実施形態において各凸部26Hは中空であるが、中空構造ではなく、内部に表面シート102の形成材料が充填された中実構造でも良い。 As shown in FIGS. 17, 18, and 20, the surface material high-rigidity region 2 </ b> H has a plurality of convex portions 26 </ b> H surrounded by concave portions 25 (high-density portions), that is, joint portions of the sheets 20 and 21. Yes. Each convex portion 26 </ b> H is formed in a region surrounded by a total of six concave portions 25, and has a shape having a top portion in a cross section in any of the vertical direction X and the horizontal direction Y. Each convex portion 26 </ b> H is lower in height than the small convex portions 27 </ b> A (small convex portions having a relatively high height) constituting the continuous convex portion 27. In addition, in this embodiment, each convex part 26H is hollow, However, The solid structure with which the formation material of the surface sheet 102 was filled inside may be sufficient instead of a hollow structure.
 表面材高剛性領域2Hにおいて、凸部26Hは、図18及び図20に示すように、平面視散点状、より具体的には千鳥状に形成されている。即ち、表面材高剛性領域2Hにおいては、複数の凸部26Hが横方向Yに所定間隔を置いて直線的に列状に配置されてなる凸部列が、縦方向Xに複数列配置され、且つ横方向Yにおいて、隣在する該凸部列どうしで互いに凸部26Hがずれている。換言すれば、表面材高剛性領域2Hにおいては、複数の凸部26Hが縦方向Xに所定間隔を置いて直線的に列状に配置されてなる複数の凸部列を、それぞれ、縦方向Xと直交する横方向Yに投影したときに、特定の凸部列における各凸部26Hの投影像の間(例えば、特定の凸部列において隣り合う2個の凸部26H,26Hの中間位置)に、該特定の凸部列と横方向Yにおいて隣り合う別の凸部列における凸部26Hの投影像が配置されるように、複数の凸部26Hが千鳥状に配置されている。 In the surface material high-rigidity region 2H, the convex portions 26H are formed in the form of dotted dots in a plan view, more specifically, in a staggered manner, as shown in FIGS. That is, in the surface material high-rigidity region 2H, a plurality of convex portions rows in which a plurality of convex portions 26H are linearly arranged at predetermined intervals in the horizontal direction Y are arranged in a plurality of rows in the vertical direction X. In the lateral direction Y, the convex portions 26H are shifted from each other between the adjacent convex portion rows. In other words, in the surface material high-rigidity region 2H, a plurality of convex portions rows in which a plurality of convex portions 26H are linearly arranged at predetermined intervals in the vertical direction X are respectively expressed in the vertical direction X. Between the projected images of the respective convex portions 26H in the specific convex portion row (for example, an intermediate position between two convex portions 26H and 26H adjacent to each other in the specific convex portion row). In addition, the plurality of convex portions 26H are arranged in a staggered manner so that the projected images of the convex portions 26H in another convex portion row adjacent to the specific convex portion row in the lateral direction Y are arranged.
 以上のような構成の表面シート102は、例えば特開2015-112343号公報に記載の複合シートの製造方法に準じて製造することができる。具体的には例えば、帯状の第1シート20を、周面が互いに噛み合い形状となっている第1ロールと第2ロールとの間に供給して、第1シート20を凹凸形状に変形させた後、第1シート20を第1ロールの周面部に沿わせて噛み合い部分から移動させた後、第2シート21を第1シート20に重ね合わせるように供給して両シート20,21を、第1ロールにおける凸部とヒートロールとの間で加熱下に挟圧して部分的に接合させ、その際、第1シート20の中央部と側部とで、第1ロール及び第2ロールの凹凸形状、及び第1ロールとヒートロールで形成する接合部のパターンを異ならせることにより得られる。第1ロールと第2ロールとの噛み合い部に噛み込ませて第1シート20を凹凸形状に変形させる際には、第1シート20をロール内部方向に向けて吸引して、第1シート20の凹凸形状への変形を促進させることが好ましい。 The surface sheet 102 having the above-described configuration can be manufactured, for example, according to the method for manufacturing a composite sheet described in JP-A-2015-112343. Specifically, for example, the belt-shaped first sheet 20 is supplied between a first roll and a second roll whose peripheral surfaces are in mesh with each other, and the first sheet 20 is deformed into an uneven shape. Thereafter, the first sheet 20 is moved from the meshing portion along the peripheral surface portion of the first roll, and then the second sheet 21 is supplied so as to be superimposed on the first sheet 20, so that both sheets 20, 21 are Between the convex part and the heat roll in one roll, it is sandwiched by heating and partially joined. At that time, the concave and convex shapes of the first roll and the second roll at the central part and the side part of the first sheet 20. And the pattern of the joint formed by the first roll and the heat roll are made different. When the first sheet 20 is deformed into a concavo-convex shape by being engaged with the meshing portion of the first roll and the second roll, the first sheet 20 is sucked toward the inside of the roll, and the first sheet 20 It is preferable to promote the deformation to the uneven shape.
 本実施形態のおむつ200の主たる特徴の1つとして、図16及び図17に示すように、表面シート102が、平面視においてコア低剛性領域40Lと重なって縦方向Xに延びる表面材低剛性領域2Lと、その横方向Yの両側に位置する表面材高剛性領域2Hとを有し、且つ表面材高剛性領域2Hとコア高剛性領域40Hとが平面視において重なっている点が挙げられる。即ち、おむつ200においては、表面シート102において相対的に剛性の低い表面材低剛性領域2Lと、吸収性コア140において相対的に剛性の低いコア低剛性領域40Lとが、おむつ200の横方向Yの中央部において厚み方向において重なっており、また、表面シート102において相対的に剛性の高い表面材高剛性領域2Hと、吸収性コア140において相対的に剛性の高いコア高剛性領域40Hとが、おむつ200の横方向Yの両側部において厚み方向に重なっている。つまり、表面材高剛性領域2Hをおむつ200の厚み方向に投影した場合に、該領域2Hの少なくとも一部がコア高剛性領域40Hと重なっており、また、表面材低剛性領域2Lをおむつ200の厚み方向に投影した場合に、該領域2Lの少なくとも一部がコア低剛性領域40Lと重なっている。 As one of the main features of the diaper 200 of the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, the surface material 102 has a surface material low-rigidity region that extends in the longitudinal direction X so as to overlap the core low-rigidity region 40 </ b> L in plan view. 2L and the surface material high rigidity region 2H located on both sides in the lateral direction Y, and the surface material high rigidity region 2H and the core high rigidity region 40H overlap in plan view. That is, in the diaper 200, the surface material low rigidity region 2 </ b> L having relatively low rigidity in the top sheet 102 and the core low rigidity region 40 </ b> L having relatively low rigidity in the absorbent core 140 are formed in the lateral direction Y of the diaper 200. In the thickness direction in the center portion of the surface sheet 102, the surface material high rigidity region 2H having relatively high rigidity in the surface sheet 102, and the core high rigidity region 40H having relatively high rigidity in the absorbent core 140, The diaper 200 overlaps in the thickness direction on both sides in the lateral direction Y. That is, when the surface material high rigidity region 2H is projected in the thickness direction of the diaper 200, at least a part of the region 2H overlaps with the core high rigidity region 40H, and the surface material low rigidity region 2L of the diaper 200 When projected in the thickness direction, at least a part of the region 2L overlaps the core low-rigidity region 40L.
 おむつ200においては、後述するように、コア低剛性領域40Lとコア高剛性領域40Hとの境界(横方向Yの最外方に位置する一対の溝141,141)が、平面視においてその全長にわたって表面材低剛性領域2Lと表面材高剛性領域2Hとの境界28に重なっているため、表面材低剛性領域2Lとコア低剛性領域40Lとは平面視において全体的に重なっている(図16及び図17参照)。また前述したように、表面シート102の両側縁2S,2Sが、吸収性コア140の最大幅部分における縦方向Xに沿う両側縁と一致しているため、コア高剛性領域40Hの全体が表面材高剛性領域2Hと平面視において重なっている。 In the diaper 200, as will be described later, the boundary between the core low-rigidity region 40L and the core high-rigidity region 40H (a pair of grooves 141, 141 located on the outermost side in the lateral direction Y) extends over its entire length in plan view. Since the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the surface material high-rigidity region 2H overlap each other, the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the core low-rigidity region 40L entirely overlap in plan view (see FIG. 16 and FIG. 16). FIG. 17). Further, as described above, since both side edges 2S, 2S of the topsheet 102 coincide with both side edges along the vertical direction X in the maximum width portion of the absorbent core 140, the entire core high rigidity region 40H is the surface material. It overlaps with the high rigidity region 2H in plan view.
 このように、表面材低剛性領域2Lとコア低剛性領域40Lとが重なって存在する、おむつ200の横方向Yの中央部(特に吸収性コア140の横方向Yの中央部)が相対的に低剛性であり、且つ表面材高剛性領域2Hとコア高剛性領域40Hとが重なって存在する、該中央部の両側部(特に吸収性コア140の横方向Yの両側部)が相対的に高剛性であると、おむつ200の着用中に着用者の大腿部によって横方向Yの両外方から圧縮された場合に、該中央部は潰れて比較的大きく変形するのに対し、該両側部は潰れにくく変形の度合いが比較的小さいため、該両側部に存する表面シート102の表面材高剛性領域2H及び吸収性コア140のコア高剛性領域40Hが本来有する立体構造が維持されやすい。そしてこのように、おむつ200の着用中にその横方向Yの両側部の立体構造が実質的に潰されずに維持されることにより、股下部1Mの肌当たりが良好になると共に、着用者の排泄部から股下部1Mに対して排泄された尿等の排泄液が想定外の部位に飛び散る、いわゆる液飛びが抑制されるため、漏れが効果的に防止される。 In this way, the central portion in the lateral direction Y of the diaper 200 (particularly the central portion in the lateral direction Y of the absorbent core 140) where the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the core low-rigidity region 40L overlap each other is relatively Both sides of the central portion (especially both sides in the lateral direction Y of the absorbent core 140) where the surface material high rigidity region 2H and the core high rigidity region 40H overlap each other are relatively high. When the diaper 200 is rigid, the center part is crushed and deformed relatively greatly when compressed by the wearer's thighs from both sides in the lateral direction Y. Since it is difficult to be crushed and the degree of deformation is relatively small, it is easy to maintain the three-dimensional structure originally possessed by the surface material high-rigidity region 2H of the topsheet 102 and the core high-rigidity region 40H of the absorbent core 140 that exist on both sides. Thus, while wearing the diaper 200, the three-dimensional structure of the both sides in the lateral direction Y is maintained without being substantially crushed, so that the skin contact of the crotch 1M is improved and the wearer excretes. Leakage is effectively prevented because so-called liquid jumping, in which excretion liquid such as urine excreted from the part to the crotch part 1M scatters to an unexpected part, is suppressed.
 このような、表面材高剛性領域2Hとコア高剛性領域40Hとの重なり(表面材低剛性領域2Lとコア低剛性領域40Lとの重なり)による作用効果をより確実に奏させるようにする観点から、一対のコア高剛性領域40H,40Hのうちの一方の全面積に占める、該一方と重なる表面材高剛性領域2Hにおける該一方との重複部分の面積の割合は、好ましくは50%以上、さらに好ましくは70%以上である。同様の観点から、コア低剛性領域40Lの全面積に占める、表面材低剛性領域2Lとの重複部分の面積の割合は、好ましくは60%以上、さらに好ましくは80%以上である。本実施形態のおむつ200にいては、前記割合は何れも100%である。 From the viewpoint of more surely exhibiting the operational effect due to the overlap between the surface material high rigidity region 2H and the core high rigidity region 40H (the overlap between the surface material low rigidity region 2L and the core low rigidity region 40L). The ratio of the area of the overlapping portion with the one in the surface material high-rigidity region 2H that overlaps one of the total area of one of the pair of core high- rigidity regions 40H and 40H is preferably 50% or more, Preferably it is 70% or more. From the same viewpoint, the ratio of the area of the overlapping portion with the surface material low-rigidity region 2L in the total area of the core low-rigidity region 40L is preferably 60% or more, and more preferably 80% or more. In the diaper 200 of the present embodiment, the ratios are all 100%.
 また、特に本実施形態のおむつ200においては、前述したように、おむつ200の横方向Yの中央部に存する表面材低剛性領域2Lに、横方向Yに連続して延びる連続凸部27が形成されているため、表面材低剛性領域2Lがこれと厚み方向において重なるコア低剛性領域40Lの影響によっておむつ200の着用中に圧縮されやすい状況にありながらも、表面材低剛性領域2Lが本来有する立体構造が維持されやすく、従って、表面シート102が本来有する風合いが維持されやすく、着用者の股下への肌当たり、漏れ等の点で性能のさらなる向上が期待できる。 In particular, in the diaper 200 of the present embodiment, as described above, the continuous convex portion 27 extending continuously in the lateral direction Y is formed in the surface material low-rigidity region 2L existing in the central portion of the diaper 200 in the lateral direction Y. Therefore, although the surface material low-rigidity region 2L is easily compressed during wearing of the diaper 200 due to the influence of the core low-rigidity region 40L that overlaps the surface material low-rigidity region 2L in the thickness direction, the surface material low-rigidity region 2L originally has The three-dimensional structure is easily maintained. Therefore, the texture inherent to the topsheet 102 is easily maintained, and further improvement in performance can be expected in terms of skin contact with the wearer's crotch, leakage, and the like.
 以上のような、表面シート102と吸収性コア140とによる作用効果をより一層確実に奏させるようにする観点から、吸収性コア140の肌対向面40aの全面積に占める、コア低剛性領域40L(ブロック構造の形成領域)の肌対向面40aの面積の割合は、好ましくは20%以上、さらに好ましくは30%以上、そして、好ましくは70%以下、さらに好ましくは60%以下である。 From the viewpoint of more surely exhibiting the effects of the surface sheet 102 and the absorbent core 140 as described above, the core low rigidity region 40L occupying the entire area of the skin facing surface 40a of the absorbent core 140. The ratio of the area of the skin facing surface 40a in the (block structure forming region) is preferably 20% or more, more preferably 30% or more, and preferably 70% or less, more preferably 60% or less.
 本実施形態のおむつ200においては、図18に示すように、表面材低剛性領域2Lにおいて複数の凸部26(26L,27)が縦方向Xに所定のピッチP4で間欠的に形成されていると共に、図16に示すように、コア低剛性領域40Lにおいて複数の溝141即ち低坪量部142が縦方向Xに所定のピッチP5で間欠的に形成されているところ、縦方向Xにおけるおむつ200のフィット性の向上の観点から、ピッチP4に対するピッチP5の比率は、ピッチP5/ピッチP4として、好ましくは2以上、さらに好ましくは3以上、そして、好ましくは7以下、さらに好ましくは6以下である。 In the diaper 200 of the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 18, a plurality of convex portions 26 (26L, 27) are intermittently formed in the longitudinal direction X at a predetermined pitch P4 in the surface material low-rigidity region 2L. In addition, as shown in FIG. 16, a plurality of grooves 141, that is, low basis weight portions 142 in the core low rigidity region 40 </ b> L are intermittently formed in the vertical direction X at a predetermined pitch P <b> 5. From the viewpoint of improving the fit, the ratio of the pitch P5 to the pitch P4 is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and preferably 7 or less, more preferably 6 or less, as pitch P5 / pitch P4. .
 また、同様の観点及び連続凸部27による前述した作用効果をより確実に奏させるようにする観点から、連続凸部27のピッチP6(図18参照)は、好ましくは3mm以上、さらに好ましくは4mm以上、そして、好ましくは9mm以下、さらに好ましくは8mm以下である。 Moreover, from the viewpoint of making the above-described effects by the continuous projection 27 more reliable, the pitch P6 (see FIG. 18) of the continuous projection 27 is preferably 3 mm or more, and more preferably 4 mm. Above, and preferably 9 mm or less, more preferably 8 mm or less.
 また、本実施形態のおむつ200においては、図16に示す如き平面視においてコア低剛性領域40Lとコア高剛性領域40Hとの境界(横方向Yの最外方に位置する一対の溝141,141)が、表面材低剛性領域2Lと表面材高剛性領域2Hとの境界28に重なっている。即ち、吸収性コア140における領域40Lと領域40Hとの境界をなす溝141を、おむつ200の厚み方向に投影した場合に、溝141の少なくとも一部が、表面シート102における領域2Lと領域2Hとの境界28と重なっている。おむつ200においては、溝141と境界28とはそれらの全長にわたって重なっている。斯かる構成により、おむつ200の着用中に着用者の大腿部によって横方向Yの外方から圧縮されたときに、両境界28,141の重複部分に屈曲部が形成されやすく、それにより、おむつ200の横方向Yの両側部に存する構成部材(表面材高剛性領域2H、コア高剛性領域40H)の立体構造が維持されやすくなると共に、おむつ200の横方向Yの中央部(表面材低剛性領域2L、コア低剛性領域40L)が屈曲変形されやすくなる。 Further, in the diaper 200 of the present embodiment, a pair of grooves 141 and 141 located at the outermost boundary in the lateral direction Y between the core low rigidity region 40L and the core high rigidity region 40H in a plan view as shown in FIG. ) Overlaps the boundary 28 between the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the surface material high-rigidity region 2H. That is, when the groove 141 forming the boundary between the region 40L and the region 40H in the absorbent core 140 is projected in the thickness direction of the diaper 200, at least a part of the groove 141 is the region 2L and the region 2H in the topsheet 102. It overlaps with the boundary 28. In the diaper 200, the groove 141 and the boundary 28 overlap with each other over their entire length. With such a configuration, when the diaper 200 is being worn and is compressed from the outside in the lateral direction Y by the wearer's thigh, a bent portion is easily formed at the overlapping portion of both the boundaries 28 and 141, thereby The three-dimensional structure of the constituent members (surface material high rigidity region 2H, core high rigidity region 40H) existing on both sides in the lateral direction Y of the diaper 200 is easily maintained, and the central portion (surface material low) of the diaper 200 in the lateral direction Y is easily maintained. The rigid region 2L and the core low-rigid region 40L) are easily bent and deformed.
 尚、本実施形態のおむつ200においては、表面シート102における表面材低剛性領域2Lと表面材高剛性領域2Hとの境界28と、吸収性コア140におけるコア低剛性領域40Lとコア高剛性領域40Hとの境界(横方向Yの最外方に位置する一対の溝141,141)とは、両境界28,141の全長にわたって重なっているが、図21に示す他の実施形態のように、表面シート102における境界28と吸収性コア140における境界(横方向Yの最外方の溝141)とは部分的に重なっていても良い。図21には、本発明(第2発明)の吸収性物品の他の実施形態における吸収性コア40Aが示されている。尚、図21に示す他の実施形態については、前述したおむつ200と異なる構成部分を主として説明し、同様の構成部分は同一の符号を付して説明を省略する。図21に示す他の実施形態について特に説明しない構成部分は、おむつ200についての説明が適宜適用される。 In the diaper 200 of the present embodiment, the boundary 28 between the surface material low rigidity region 2L and the surface material high rigidity region 2H in the surface sheet 102, and the core low rigidity region 40L and the core high rigidity region 40H in the absorbent core 140 are provided. And the boundary (a pair of grooves 141 and 141 located at the outermost side in the lateral direction Y) overlaps the entire length of both the boundaries 28 and 141, but as in the other embodiment shown in FIG. The boundary 28 in the sheet 102 and the boundary in the absorbent core 140 (the outermost groove 141 in the lateral direction Y) may partially overlap. FIG. 21 shows an absorbent core 40A according to another embodiment of the absorbent article of the present invention (second invention). In addition, about other embodiment shown in FIG. 21, the structure part different from the diaper 200 mentioned above is mainly demonstrated, the same structure part attaches | subjects the same code | symbol, and abbreviate | omits description. The description of the diaper 200 is applied as appropriate to components that are not particularly described in the other embodiment shown in FIG.
 図21に示す他の実施形態において符号28で示す点線は、図示しない表面材低剛性領域2Lと表面材高剛性領域2Hとの境界であり、吸収性コア40Aの縦方向Xの全長にわたって縦方向Xに延びている。図21に示すように、腹側部1F及び背側部1Rにおいては、コア低剛性領域40Lとコア高剛性領域40Hとの境界、即ち腹側部1F及び背側部1Rにおいて横方向Yの最外方に位置する一対の溝141,141が、表面材低剛性領域2Lと表面材高剛性領域2Hとの境界28より横方向Yの外方に位置し、股下部1Mにおいては、コア低剛性領域40Lとコア高剛性領域40Hとの境界、即ち股下部1Mにおいて横方向Yの最外方に位置する一対の溝141,141が、表面シート102における境界28より横方向Yの内方に位置している。図21に示す他の実施形態によっても、前述したおむつ200と同様の効果が奏される。 In the other embodiment shown in FIG. 21, the dotted line indicated by reference numeral 28 is a boundary between the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the surface material high-rigidity region 2H (not shown) and extends in the vertical direction over the entire length in the vertical direction X of the absorbent core 40A. X extends. As shown in FIG. 21, in the ventral side portion 1F and the dorsal side portion 1R, the boundary between the core low-rigidity region 40L and the core high-rigidity region 40H, that is, in the ventral side portion 1F and the dorsal side portion 1R, A pair of grooves 141 and 141 located outward are located outward in the lateral direction Y from the boundary 28 between the surface material low-rigidity region 2L and the surface material high-rigidity region 2H. A pair of grooves 141 and 141 located at the outermost side in the lateral direction Y at the boundary between the region 40L and the core high-rigidity region 40H, that is, at the crotch 1M, are located inward in the lateral direction Y from the boundary 28 in the topsheet 102. is doing. The effect similar to the diaper 200 mentioned above is show | played also by other embodiment shown in FIG.
 以上、本発明(第1発明)をその好ましい実施形態に基づき説明したが、本発明(第1発明)は前記実施形態に制限されない。例えば、吸収性物品の表面シートとして、前述した複合シート10の中央領域Mにおける第1接合部31及び第2接合部32は、第2方向Yにおける幅を同一として、第2方向Yに間隔を開けて交互に且つ等間隔に配置しても良い。 As mentioned above, although this invention (1st invention) was demonstrated based on the preferable embodiment, this invention (1st invention) is not restrict | limited to the said embodiment. For example, as the surface sheet of the absorbent article, the first joint portion 31 and the second joint portion 32 in the central region M of the composite sheet 10 described above have the same width in the second direction Y and are spaced in the second direction Y. They may be opened alternately and arranged at equal intervals.
 また吸収性物品をその幅方向である物品幅方向に収縮させる弾性部材19は、背側部の幅方向の中央部のみ、例えば、図1に弾性部材配置領域として示す矩形状の枠内のみに配されていても良い。また、弾性部材配置領域BMに配される弾性部材の本数は2本のみであっても良い。
 また、吸収性物品をその長手方向である物品長手方向に収縮させる弾性部材として、立体ギャザーを形成する弾性部材15a及びレッグギャザーを形成する弾性部材16の何れか一方のみが配されていても良い。また、立体ギャザーを形成する弾性部材15a及びレッグギャザーを形成する弾性部材16は、それぞれ、それぞれ吸収性物品の左右両側に1本ずつのみ配されていても良いし複数本ずつ配されていても良い。また、吸収性物品をその長手方向である物品長手方向に収縮させる弾性部材が配されていなくても良い。
Further, the elastic member 19 for contracting the absorbent article in the width direction of the article, which is the width direction thereof, is only in the central portion of the back side in the width direction, for example, only in the rectangular frame shown as the elastic member arrangement region in FIG. It may be arranged. Further, the number of elastic members arranged in the elastic member arrangement region BM may be only two.
In addition, as an elastic member for contracting the absorbent article in the longitudinal direction of the article, which is the longitudinal direction, only one of the elastic member 15a that forms a three-dimensional gather and the elastic member 16 that forms a leg gather may be provided. . In addition, the elastic member 15a that forms the three-dimensional gather and the elastic member 16 that forms the leg gather may be arranged one by one on the left and right sides of the absorbent article, respectively, or may be arranged by a plurality. good. Moreover, the elastic member which shrinks an absorbent article in the longitudinal direction of the article, which is its longitudinal direction, may not be arranged.
 また、本発明(第1発明)の吸収性物品は、展開型の使い捨ておむつに代えて、パンツ型(プルオンタイプ)の使い捨ておむつであっても良く、また、パンツ型又は通常の非パンツ型の生理用ナプキンであっても良く、失禁パッド、パンティライナー等であっても良い。 Further, the absorbent article of the present invention (first invention) may be a pants-type (pull-on-type) disposable diaper instead of the unfolded disposable diaper. These may be sanitary napkins, incontinence pads, panty liners, and the like.
 また、本発明(第2発明)について説明したが、本発明(第2発明)は前述した実施形態に制限されず、本発明(第2発明)の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲で適宜変更可能である。例えば、吸収性コア140から着用者の肌側への排泄液の移行(いわゆる液戻り)を防止する目的で、表面シート102と吸収体4(コアラップシート45)との間に、サブレイヤーなどとも呼ばれる液透過性の体液逆流防止層を介在配置しても良い。また、前記実施形態における表面シート102は、2枚のシート20,21の積層体から構成されていたが、1枚のシートから構成されていても良い。 Although the present invention (second invention) has been described, the present invention (second invention) is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and can be appropriately changed without departing from the gist of the present invention (second invention). . For example, in order to prevent the excretion fluid from transferring from the absorbent core 140 to the wearer's skin (so-called liquid return), a sublayer or the like is provided between the topsheet 102 and the absorbent body 4 (core wrap sheet 45). A fluid-permeable bodily fluid backflow prevention layer, also called a liquid-permeable body fluid, may be interposed. Moreover, although the surface sheet 102 in the said embodiment was comprised from the laminated body of the two sheets 20 and 21, you may be comprised from one sheet.
 本発明(第2発明)の吸収性物品は、前記実施形態の如き展開型の使い捨ておむつに制限されず、人体から排出される体液(尿、経血、軟便、汗等)の吸収に用いられる物品を広く包含し、パンツ型の使い捨ておむつ、生理用ナプキン、生理用ショーツ等も包含される。 The absorbent article of the present invention (second invention) is not limited to the deployable disposable diaper as in the above embodiment, but is used to absorb body fluid (urine, menstrual blood, loose stool, sweat, etc.) discharged from the human body. Articles are widely included, including pants-type disposable diapers, sanitary napkins, sanitary shorts, and the like.
 上述した実施形態に関し、本発明(第1発明)は更に以下の吸収性物品を開示する。
<1>
 複合シートからなる表面シート、裏面シート及びこれら両シート間に配置された吸収体を具備する吸収性物品であって、
 前記複合シートは、物品長手方向に沿う第1方向及び物品幅方向に沿う第2方向を有するとともに、積層された第1シート及び第2シートが部分的に接合されて複数の接合部が形成され、第1シートが、前記接合部以外の部位において第2シートから離れる方向に突出して、着用者の肌側に向かって突出する凸部を形成しており、
 前記複合シートは、前記凸部が相互に異なるパターンで形成された中央領域及び該中央領域の両側に位置する一対のサイド領域を有しており、
 前記中央領域における高さが最大の凸部である中央第1凸部は、前記サイド領域における高さが最大の凸部であるサイド第1凸部に比して高さが高く、
 前記中央領域の圧縮変形量が、前記サイド領域の圧縮変形量よりも大きい、吸収性物品。
In relation to the above-described embodiment, the present invention (first invention) further discloses the following absorbent article.
<1>
An absorbent article comprising a top sheet made of a composite sheet, a back sheet, and an absorbent body disposed between the two sheets,
The composite sheet has a first direction along the article longitudinal direction and a second direction along the article width direction, and the laminated first sheet and second sheet are partially joined to form a plurality of joints. The first sheet protrudes in a direction away from the second sheet at a portion other than the joint portion, and forms a convex portion protruding toward the wearer's skin side,
The composite sheet has a central region in which the convex portions are formed in different patterns and a pair of side regions located on both sides of the central region,
The central first convex portion that is the largest convex portion in the central region has a higher height than the side first convex portion that is the largest convex portion in the side region,
The absorbent article in which the amount of compressive deformation in the central region is larger than the amount of compressive deformation in the side region.
<2>
 前記中央領域には、前記中央第1凸部を含んで構成される中央連続凸部が複数列形成されており、前記サイド領域には、前記凸部が散点状に形成されている、前記<1>に記載の吸収性物品。
<3>
 前記中央領域には、中央連続凸部が複数列形成されており、
 前記中央連続凸部においては、前記中央第1凸部と該中央第1凸部よりも高さの低い中央第2凸部とが交互に連なっているか、又は前記中央第1凸部のみが複数連なっている、前記<1>又は<2>に記載の吸収性物品。
<4>
 前記中央連続凸部は、それぞれ第2方向に沿って延びており、
 前記サイド領域における前記サイド第1凸部は、該サイド領域における前記複合シートに、互いに平行な複数本の第1の仮想直線と、該第1の仮想直線との間に角度を有する互いに平行な複数本の第2の仮想直線とを想定したときに、前記第1の仮想直線と前記第2の仮想直線との各交点に位置している、前記<2>又は<3>に記載の吸収性物品。
<5>
 前記中央領域に、前記中央第1凸部よりも高さの低い中央第3凸部が形成されており、
 該中央第3凸部は、第1方向における配置位置が前記中央第1凸部どうし間に位置しており、その高さが前記サイド第1凸部の高さと等しい、前記<1>~<4>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<2>
A plurality of central continuous convex portions including the central first convex portion are formed in the central region, and the convex portions are formed in a dotted shape in the side region, The absorbent article as described in <1>.
<3>
In the central region, a plurality of central continuous convex portions are formed,
In the central continuous convex portion, the central first convex portion and the central second convex portion whose height is lower than the central first convex portion are alternately connected, or only the central first convex portion is plural. The absorbent article according to <1> or <2>, which is continuous.
<4>
Each of the central continuous protrusions extends along the second direction,
The first side protrusions in the side region are parallel to each other in the composite sheet in the side region and have a plurality of first virtual straight lines parallel to each other and an angle between the first virtual straight lines. Absorption according to the above <2> or <3>, which is located at each intersection of the first virtual line and the second virtual line when a plurality of second virtual lines are assumed. Sex goods.
<5>
A central third convex portion having a height lower than that of the central first convex portion is formed in the central region,
The central third convex portions are positioned in the first direction between the central first convex portions, and the height thereof is equal to the height of the side first convex portions. <1> to < The absorbent article according to any one of 4>.
<6>
 前記中央領域に、前記中央第1凸部よりも高さの低い中央第3凸部が形成されており、
 該中央第3凸部は、第2方向に沿って複数形成されており、第2方向において隣り合う中央第3凸部間に、第1方向に長い形状の縦長接合部が形成されている、前記<1>~<5>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<7>
 前記中央第1凸部の高さは、前記サイド第1凸部の高さに対して、好ましくは105%以上、更に好ましくは110%以上であり、また好ましくは200%以下、更に好ましくは150%以下である、前記<1>~<6>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<8>
 前記中央第1凸部の高さは、好ましくは0.5mm以上、更に好ましくは1mm以上であり、また好ましくは5mm以下、更に好ましくは4mm以下である、前記<1>~<7>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<9>
 前記サイド第1凸部の高さは、好ましくは0.3mm以上、更に好ましくは0.6mm以上であり、また好ましくは4mm以下、更に好ましくは3mm以下である、前記<1>~<8>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<6>
A central third convex portion having a height lower than that of the central first convex portion is formed in the central region,
A plurality of the central third convex portions are formed along the second direction, and a vertically long joint portion having a long shape in the first direction is formed between adjacent central third convex portions in the second direction. The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <5>.
<7>
The height of the central first protrusion is preferably 105% or more, more preferably 110% or more, and preferably 200% or less, more preferably 150, with respect to the height of the side first protrusion. % Or less, the absorbent article according to any one of the above items <1> to <6>.
<8>
The height of the central first convex portion is preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 1 mm or more, preferably 5 mm or less, more preferably 4 mm or less, any one of <1> to <7> Or an absorbent article according to claim 1.
<9>
The height of the first side convex portion is preferably 0.3 mm or more, more preferably 0.6 mm or more, preferably 4 mm or less, more preferably 3 mm or less, <1> to <8> The absorbent article according to any one of 1.
<10>
 前記中央第1凸部の高さと前記サイド第1凸部の高さとの差は、好ましくは0.1mm以上、更に好ましくは0.2mm以上であり、また好ましくは2mm以下、更に好ましくは1mm以下である、前記<1>~<9>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<11>
 前記中央領域には、中央連続凸部が複数列形成されており、
 該中央連続凸部を構成する前記中央第1凸部及び該中央第1凸部よりも高さの低い中央第2凸部は、少なくとも前記中央第1凸部41の裏側に空洞が存在することが好ましい、前記<1>~<10>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<12>
 前記中央領域には、中央連続凸部が複数列形成されており、
 前記中央連続凸部を構成する前記中央第1凸部及び該中央第1凸部よりも高さの低い中央第2凸部のそれぞれの裏側に空洞が存在し、前記中央第1凸部の裏面の空洞と前記中央第2凸部の裏面の空洞とが連続して、前記中央連続凸部の裏側に、第2方向に沿って連続して延びる連続中空部が形成されている、前記<1>~<11>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<13>
 長辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された矩形をしている第1接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第1接合部列が形成されている、前記<1>~<12>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<14>
 互いに直交する2辺のうちの一辺を第2方向、他の一辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された第2接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第2接合部列が形成されている、前記<1>~<13>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<10>
The difference between the height of the central first convex portion and the height of the side first convex portion is preferably 0.1 mm or more, more preferably 0.2 mm or more, and preferably 2 mm or less, more preferably 1 mm or less. The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein
<11>
In the central region, a plurality of central continuous convex portions are formed,
The central first convex part constituting the central continuous convex part and the central second convex part having a lower height than the central first convex part have a cavity at least on the back side of the central first convex part 41. The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <10>, which is preferable.
<12>
In the central region, a plurality of central continuous convex portions are formed,
There is a cavity on the back side of each of the central first convex portion and the central second convex portion that is lower than the central first convex portion constituting the central continuous convex portion, and the back surface of the central first convex portion And a cavity on the back surface of the central second convex part, and a continuous hollow part extending continuously in the second direction is formed on the back side of the central continuous convex part. The absorbent article according to any one of> to <11>.
<13>
A first joint section along the second direction is formed by a first joint section having a long side that coincides with the first direction and has a rectangular shape arranged in a line at intervals along the second direction. The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <12>.
<14>
One side of two sides orthogonal to each other coincides with the second direction, the other side coincides with the first direction, and the second joints are arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction, thereby causing the second direction. The absorbent article according to any one of the above items <1> to <13>, wherein a second joint row along the line is formed.
<15>
 その長辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された矩形をしている第1接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第1接合部列が形成され、
 互いに直交する2辺のうちの一辺を第2方向、他の一辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された第2接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第2接合部列R2が形成され、
 各第1接合部列においては、第2方向における前記第1接合部の配置間隔は一定であり、各第2接合部列においては、第2方向における前記第2接合部の配置間隔は、2種類の間隔で有し、間隔の広い部分と間隔の狭い部分とを交互に有している、前記<1>~<14>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<16>
 その長辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された矩形をしている第1接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第1接合部列が形成され、
 互いに直交する2辺のうちの一辺を第2方向、他の一辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された第2接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第2接合部列R2が形成され、
 各前記第1接合部列においては、第2方向に沿って見たときの前記第1接合部の配置位置はすべて同じになっており、各前記第2接合部列についても、第2方向に沿って見たときの前記第2接合部の配置位置はすべて同じになっている、前記<1>~<15>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<17>
 その長辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された矩形をしている第1接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第1接合部列が形成され、
 互いに直交する2辺のうちの一辺を第2方向、他の一辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された第2接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第2接合部列R2が形成され、
 前記第1接合部列を構成する1つの前記第1接合部に着目すると、2つの前記第2接合部列を構成する合計4つの前記第2接合部が、前記第1接合部の周囲に、前記第1接合部の4つの角部にそれぞれの角部を対向させた状態に近接配置されている、前記<1>~<16>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<18>
 その長辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された矩形をしている第1接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第1接合部列が形成され、
 互いに直交する2辺のうちの一辺を第2方向、他の一辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された第2接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第2接合部列R2が形成され、
 1つの第1接合部とその周囲に位置する4つの第2接合部とからなる一纏りの接合部群が形成されており、個々のエンボス領域Eにおいては、同様の接合部群が、第2方向に沿って一定の間隔で複数形成されている、前記<1>~<17>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<19>
 前記複合シートの前記中央領域は、これを構成する前記第1シートに、前記中央第1凸部、該中央第1凸部よりも高さの低い中央第2凸部、中央第3凸部及び第4凸部が形成されており、
 前記中央第1凸部よりも高さの低い前記中央第2凸部、前記中央第3凸部及び前記第4凸部にも着目すると、これら3種類の凸部は、該中央第2凸部と該第4凸部と該中央第3凸部と該第4凸部とがこの順で、第1方向に沿って規則的に、かつ直線状に配置されている、前記<1>~<18>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<15>
The first joint portion along the second direction is formed by the first joint portions having the long sides coinciding with the first direction and having a rectangular shape arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction. And
One side of two sides orthogonal to each other coincides with the second direction, the other side coincides with the first direction, and the second joints are arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction, thereby causing the second direction. A second joint row R2 is formed along
In each first joint row, the arrangement interval of the first joint portions in the second direction is constant, and in each second joint row, the arrangement interval of the second joint portions in the second direction is 2 The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <14>, wherein the absorbent article has various types of intervals, and alternately includes wide intervals and narrow intervals.
<16>
The first joint portion along the second direction is formed by the first joint portions having the long sides coinciding with the first direction and having a rectangular shape arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction. And
One side of two sides orthogonal to each other coincides with the second direction, the other side coincides with the first direction, and the second joints are arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction, thereby causing the second direction. A second joint row R2 is formed along
In each of the first joint rows, the arrangement positions of the first joints when viewed along the second direction are all the same, and each second joint row is also in the second direction. The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <15>, wherein the arrangement positions of the second joints when viewed along the line are all the same.
<17>
The first joint portion along the second direction is formed by the first joint portions having the long sides coinciding with the first direction and having a rectangular shape arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction. And
One side of two sides orthogonal to each other coincides with the second direction, the other side coincides with the first direction, and the second joints are arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction, thereby causing the second direction. A second joint row R2 is formed along
When attention is paid to one of the first joints constituting the first joint row, a total of four second joints constituting two second joint rows are around the first joint, The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <16>, wherein the absorbent article is disposed adjacent to each of the four corners of the first joint so as to face each other.
<18>
The first joint portion along the second direction is formed by the first joint portions having the long sides coinciding with the first direction and having a rectangular shape arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction. And
One side of two sides orthogonal to each other coincides with the second direction, the other side coincides with the first direction, and the second joints are arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction, thereby causing the second direction. A second joint row R2 is formed along
A group of joints composed of one first joint and four second joints located around the first joint is formed. In each embossed region E, a similar joint group is The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <17>, wherein a plurality of the absorbent articles are formed at regular intervals along two directions.
<19>
The central region of the composite sheet includes the central first convex portion, the central second convex portion having a height lower than the central first convex portion, the central third convex portion, and the first sheet constituting the central sheet. A fourth protrusion is formed,
When attention is paid to the central second convex portion, the central third convex portion and the fourth convex portion which are lower in height than the central first convex portion, these three types of convex portions are the central second convex portion. And the fourth convex portion, the central third convex portion, and the fourth convex portion are arranged in this order regularly and linearly along the first direction, <1> to < The absorbent article according to any one of 18>.
<20>
 前記複合シートの前記中央領域は、これを構成する前記第1シートに、前記中央第1凸部、該中央第1凸部よりも高さの低い中央第2凸部、中央第3凸部及び第4凸部が形成されており、前記第4凸部は、前記中央第1凸部、前記中央第2凸部及び前記中央第3凸部の何れよりも高さが低くなっている、前記<1>~<19>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<21>
 前記複合シートの前記サイド領域には、第3接合部が第2方向に沿って2種類の間隔で規則的に配置された第2方向接合部列が、第1方向に複数列形成されている、前記<1>~<20>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<22>
 前記第2方向接合部列は、第2方向における前記第3接合部どうし間の間隔として、第1の間隔と、該第1の間隔よりも広い第2の間隔とを有しており、第2方向接合部列中の複数の前記第3接合部は、これら2種類の間隔を、第2方向に交互に有するように第2方向に間欠配置されている、前記<21>に記載の吸収性物品。
<23>
 個々の前記第2方向接合部列を構成する複数の前記第3接合部は、第1方向における長さ及び配置位置が一致しており、第1方向において隣り合う前記第2方向接合部列間には一定の幅の隙間が形成されている、前記<21>又は<22>に記載の吸収性物品。
<24>
 第1方向に複数列形成されている前記第2方向接合部列は、一列置きに、第2方向における前記第3接合部の配置位置が一致しており、隣り合う前記第2方向接合部列どうしは、第2方向における前記第3接合部の配置位置が相互に異なる、前記<21>~<23>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<20>
The central region of the composite sheet includes the central first convex portion, the central second convex portion having a height lower than the central first convex portion, the central third convex portion, and the first sheet constituting the central sheet. A fourth convex portion is formed, and the fourth convex portion has a height lower than any of the central first convex portion, the central second convex portion, and the central third convex portion, The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <19>.
<21>
In the side region of the composite sheet, a plurality of second direction joint rows in which the third joint portions are regularly arranged at two kinds of intervals along the second direction are formed in the first direction. The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <20>.
<22>
The second direction joint line has a first distance and a second distance wider than the first distance as a distance between the third joints in the second direction. The absorption according to <21>, wherein the plurality of third joints in the two-way joint row are intermittently arranged in the second direction so as to have these two kinds of intervals alternately in the second direction. Sex goods.
<23>
The plurality of third joints constituting each of the second direction joint rows have the same length and arrangement position in the first direction, and are adjacent between the second direction joint rows adjacent in the first direction. The absorbent article according to <21> or <22>, in which a gap having a certain width is formed.
<24>
In the second direction joint line formed in a plurality of rows in the first direction, the arrangement positions of the third joints in the second direction coincide with each other, and the second direction joint lines adjacent to each other. The absorbent article according to any one of <21> to <23>, wherein the arrangement positions of the third joint portions in the second direction are different from each other.
<25>
 前記第2方向接合部列として、第2方向における前記第3接合部の配置位置が相互に異なる第2方向第1接合部列と第2方向第2接合部列とが、第1方向に交互に形成されており、第2方向における前記第3接合部の配置位置に関しては、第2方向第1接合部列及び第2方向第2接合部列は、一方における第2の間隔で隣り合う前記第3接合部どうし間に、他方の接合部列における第1の間隔で隣り合う一対の前記第3接合部が位置している、前記<21>~<24>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<26>
 前記サイド領域における前記複合シートに、互いに平行な複数本の第1の仮想直線と、該第1の仮想直線との間に角度を有する互いに平行な複数本の第2の仮想直線とを想定したときに、
 前記第1の仮想直線と前記第2の仮想直線とのなす角度θは、30°以上165°以下が好ましく、45°以上150°以下が更に好ましい、前記<1>~<25>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<27>
 前記サイド領域における前記複合シートに、互いに平行な複数本の第1の仮想直線と、該第1の仮想直線との間に角度を有する互いに平行な複数本の第2の仮想直線とを想定したときに、
 前記複合シートの前記サイド領域においては、複数のサイド第1凸部が、一定の間隔で、前記第1の仮想直線に沿って直列した複数本の第3方向凸部列と、複数の前記サイド第1凸部が、一定の間隔で、前記第2の仮想直線に沿って直列した複数本の第4方向凸部列とが形成されている、前記<1>~<26>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<28>
 隣り合う前記第3方向凸部列どうし間には、複数の接合部対が、一定の間隔で直列した第3方向接合部列が形成され、隣り合う前記第4方向凸部列どうし間には、複数の接合部対が、一定の間隔で直列した第4方向接合部列が形成されている、前記<27>に記載の吸収性物品。
<29>
 前記サイド領域には微小凸部が形成されており、
 前記微小凸部の高さは、サイド第1凸部の1/3以下である、前記<1>~<28>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<25>
As the second direction joint row, second direction first joint rows and second direction second joint rows in which the arrangement positions of the third joints in the second direction are different from each other alternately in the first direction. With respect to the arrangement position of the third joint portion in the second direction, the second direction first joint row and the second direction second joint row are adjacent to each other at the second interval on one side. The absorption according to any one of <21> to <24>, wherein a pair of the third joint portions adjacent to each other at a first interval in the other joint row is located between the third joint portions. Sex goods.
<26>
The composite sheet in the side region is assumed to be a plurality of first virtual lines parallel to each other and a plurality of second virtual lines parallel to each other having an angle between the first virtual lines. sometimes,
The angle θ formed by the first virtual line and the second virtual line is preferably 30 ° or more and 165 ° or less, more preferably 45 ° or more and 150 ° or less, and any one of the above items <1> to <25> 2. The absorbent article according to 1.
<27>
The composite sheet in the side region is assumed to be a plurality of first virtual lines parallel to each other and a plurality of second virtual lines parallel to each other having an angle between the first virtual lines. sometimes,
In the side region of the composite sheet, a plurality of third first convex portions arranged in series along the first imaginary straight line with a plurality of side first convex portions at regular intervals, and a plurality of the side portions Any one of the above items <1> to <26>, wherein the first protrusions are formed with a plurality of fourth direction protrusions arranged in series along the second imaginary straight line at regular intervals. Absorbent article as described in 1.
<28>
Between the adjacent third direction convex part rows, a third direction joint part row in which a plurality of joint pairs are arranged in series at a constant interval is formed, and between the adjacent fourth direction convex part rows. The absorbent article according to the above <27>, wherein a fourth direction joint row in which a plurality of joint pairs are arranged in series at a constant interval is formed.
<29>
A minute convex portion is formed in the side region,
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <28>, wherein the height of the minute convex portion is 1/3 or less of the first side convex portion.
<30>
 着用時に着用者の腹側に配される腹側部、着用時に着用者の背側に配される背側部、及び腹側部と背側部との間に位置する股下部を有する使い捨ておむつであり、
 前記背側部の少なくとも幅方向中央部に、前記使い捨ておむつを幅方向に収縮させる複数本の弾性部材が前記使い捨ておむつの長手方向に間隔をおいて複数本配置されており、
 前記複数本の弾性部材が配された弾性部材配置領域に、前記複合シートの前記中央領域が配されており、該弾性部材配置領域に、前記中央第1凸部を含んで構成される中央連続凸部がそれぞれ第2方向に延びて複数列形成されており、
 前記中央連続凸部の幅をP1、前記弾性部材の間隔をP2、前記中央連続凸部の中央部どうし間の間隔をP3としたときに、P1<P2<P3の関係を満たす、前記<1>~<29>何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<31>
 前記中央領域には、中央連続凸部が複数列形成されており、
 第1方向において隣り合う前記中央連続凸部どうし間に、第1方向に長い形状の縦長接合部が、第2方向に等間隔に形成されている、前記<1>~<30>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<32>
 縦長接合部である第1接合部31は、第1方向に沿う長さが、第2方向に沿う長さの、1.2倍以上、特に1.5倍以上であることが好ましく、また5倍以下、特に3倍以下であることが好ましい、前記<31>に記載の吸収性物品。
<33>
 縦長接合部である第1接合部31は、第1方向に沿う長さが、第2接合部の第1方向に沿う長さの、1.2倍以上、特に1.5倍以上であることが好ましく、また5倍以下、特に3倍以下であることが好ましい、前記<31>又は<32>に記載の吸収性物品。
<34>
 縦長接合部である第1接合部の第1方向に沿う長さは、0.5mm以上、特に1mm以上であることが好ましく、また10mm以下、特に5mm以下であることが好ましい、前記<31>~<33>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<30>
Disposable diaper having an abdominal side portion disposed on the stomach side of the wearer when worn, a back side portion disposed on the back side of the wearer when worn, and a crotch portion positioned between the abdominal side portion and the back side portion And
A plurality of elastic members for shrinking the disposable diaper in the width direction are disposed at least in the center in the width direction of the dorsal side portion at intervals in the longitudinal direction of the disposable diaper,
The central region of the composite sheet is arranged in an elastic member arrangement region in which the plurality of elastic members are arranged, and the elastic member arrangement region includes the central first convex portion. The protrusions are each formed in a plurality of rows extending in the second direction,
When the width of the central continuous convex portion is P1, the interval between the elastic members is P2, and the interval between the central portions of the central continuous convex portion is P3, the relationship of P1 <P2 <P3 is satisfied. The absorbent article according to any one of> to <29>.
<31>
In the central region, a plurality of central continuous convex portions are formed,
Any one of the above items <1> to <30>, wherein vertically long joints having a shape elongated in the first direction are formed at equal intervals in the second direction between the central continuous convex portions adjacent in the first direction. 2. The absorbent article according to 1.
<32>
The length of the first joint portion 31 that is a vertically long joint portion is preferably 1.2 times or more, particularly 1.5 times or more of the length along the second direction, and 5 times the length along the second direction. The absorbent article according to <31>, preferably not more than twice, particularly preferably not more than 3 times.
<33>
The first joint portion 31 that is a vertically long joint portion has a length along the first direction that is 1.2 times or more, particularly 1.5 times or more the length along the first direction of the second joint portion. The absorbent article according to <31> or <32>, preferably 5 times or less, particularly preferably 3 times or less.
<34>
The length along the first direction of the first joint which is a vertically long joint is preferably 0.5 mm or more, particularly preferably 1 mm or more, and is preferably 10 mm or less, particularly preferably 5 mm or less, <31> The absorbent article according to any one of <33>.
<35>
 互いに直交する2辺のうちの一辺を第2方向、他の一辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された第2接合部は、第1方向に沿う長さが、0.1mm以上5mm以下、特に0.5mm以上3mm以下であることが好ましく、第2方向に沿う長さが、0.1mm以上5mm以下、特に0.5mm以上3mm以下であることが好ましい、前記<1>~<34>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<36>
 前記複合シートの前記サイド領域に形成される第3接合部は、第1方向に沿う長さが、0.1mm以上5mm以下、特に0.5mm以上3mm以下であることが好ましく、第2方向に沿う長さが、0.1mm以上5mm以下、特に0.5mm以上3mm以下であることが好ましい、前記<1>~<35>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<37>
 前記第3接合部が第2方向に沿って2種類の間隔で規則的に配置された第2方向接合部列は、第2方向における該第3接合部間の間隔が大きい部分の間隔が、間隔が狭い部分の該第3接合部間の間隔に対して、2倍以上、特に2.5倍以上であることが好ましく、5倍以下、特に4倍以下であることが好ましい、前記<36>に記載の吸収性物品。
<38>
 前記複合シートは、前記中央領域及び前記サイド領域の何れにおいても、前記第2シート側の面がほぼ平坦であり、前記第1シート側に起伏の大きな凹凸が形成されている、前記<1>~<37>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<39>
 前記中央領域に複数形成される中央連続凸部を構成する前記中央第1凸部と前記中央第2凸部は、何れも平面視での形状が略円形状である、前記<1>~<38>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<40>
 前記複合シートの前記中央領域には、第2方向に延在し、第2方向に連続して接合部を有しない非エンボス領域と、第2方向に延在し、前記接合部が規則的なパターンで形成されたエンボス領域とが、第1方向に交互に形成されている、前記<1>~<39>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<35>
The second joints arranged in a line at intervals along the second direction with one side of the two sides orthogonal to each other aligned in the second direction and the other side in the first direction are arranged in the first direction. The length along the second direction is preferably 0.1 mm to 5 mm, particularly 0.5 mm to 3 mm, and the length along the second direction is 0.1 mm to 5 mm, particularly 0.5 mm to 3 mm. The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <34>, which is preferably present.
<36>
The length of the third joint formed in the side region of the composite sheet along the first direction is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 5 mm or less, particularly preferably 0.5 mm or more and 3 mm or less, and in the second direction. The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <35>, wherein the length along the length is preferably 0.1 mm to 5 mm, particularly preferably 0.5 mm to 3 mm.
<37>
The second direction joint line in which the third joints are regularly arranged at two kinds of intervals along the second direction has a gap between portions where the distance between the third joints in the second direction is large. It is preferably 2 times or more, particularly 2.5 times or more, and preferably 5 times or less, particularly preferably 4 times or less, with respect to the space between the third joints in the narrow space portion, <36 The absorbent article as described in>.
<38>
In the composite sheet, the surface on the second sheet side is substantially flat in both the central region and the side region, and irregularities having large undulations are formed on the first sheet side, <1> The absorbent article according to any one of ~ <37>.
<39>
Each of the central first convex portion and the central second convex portion constituting the central continuous convex portion formed in a plurality in the central region has a substantially circular shape in plan view, <1> to < The absorbent article according to any one of 38>.
<40>
In the central region of the composite sheet, a non-embossed region that extends in the second direction and does not have a joint portion continuously in the second direction, and extends in the second direction, the joint portions are regular. The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <39>, wherein the embossed areas formed in a pattern are alternately formed in the first direction.
<41>
 吸収性材料を含む吸収性コアを具備する吸収体と、該吸収体の肌対向面側に配された表面シートとを具備し、着用者の前後方向に相当する縦方向とこれに直交する横方向とを有する吸収性物品であって、
 前記吸収体は、前記吸収性コアの横方向中央部に位置し且つ縦方向に延びるコア低剛性領域と、該コア低剛性領域の横方向両側に位置し且つ該コア低剛性領域に比して剛性の高いコア高剛性領域とを有し、
 前記表面シートは、平面視において前記コア低剛性領域と重なって縦方向に延びる表面材低剛性領域と、該表面材低剛性領域の横方向両側に位置し且つ該表面材低剛性領域に比して剛性の高い表面材高剛性領域とを有し、該表面材高剛性領域と前記コア高剛性領域とが平面視において重なる、前記<1>に記載の吸収性物品。
<42>
 前記コア低剛性領域は、前記コア高剛性領域に比して坪量が低い前記<41>に記載の吸収性物品。
<43>
 前記コア高剛性領域は、前記吸収性コアにおける前記コア低剛性領域以外の領域であり、該コア低剛性領域を包囲している前記<41>又は<42>に記載の吸収性物品。
<41>
An absorbent body having an absorbent core containing an absorbent material, and a surface sheet disposed on the skin-facing surface side of the absorbent body, and a transverse direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction corresponding to the wearer's front-rear direction An absorbent article having a direction,
The absorbent body is located in a laterally central portion of the absorbent core and extends in the longitudinal direction, and is located on both lateral sides of the core low stiffness area and compared to the core low stiffness area. Having a highly rigid core high rigidity region,
The top sheet is positioned on both sides in the lateral direction of the surface material low-rigidity region and overlaps with the core low-rigidity region in a plan view in comparison with the surface material low-rigidity region. The absorbent article according to <1>, further including a highly rigid surface material high-rigidity region, wherein the surface material high-rigidity region and the core high-rigidity region overlap in plan view.
<42>
The said core low-rigidity area | region is an absorbent article as described in said <41> whose basic weight is low compared with the said core high-rigidity area | region.
<43>
The core high-rigidity area is an area other than the core low-rigidity area in the absorbent core, and the absorbent article according to <41> or <42>, which surrounds the core low-rigidity area.
<44>
 前記コア低剛性領域の肌対向面又は非肌対向面に溝が形成されており、該溝の形成部位は、該コア低剛性領域における溝の非形成部位に比して坪量が低い前記<42>又は<43>に記載の吸収性物品。
<45>
 着用者の腹側に配される腹側部及び背側に配される背側部とそれらの間に位置する股下部とを縦方向に有し、
 前記コア低剛性領域は、平面視において複数の線状の前記溝が格子状に形成された領域であり、前記腹側部から前記背側部にわたって延在している前記<44>に記載の吸収性物品。
<46>
 前記コア低剛性領域は、前記吸収性コアに比して縦方向長さが短く、縦方向の最外方に位置する一対の前記溝は、該吸収性コアの縦方向前後端より縦方向の内方に位置している前記<44>又は<45>に記載の吸収性物品。
<47>
 前記コア低剛性領域の横方向長さ、即ち、横方向の最外方に位置する一対の前記溝間の長さは、該コア低剛性領域の縦方向の全長にわたって一定である前記<44>~<46>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<44>
Grooves are formed on the skin-facing surface or non-skin-facing surface of the core low-rigidity region, and the groove-forming portion has a lower basis weight than the groove-non-forming portion of the core low-rigidity region. The absorbent article as described in 42> or <43>.
<45>
It has the abdominal side arranged on the abdomen side of the wearer and the dorsal side part arranged on the dorsal side and the crotch part located between them in the vertical direction,
The core low-rigidity region is a region in which a plurality of linear grooves are formed in a lattice shape in plan view, and extends from the ventral side portion to the dorsal side portion according to <44>. Absorbent article.
<46>
The core low-rigidity region has a shorter length in the longitudinal direction than the absorbent core, and the pair of grooves positioned at the outermost sides in the longitudinal direction are longer than the longitudinal front and rear ends of the absorbent core. The absorbent article according to <44> or <45>, which is located inward.
<47>
The lateral length of the core low-rigidity region, that is, the length between the pair of grooves located at the outermost sides in the lateral direction is constant over the entire length in the vertical direction of the core low-rigidity region <44> The absorbent article according to any one of ~ <46>.
<48>
 前記コア低剛性領域は、相対的に坪量が高く非肌対向面側に向けて突出した凸の形状を有する高坪量部と、該高坪量部に隣接し、且つ相対的に坪量が低く肌対向面側に向けて凹んだ低坪量部とを有し、
 前記溝は、前記低坪量部の形成位置における非肌対向面側に形成された凹部である前記<44>~<47>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<49>
 前記コア低剛性領域においては、非肌対向面は複数の前記溝の存在により凹凸構造を有しているのに対し、肌対向面は前記溝を有しておらず平坦である前記<48>に記載の吸収性物品。
<50>
 前記コア低剛性領域においては、複数本の線状の前記溝が縦方向に延びていると共に、複数本の線状の前記溝が横方向にも延びており、これら互いに直交する複数本の線状の前記溝によって、該コア低剛性領域は複数の小領域に区画化され、該小領域が前記高坪量部である前記<48>又は<49>に記載の吸収性物品。
<51>
 個々の前記高坪量部は前記低坪量部によって区画されており、個々に独立している前記<48>~<50>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<48>
The core low-rigidity region has a relatively high basis weight and a high basis weight portion having a convex shape protruding toward the non-skin facing surface side, and is adjacent to the high basis weight portion and relatively has a basis weight. Has a low basis weight part that is recessed toward the skin facing surface side,
The absorbent article according to any one of <44> to <47>, wherein the groove is a recess formed on a non-skin facing surface side at a position where the low basis weight portion is formed.
<49>
In the core low-rigidity region, the non-skin facing surface has an uneven structure due to the presence of the plurality of grooves, whereas the skin facing surface does not have the grooves and is flat <48>. Absorbent article as described in 1.
<50>
In the core low-rigidity region, a plurality of linear grooves extend in the vertical direction, and a plurality of linear grooves extend in the horizontal direction. The absorbent article according to <48> or <49>, wherein the core low-rigidity region is partitioned into a plurality of small regions by the groove, and the small region is the high basis weight portion.
<51>
The absorbent article according to any one of <48> to <50>, wherein each of the high basis weight parts is partitioned by the low basis weight part and is individually independent.
<52>
 前記高坪量部の坪量に対する前記低坪量部の坪量の比率は、後者/前者として、好ましくは20%以上、さらに好ましくは30%以上、そして、好ましくは80%以下、さらに好ましくは70%以下である前記<48>~<51>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<53>
 前記低坪量部の坪量は、好ましくは100g/m2以上、さらに好ましくは150g/m2以上、そして、好ましくは500g/m2以下、さらに好ましくは400g/m2以下である前記<48>~<52>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<54>
 前記高坪量部の坪量は、好ましくは300g/m2以上、さらに好ましくは350g/m2以上、そして、好ましくは900g/m2以下、さらに好ましくは800g/m2以下である前記<48>~<53>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<55>
 前記高坪量部は、前記低坪量部に比して厚みが大きく、該高坪量部の厚みに対する該低坪量部の厚みの比率は、後者/前者として、好ましくは30%以上、さらに好ましくは40%以上、そして、好ましくは90%以下、さらに好ましくは80%以下である前記<48>~<54>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<56>
 前記低坪量部の厚みは、好ましくは1.5mm以上、さらに好ましくは2.5mm以上、そして、好ましくは4.5mm以下、さらに好ましくは4mm以下である前記<48>~<55>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<57>
 前記高坪量部の厚みは、好ましくは2mm以上、さらに好ましくは3mm以上、そして、好ましくは8mm以下、さらに好ましくは7mm以下である前記<48>~<56>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<58>
 前記コア高剛性領域の厚みは、前記コア低剛性領域の前記高坪量部の厚みと略同じである前記<48>~<57>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<52>
The ratio of the basis weight of the low basis weight part to the basis weight of the high basis weight part is preferably 20% or more, more preferably 30% or more, and preferably 80% or less, more preferably as the latter / the former. The absorbent article according to any one of <48> to <51>, which is 70% or less.
<53>
The basis weight of the low basis weight part is preferably 100 g / m 2 or more, more preferably 150 g / m 2 or more, and preferably 500 g / m 2 or less, more preferably 400 g / m 2 or less <48 The absorbent article according to any one of> to <52>.
<54>
The basis weight of the high basis weight part is preferably 300 g / m 2 or more, more preferably 350 g / m 2 or more, and preferably 900 g / m 2 or less, more preferably 800 g / m 2 or less <48 The absorbent article according to any one of> to <53>.
<55>
The high basis weight part is thicker than the low basis weight part, and the ratio of the thickness of the low basis weight part to the thickness of the high basis weight part is preferably 30% or more as the latter / the former. The absorbent article according to any one of <48> to <54>, more preferably 40% or more, and preferably 90% or less, and more preferably 80% or less.
<56>
The thickness of the low basis weight part is preferably 1.5 mm or more, more preferably 2.5 mm or more, and preferably 4.5 mm or less, more preferably 4 mm or less, any of the above <48> to <55> Or an absorbent article according to claim 1.
<57>
The absorption according to any one of <48> to <56>, wherein the thickness of the high basis weight part is preferably 2 mm or more, more preferably 3 mm or more, and preferably 8 mm or less, more preferably 7 mm or less. Sex goods.
<58>
The absorbent article according to any one of <48> to <57>, wherein a thickness of the core high rigidity region is substantially the same as a thickness of the high basis weight portion of the core low rigidity region.
<59>
 前記コア低剛性領域の曲げ剛性は、好ましくは3g以上、さらに好ましくは4g以上、そして、好ましくは10g以下、さらに好ましくは9g以下である前記<41>~<58>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<60>
 前記コア高剛性領域の曲げ剛性は、好ましくは5g以上、さらに好ましくは6g以上、そして、好ましくは20g以下、さらに好ましくは15g以下である前記<41>~<59>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<61>
 前記コア低剛性領域と前記コア高剛性領域との曲げ剛性の差は1g以上である前記<41>~<60>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<59>
The bending rigidity of the core low-rigidity region is preferably 3 g or more, more preferably 4 g or more, and preferably 10 g or less, more preferably 9 g or less, according to any one of the above items <41> to <58>. Absorbent article.
<60>
The bending rigidity of the core high-rigidity region is preferably 5 g or more, more preferably 6 g or more, and preferably 20 g or less, more preferably 15 g or less, according to any one of <41> to <59>. Absorbent article.
<61>
The absorbent article according to any one of <41> to <60>, wherein a difference in flexural rigidity between the core low-rigidity region and the core high-rigidity region is 1 g or more.
<62>
 前記表面シートは、着用者の肌側に向かって突出する凸部と該凸部の周辺に存する凹部とを有し、前記表面材低剛性領域と前記表面材高剛性領域とで該凸部及び/又は該凹部の形成パターンが異なる前記<44>~<61>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<63>
 前記凹部はエンボス加工が施された高密度部であり、前記凸部はエンボス加工が施されていない低密度部である前記<62>に記載の吸収性物品。
<64>
 前記表面材高剛性領域において、前記凸部は、平面視散点状、より具体的には千鳥状に形成されている前記<62>又は<63>に記載の吸収性物品。
<62>
The top sheet has a convex portion protruding toward the wearer's skin side and a concave portion existing around the convex portion, and the convex portion and the top surface material low rigidity region and the top surface material high rigidity region. / Or the absorbent article according to any one of <44> to <61>, wherein the formation pattern of the recesses is different.
<63>
The absorbent article according to <62>, wherein the concave portion is a high-density portion subjected to embossing, and the convex portion is a low-density portion not subjected to embossing.
<64>
The absorbent article according to <62> or <63>, wherein, in the surface material high-rigidity region, the convex portions are formed in a plan view scattered dot shape, more specifically in a staggered shape.
<65>
 前記表面材低剛性領域は、前記凸部として、複数の凸部が横方向に連なった形状の連続凸部を有する前記<62>~<64>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<66>
 前記表面材高剛性領域は前記連続凸部を有しておらず、該表面材高剛性領域においては複数の前記凸部が個々独立に存在している前記<65>に記載の吸収性物品。
<67>
 前記連続凸部は中空であり、その中空部は、該連続凸部の横方向の略全長にわたって連続して延びている前記<65>又は<66>に記載の吸収性物品。
<68>
 前記連続凸部は、高さの異なる2種類の小凸部が横方向に交互に連結されて形成されている前記<65>~<67>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<69>
 前記表面材低剛性領域において、複数の前記凸部による凸部列と前記連続凸部とが、縦方向に沿って交互に且つ直線状に配置され、且つ1個の該凸部と1個の前記小凸部とが、横方向において同位置に形成されている前記<68>に記載の吸収性物品。
<70>
 前記連続凸部のピッチは、好ましくは3mm以上、さらに好ましくは4mm以上、そして、好ましくは9mm以下、さらに好ましくは8mm以下である前記<65>~<69>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<71>
 前記表面材低剛性領域において複数の前記凸部が縦方向に所定のピッチP4で間欠的に形成されていると共に、前記コア低剛性領域において複数の前記溝が縦方向に所定のピッチP5で間欠的に形成されており、ピッチP4に対するピッチP5の比率が、ピッチP5/ピッチP4として、好ましくは2以上、さらに好ましくは3以上、そして、好ましくは7以下、さらに好ましくは6以下である前記<62>~<70>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<65>
The absorbent article according to any one of the above items <62> to <64>, wherein the surface material low-rigidity region includes a continuous convex portion having a shape in which a plurality of convex portions are connected in a lateral direction as the convex portion.
<66>
The absorbent article according to <65>, wherein the surface material high-rigidity region does not include the continuous convex portion, and the surface material high-rigidity region includes a plurality of the convex portions independently.
<67>
The absorbent article according to <65> or <66>, wherein the continuous convex portion is hollow, and the hollow portion continuously extends over substantially the entire length in the lateral direction of the continuous convex portion.
<68>
The absorbent article according to any one of <65> to <67>, wherein the continuous convex portion is formed by alternately connecting two types of small convex portions having different heights in the horizontal direction.
<69>
In the surface material low-rigidity region, a plurality of convex portions arranged by the convex portions and the continuous convex portions are alternately and linearly arranged along the vertical direction, and one convex portion and one convex portion are arranged. The absorbent article according to <68>, wherein the small convex portions are formed at the same position in the lateral direction.
<70>
The absorptivity according to any one of <65> to <69>, wherein the pitch of the continuous convex portions is preferably 3 mm or more, more preferably 4 mm or more, and preferably 9 mm or less, more preferably 8 mm or less. Goods.
<71>
In the surface material low rigidity region, the plurality of convex portions are intermittently formed at a predetermined pitch P4 in the vertical direction, and in the core low rigidity region, the plurality of grooves are intermittent in the vertical direction at a predetermined pitch P5. The ratio of the pitch P5 to the pitch P4 is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and preferably 7 or less, more preferably 6 or less as the pitch P5 / pitch P4. The absorbent article according to any one of 62> to <70>.
<72>
 前記表面材低剛性領域の曲げ剛性に対する前記表面材高剛性領域の曲げ剛性の比率は、後者/前者として、好ましくは1.1以上、さらに好ましくは1.2以上である前記<41>~<71>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<73>
 前記表面材高剛性領域の曲げ剛性は、前記表面材低剛性領域の曲げ剛性よりも大きいことを前提として、好ましくは10cN以上、さらに好ましくは15cN以上、そして、好ましくは50cN以下、さらに好ましくは40cN以下である前記<41>~<72>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<74>
 前記表面材低剛性領域の曲げ剛性は、前記表面材高剛性領域の曲げ剛性よりも小さいことを前提として、好ましくは40cN以下、さらに好ましくは30cN以下、そして、好ましくは5cN以上、さらに好ましくは10cN以上である前記<41>~<73>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<72>
The ratio of the bending rigidity of the high-stiffness region of the surface material to the bending rigidity of the low-stiffness region of the surface material is preferably 1.1 or more, more preferably 1.2 or more as the latter / the former. 71> The absorbent article in any one of 71>.
<73>
On the assumption that the bending rigidity of the surface material high rigidity region is larger than the bending rigidity of the surface material low rigidity region, it is preferably 10 cN or more, more preferably 15 cN or more, and preferably 50 cN or less, more preferably 40 cN. The absorbent article according to any one of the above items <41> to <72>.
<74>
On the assumption that the bending rigidity of the surface material low rigidity region is smaller than the bending rigidity of the surface material high rigidity region, it is preferably 40 cN or less, more preferably 30 cN or less, and preferably 5 cN or more, more preferably 10 cN. The absorbent article according to any one of the above items <41> to <73>.
<75>
 前記吸収性コアの肌対向面の全面積に占める、前記コア低剛性領域の肌対向面の面積の割合が、好ましくは20%以上、さらに好ましくは30%以上、そして、好ましくは70%以下、さらに好ましくは60%以下である前記<41>~<74>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<76>
 平面視において、前記コア低剛性領域と前記コア高剛性領域との境界が、前記表面材低剛性領域と前記表面材高剛性領域との境界に重なる前記<41>~<75>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<77>
 着用者の腹側に配される腹側部及び背側に配される背側部とそれらの間に位置する股下部とを縦方向に有し、
 前記腹側部及び背側部においては、前記コア低剛性領域と前記コア高剛性領域との境界が、前記表面材低剛性領域と前記表面材高剛性領域との境界より横方向外方に位置し、
 前記股下部においては、前記コア低剛性領域と前記コア高剛性領域との境界が、前記表面材低剛性領域と前記表面材高剛性領域との境界より横方向内方に位置している前記<41>~<76>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<78>
 前記吸収性コアは単層構造であり、平面視において縦方向中央部が内方に括れた砂時計状をなしている前記<41>~<77>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<75>
The ratio of the area of the skin facing surface of the core low-rigidity region to the total area of the skin facing surface of the absorbent core is preferably 20% or more, more preferably 30% or more, and preferably 70% or less, The absorbent article according to any one of <41> to <74>, more preferably 60% or less.
<76>
Any one of <41> to <75>, wherein a boundary between the core low-rigidity region and the core high-rigidity region overlaps a boundary between the surface material low-rigidity region and the surface material high-rigidity region in a plan view. Absorbent article as described in 1.
<77>
It has the abdominal side arranged on the abdomen side of the wearer and the dorsal side part arranged on the dorsal side and the crotch part located between them in the vertical direction,
In the ventral part and the dorsal part, the boundary between the core low rigidity region and the core high rigidity region is located laterally outward from the boundary between the surface material low rigidity region and the surface material high rigidity region. And
In the crotch part, the boundary between the core low-rigidity region and the core high-rigidity region is located inward in the lateral direction from the boundary between the surface material low-rigidity region and the surface material high-rigidity region. The absorbent article according to any one of 41> to <76>.
<78>
The absorbent article according to any one of <41> to <77>, wherein the absorbent core has a single-layer structure and has an hourglass shape in which a central portion in a longitudinal direction is bound inward in a plan view.
<79>
 吸収性材料を含む吸収性コアを具備する吸収体と、該吸収体の肌対向面側に配された表面材とを具備し、着用者の前後方向に相当する縦方向とこれに直交する横方向とを有する吸収性物品であって、
 前記吸収体は、前記吸収性コアの横方向中央部に位置し且つ縦方向に延びるコア低剛性領域と、該コア低剛性領域の横方向両側に位置し且つ該コア低剛性領域に比して剛性の高いコア高剛性領域とを有し、
 前記表面材は、平面視において前記コア低剛性領域と重なって縦方向に延びる表面材低剛性領域と、該表面材低剛性領域の横方向両側に位置し且つ該表面材低剛性領域に比して剛性の高い表面材高剛性領域とを有し、該表面材高剛性領域と前記コア高剛性領域とが平面視において重なる吸収性物品。
<79>
An absorbent body having an absorbent core containing an absorbent material, and a surface material disposed on the skin-facing surface side of the absorbent body, and a transverse direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction corresponding to the wearer's front-rear direction. An absorbent article having a direction,
The absorbent body is located in a laterally central portion of the absorbent core and extends in the longitudinal direction, and is located on both lateral sides of the core low stiffness area and compared to the core low stiffness area. Having a highly rigid core high rigidity region,
The surface material is positioned on both lateral sides of the surface material low-rigidity region and overlaps with the core low-rigidity region in a vertical direction in a plan view, and compared to the surface material low-rigidity region. The absorbent article has a highly rigid surface material high rigidity region, and the surface material high rigidity region and the core high rigidity region overlap in plan view.
 本発明(第1発明)の吸収性物品は、通気性及び液の引き込み性の両者に優れている。 The absorbent article of the present invention (the first invention) is excellent in both air permeability and liquid drawability.
 本発明(第2発明)によれば、股下への肌当たりが良好で着用感に優れ、液漏れを起こし難い吸収性物品が提供される。
 
According to the present invention (second invention), there is provided an absorbent article that has good skin contact with the crotch, is excellent in wearing feeling, and is unlikely to cause liquid leakage.

Claims (78)

  1.  複合シートからなる表面シート、裏面シート及びこれら両シート間に配置された吸収体を具備する吸収性物品であって、
     前記複合シートは、物品長手方向に沿う第1方向及び物品幅方向に沿う第2方向を有するとともに、積層された第1シート及び第2シートが部分的に接合されて複数の接合部が形成され、第1シートが、前記接合部以外の部位において第2シートから離れる方向に突出して、着用者の肌側に向かって突出する凸部を形成しており、
     前記複合シートは、前記凸部が相互に異なるパターンで形成された中央領域及び該中央領域の両側に位置する一対のサイド領域を有しており、
     前記中央領域における高さが最大の凸部である中央第1凸部は、前記サイド領域における高さが最大の凸部であるサイド第1凸部に比して高さが高く、
     前記中央領域の圧縮変形量が、前記サイド領域の圧縮変形量よりも大きい、吸収性物品。
    An absorbent article comprising a top sheet made of a composite sheet, a back sheet, and an absorbent body disposed between the two sheets,
    The composite sheet has a first direction along the article longitudinal direction and a second direction along the article width direction, and the laminated first sheet and second sheet are partially joined to form a plurality of joints. The first sheet protrudes in a direction away from the second sheet at a portion other than the joint portion, and forms a convex portion protruding toward the wearer's skin side,
    The composite sheet has a central region in which the convex portions are formed in different patterns and a pair of side regions located on both sides of the central region,
    The central first convex portion that is the largest convex portion in the central region has a higher height than the side first convex portion that is the largest convex portion in the side region,
    The absorbent article in which the amount of compressive deformation in the central region is larger than the amount of compressive deformation in the side region.
  2.  前記中央領域には、前記中央第1凸部を含んで構成される中央連続凸部が複数列形成されており、前記サイド領域には、前記凸部が散点状に形成されている、請求項1に記載の吸収性物品。 A plurality of central continuous convex portions including the central first convex portion are formed in the central region, and the convex portions are formed in a dotted pattern in the side region. Item 10. An absorbent article according to Item 1.
  3.  前記中央領域には、中央連続凸部が複数列形成されており、
     前記中央連続凸部においては、前記中央第1凸部と該中央第1凸部よりも高さの低い中央第2凸部とが交互に連なっているか、又は前記中央第1凸部のみが複数連なっている、請求項1又は2に記載の吸収性物品。
    In the central region, a plurality of central continuous convex portions are formed,
    In the central continuous convex portion, the central first convex portion and the central second convex portion whose height is lower than the central first convex portion are alternately connected, or only the central first convex portion is plural. The absorbent article according to claim 1 or 2, which is continuous.
  4.  前記中央連続凸部は、それぞれ第2方向に沿って延びており、
     前記サイド領域における前記サイド第1凸部は、該サイド領域における前記複合シートに、互いに平行な複数本の第1の仮想直線と、該第1の仮想直線との間に角度を有する互いに平行な複数本の第2の仮想直線とを想定したときに、前記第1の仮想直線と前記第2の仮想直線との各交点に位置している、請求項2又は3に記載の吸収性物品。
    Each of the central continuous protrusions extends along the second direction,
    The first side protrusions in the side region are parallel to each other in the composite sheet in the side region and have a plurality of first virtual straight lines parallel to each other and an angle between the first virtual straight lines. The absorptive article according to claim 2 or 3 currently located in each intersection of said 1st virtual straight line and said 2nd virtual straight line when a plurality of 2nd virtual straight lines are assumed.
  5.  前記中央領域に、前記中央第1凸部よりも高さの低い中央第3凸部が形成されており、
     該中央第3凸部は、第1方向における配置位置が前記中央第1凸部どうし間に位置しており、その高さが前記サイド第1凸部の高さと等しい、請求項1~4の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。
    A central third convex portion having a height lower than that of the central first convex portion is formed in the central region,
    The central third convex portion has an arrangement position in the first direction located between the central first convex portions, and the height thereof is equal to the height of the side first convex portion. The absorbent article according to any one of the above.
  6.  前記中央領域に、前記中央第1凸部よりも高さの低い中央第3凸部が形成されており、
     該中央第3凸部は、第2方向に沿って複数形成されており、第2方向において隣り合う中央第3凸部間に、第1方向に長い形状の縦長接合部が形成されている、請求項1~5の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。
    A central third convex portion having a height lower than that of the central first convex portion is formed in the central region,
    A plurality of the central third convex portions are formed along the second direction, and a vertically long joint portion having a long shape in the first direction is formed between adjacent central third convex portions in the second direction. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
  7.  前記中央第1凸部の高さは、前記サイド第1凸部の高さに対して、105%以上200%以下である、請求項1~6の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein a height of the central first convex portion is 105% or more and 200% or less with respect to a height of the first side convex portion.
  8.  前記中央第1凸部の高さが、0.5mm以上5mm以下である、請求項1~7の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein a height of the central first convex portion is not less than 0.5 mm and not more than 5 mm.
  9.  前記サイド第1凸部の高さが、0.3mm以上4mm以下である、請求項1~8の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein a height of the first side convex portion is not less than 0.3 mm and not more than 4 mm.
  10.  前記中央第1凸部の高さと前記サイド第1凸部の高さとの差が、0.1mm以上2mm以下である、請求項1~9の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein a difference between a height of the central first convex portion and a height of the side first convex portion is 0.1 mm or more and 2 mm or less.
  11.  前記中央領域には、中央連続凸部が複数列形成されており、
     前記中央連続凸部を構成する前記中央第1凸部及び該中央第1凸部よりも高さの低い中央第2凸部は、前記中央第1凸部41の裏側に空洞が存在する、請求項1~10の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。
    In the central region, a plurality of central continuous convex portions are formed,
    The central first convex portion constituting the central continuous convex portion and the central second convex portion having a height lower than that of the central first convex portion include a cavity on the back side of the central first convex portion 41. Item 11. The absorbent article according to any one of Items 1 to 10.
  12.  前記中央領域には、中央連続凸部が複数列形成されており、
     前記中央連続凸部を構成する前記中央第1凸部及び該中央第1凸部よりも高さの低い中央第2凸部のそれぞれの裏側に空洞が存在し、前記中央第1凸部の裏面の空洞と前記中央第2凸部の裏面の空洞とが連続して、前記中央連続凸部の裏側に、第2方向に沿って連続して延びる連続中空部が形成されている、請求項1~11の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。
    In the central region, a plurality of central continuous convex portions are formed,
    There is a cavity on the back side of each of the central first convex portion and the central second convex portion that is lower than the central first convex portion constituting the central continuous convex portion, and the back surface of the central first convex portion The continuous hollow part continuously extended along a 2nd direction is formed in the back side of the said center continuous convex part in the back side of the said central continuous convex part, and the cavity of the back surface of the said center 2nd convex part is formed. The absorbent article according to any one of 1 to 11.
  13.  その長辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された矩形をしている第1接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第1接合部列が形成されている、請求項1~12の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The first joint portion along the second direction is formed by the first joint portions having the long sides coinciding with the first direction and having a rectangular shape arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein
  14.  互いに直交する2辺のうちの一辺を第2方向、他の一辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された第2接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第2接合部列が形成されている、請求項1~13の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 One side of two sides orthogonal to each other coincides with the second direction, the other side coincides with the first direction, and the second joints are arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction, thereby causing the second direction. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein a second joint row along the line is formed.
  15.  その長辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された矩形をしている第1接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第1接合部列が形成され、
     互いに直交する2辺のうちの一辺を第2方向、他の一辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された第2接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第2接合部列が形成され、
     各第1接合部列においては、第2方向における前記第1接合部の配置間隔は一定であり、各第2接合部列においては、第2方向における前記第2接合部の配置間隔は、2種類の間隔で有し、間隔の広い部分と間隔の狭い部分とを交互に有している、請求項1~14の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。
    The first joint portion along the second direction is formed by the first joint portions having the long sides coinciding with the first direction and having a rectangular shape arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction. And
    One side of two sides orthogonal to each other coincides with the second direction, the other side coincides with the first direction, and the second joints are arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction, thereby causing the second direction. A second joint row is formed along
    In each first joint row, the arrangement interval of the first joint portions in the second direction is constant, and in each second joint row, the arrangement interval of the second joint portions in the second direction is 2 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 14, which has various kinds of intervals, and alternately has wide intervals and narrow intervals.
  16.  その長辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された矩形をしている第1接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第1接合部列が形成され、
     互いに直交する2辺のうちの一辺を第2方向、他の一辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された第2接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第2接合部列が形成され、
     各前記第1接合部列においては、第2方向に沿って見たときの前記第1接合部の配置位置はすべて同じになっており、各前記第2接合部列についても、第2方向に沿って見たときの前記第2接合部の配置位置はすべて同じになっている、請求項1~15の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。
    The first joint portion along the second direction is formed by the first joint portions having the long sides coinciding with the first direction and having a rectangular shape arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction. And
    One side of two sides orthogonal to each other coincides with the second direction, the other side coincides with the first direction, and the second joints are arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction, thereby causing the second direction. A second joint row is formed along
    In each of the first joint rows, the arrangement positions of the first joints when viewed along the second direction are all the same, and each second joint row is also in the second direction. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the arrangement positions of the second joints when viewed along the line are all the same.
  17.  その長辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された矩形をしている第1接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第1接合部列が形成され、
     互いに直交する2辺のうちの一辺を第2方向、他の一辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された第2接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第2接合部列が形成され、
     前記第1接合部列を構成する1つの前記第1接合部に着目すると、2つの前記第2接合部列を構成する合計4つの前記第2接合部が、前記第1接合部の周囲に、前記第1接合部の4つの角部にそれぞれの角部を対向させた状態に近接配置されている、請求項1~16の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。
    The first joint portion along the second direction is formed by the first joint portions having the long sides coinciding with the first direction and having a rectangular shape arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction. And
    One side of two sides orthogonal to each other coincides with the second direction, the other side coincides with the first direction, and the second joints are arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction, thereby causing the second direction. A second joint row is formed along
    When attention is paid to one of the first joints constituting the first joint row, a total of four second joints constituting two second joint rows are around the first joint, The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein the absorbent article is disposed adjacent to each of the four corners of the first joint so as to face each other.
  18.  その長辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された矩形をしている第1接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第1接合部列が形成され、
     互いに直交する2辺のうちの一辺を第2方向、他の一辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された第2接合部によって、第2方向に沿う第2接合部列が形成され、
     1つの第1接合部とその周囲に位置する4つの第2接合部とからなる一纏りの接合部群が形成されており、個々のエンボス領域Eにおいては、同様の接合部群が、第2方向に沿って一定の間隔で複数形成されている、請求項1~17の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。
    The first joint portion along the second direction is formed by the first joint portions having the long sides coinciding with the first direction and having a rectangular shape arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction. And
    One side of two sides orthogonal to each other coincides with the second direction, the other side coincides with the first direction, and the second joints are arranged in a row at intervals along the second direction, thereby causing the second direction. A second joint row is formed along
    A group of joints composed of one first joint and four second joints located around the first joint is formed. In each embossed region E, a similar joint group is The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein a plurality of the absorbent articles are formed at regular intervals along two directions.
  19.  前記複合シートの前記中央領域は、これを構成する前記第1シートに、前記中央第1凸部、該中央第1凸部よりも高さの低い中央第2凸部、中央第3凸部及び第4凸部が形成されており、
     前記中央第1凸部よりも高さの低い前記中央第2凸部、前記中央第3凸部及び前記第4凸部にも着目すると、これら3種類の凸部は、該中央第2凸部と該第4凸部と該中央第3凸部と該第4凸部とがこの順で、第1方向に沿って規則的に、かつ直線状に配置されている、請求項1~18の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。
    The central region of the composite sheet includes the central first convex portion, the central second convex portion having a height lower than the central first convex portion, the central third convex portion, and the first sheet constituting the central sheet. A fourth protrusion is formed,
    When attention is paid to the central second convex portion, the central third convex portion and the fourth convex portion which are lower in height than the central first convex portion, these three types of convex portions are the central second convex portion. The first convex portion, the central third convex portion, and the fourth convex portion are regularly and linearly arranged along the first direction in this order. The absorbent article according to any one of the above.
  20.  前記複合シートの前記中央領域は、これを構成する前記第1シートに、前記中央第1凸部、該中央第1凸部よりも高さの低い中央第2凸部、中央第3凸部及び第4凸部が形成されており、前記第4凸部は、前記中央第1凸部、前記中央第2凸部及び前記中央第3凸部の何れよりも高さが低くなっている、請求項1~19の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The central region of the composite sheet includes the central first convex portion, the central second convex portion having a height lower than the central first convex portion, the central third convex portion, and the first sheet constituting the central sheet. A fourth convex portion is formed, and the fourth convex portion has a height lower than any of the central first convex portion, the central second convex portion, and the central third convex portion. Item 20. The absorbent article according to any one of Items 1 to 19.
  21.  前記複合シートの前記サイド領域には、第3接合部が第2方向に沿って2種類の間隔で規則的に配置された第2方向接合部列が、第1方向に複数列形成されている、請求項1~20の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 In the side region of the composite sheet, a plurality of second direction joint rows in which the third joint portions are regularly arranged at two kinds of intervals along the second direction are formed in the first direction. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 20.
  22.  前記第2方向接合部列は、第2方向における前記第3接合部どうし間の間隔として、第1の間隔と、該第1の間隔よりも広い第2の間隔とを有しており、第2方向接合部列中の複数の前記第3接合部は、これら2種類の間隔を、第2方向に交互に有するように第2方向に間欠配置されている、請求項21に記載の吸収性物品。 The second direction joint line has a first distance and a second distance wider than the first distance as a distance between the third joints in the second direction. The absorptivity according to claim 21, wherein the plurality of third joints in the two-way joint row are intermittently arranged in the second direction so as to have these two kinds of intervals alternately in the second direction. Goods.
  23.  個々の前記第2方向接合部列を構成する複数の前記第3接合部は、第1方向における長さ及び配置位置が一致しており、第1方向において隣り合う前記第2方向接合部列間には一定の幅の隙間が形成されている、請求項21又は22に記載の吸収性物品。 The plurality of third joints constituting each of the second direction joint rows have the same length and arrangement position in the first direction, and are adjacent between the second direction joint rows adjacent in the first direction. 23. The absorbent article according to claim 21 or 22, wherein a gap having a certain width is formed in.
  24.  第1方向に複数列形成されている前記第2方向接合部列は、一列置きに、第2方向における前記第3接合部の配置位置が一致しており、隣り合う前記第2方向接合部列どうしは、第2方向における前記第3接合部の配置位置が相互に異なる、請求項21~23の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 In the second direction joint line formed in a plurality of rows in the first direction, the arrangement positions of the third joints in the second direction coincide with each other, and the second direction joint lines adjacent to each other. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein the arrangement positions of the third joint portions in the second direction are different from each other.
  25.  前記第2方向接合部列として、第2方向における前記第3接合部の配置位置が相互に異なる第2方向第1接合部列と第2方向第2接合部列とが、第1方向に交互に形成されており、第2方向における前記第3接合部の配置位置に関しては、第2方向第1接合部列及び第2方向第2接合部列は、一方における第2の間隔で隣り合う前記第3接合部どうし間に、他方の接合部列における第1の間隔で隣り合う一対の前記第3接合部が位置している、請求項21~24の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 As the second direction joint row, second direction first joint rows and second direction second joint rows in which the arrangement positions of the third joints in the second direction are different from each other alternately in the first direction. With respect to the arrangement position of the third joint portion in the second direction, the second direction first joint row and the second direction second joint row are adjacent to each other at the second interval on one side. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 21 to 24, wherein a pair of the third joint portions adjacent to each other at a first interval in the other joint portion row is located between the third joint portions. .
  26.  前記サイド領域における前記複合シートに、互いに平行な複数本の第1の仮想直線と、該第1の仮想直線との間に角度を有する互いに平行な複数本の第2の仮想直線とを想定したときに、
     前記第1の仮想直線と前記第2の仮想直線とのなす角度θが、30°以上165°以下である、請求項1~25の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。
    The composite sheet in the side region is assumed to be a plurality of first virtual lines parallel to each other and a plurality of second virtual lines parallel to each other having an angle between the first virtual lines. sometimes,
    The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 25, wherein an angle θ formed by the first imaginary straight line and the second imaginary straight line is not less than 30 ° and not more than 165 °.
  27.  前記サイド領域における前記複合シートに、互いに平行な複数本の第1の仮想直線と、該第1の仮想直線との間に角度を有する互いに平行な複数本の第2の仮想直線とを想定したときに、
     前記複合シートの前記サイド領域においては、複数のサイド前記第1凸部が、一定の間隔で、前記第1の仮想直線に沿って直列した複数本の第3方向凸部列と、複数の前記サイド第1凸部が、一定の間隔で、前記第2の仮想直線に沿って直列した複数本の第4方向凸部列とが形成されている、請求項1~26の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。
    The composite sheet in the side region is assumed to be a plurality of first virtual lines parallel to each other and a plurality of second virtual lines parallel to each other having an angle between the first virtual lines. sometimes,
    In the side region of the composite sheet, a plurality of third first convex portions arranged in series along the first imaginary straight line at a constant interval, and a plurality of side first convex portions, The side first convex portion is formed with a plurality of fourth direction convex portion rows arranged in series along the second imaginary straight line at regular intervals, according to any one of claims 1 to 26. The absorbent article as described.
  28.  隣り合う前記第3方向凸部列どうし間には、複数の接合部対が、一定の間隔で直列した第3方向接合部列が形成され、隣り合う前記第4方向凸部列どうし間には、複数の接合部対が、一定の間隔で直列した第4方向接合部列が形成されている、請求項27に記載の吸収性物品。 Between the adjacent third direction convex part rows, a third direction joint part row in which a plurality of joint pairs are arranged in series at a constant interval is formed, and between the adjacent fourth direction convex part rows. The absorbent article according to claim 27, wherein a fourth direction joint row in which a plurality of joint pairs are arranged in series at a constant interval is formed.
  29.  前記サイド領域には微小凸部が形成されており、
     前記微小凸部の高さは、サイド第1凸部の1/3以下である、請求項1~28の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。
    A minute convex portion is formed in the side region,
    The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 28, wherein a height of the minute convex portion is 1/3 or less of the side first convex portion.
  30.  着用時に着用者の腹側に配される腹側部、着用時に着用者の背側に配される背側部、及び腹側部と背側部との間に位置する股下部を有する使い捨ておむつであり、
     前記背側部の少なくとも幅方向中央部に、前記使い捨ておむつを幅方向に収縮させる複数本の弾性部材が前記使い捨ておむつの長手方向に間隔をおいて複数本配置されており、
     前記複数本の弾性部材が配された弾性部材配置領域に、前記複合シートの前記中央領域が配されており、該弾性部材配置領域に、前記中央第1凸部を含んで構成される中央連続凸部がそれぞれ第2方向に延びて複数列形成されており、
     前記中央連続凸部の幅をP1、前記弾性部材の間隔をP2、前記中央連続凸部の中央部どうし間の間隔をP3としたときに、P1<P2<P3の関係を満たす、請求項1~29の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
    Disposable diaper having an abdominal side portion disposed on the stomach side of the wearer when worn, a back side portion disposed on the back side of the wearer when worn, and a crotch portion positioned between the abdominal side portion and the back side portion And
    A plurality of elastic members for shrinking the disposable diaper in the width direction are disposed at least in the center in the width direction of the dorsal side portion at intervals in the longitudinal direction of the disposable diaper,
    The central region of the composite sheet is arranged in an elastic member arrangement region in which the plurality of elastic members are arranged, and the elastic member arrangement region includes the central first convex portion. The protrusions are each formed in a plurality of rows extending in the second direction,
    The relationship of P1 <P2 <P3 is satisfied, where P1 is a width of the central continuous convex portion, P2 is an interval between the elastic members, and P3 is an interval between central portions of the central continuous convex portion. The absorbent article according to any one of 1 to 29.
  31.  前記中央領域には、中央連続凸部が複数列形成されており、
     第1方向において隣り合う前記中央連続凸部どうし間に、第1方向に長い形状の縦長接合部が、第2方向に等間隔に形成されている、請求項1~30の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。
    In the central region, a plurality of central continuous convex portions are formed,
    The longitudinally long joint portions having a shape that is long in the first direction are formed at equal intervals in the second direction between the central continuous convex portions adjacent in the first direction. The absorbent article as described.
  32.  縦長接合部である第1接合部は、第1方向に沿う長さが、第2方向に沿う長さの、1.2倍5倍以下である、請求項31に記載の吸収性物品。 32. The absorbent article according to claim 31, wherein the first joint portion, which is a vertically long joint portion, has a length along the first direction that is 1.2 times or less that of the length along the second direction.
  33.  縦長接合部である第1接合部は、第1方向に沿う長さが、第2接合部の第1方向に沿う長さの、1.2倍5倍以下である、請求項31又は32に記載の吸収性物品。 The length of the first joint portion, which is a vertically long joint portion, along the first direction is 1.2 times or less five times the length along the first direction of the second joint portion. The absorbent article as described.
  34.  縦長接合部である第1接合部の第1方向に沿う長さが、0.5mm10mm以下である、請求項31~33の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 31 to 33, wherein a length along the first direction of the first joint portion which is a vertically long joint portion is 0.5 mm or less and 10 mm or less.
  35.  互いに直交する2辺のうちの一辺を第2方向、他の一辺を第1方向に一致させ、かつ第2方向に沿って間隔を置いて一列に配置された第2接合部は、第1方向に沿う長さが、0.1mm以上5mm以下であり、第2方向に沿う長さが、0.1mm以上5mmである、請求項1~34の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The second joints arranged in a line at intervals along the second direction with one side of the two sides orthogonal to each other aligned in the second direction and the other side in the first direction are arranged in the first direction. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 34, wherein a length along the second direction is 0.1 mm or more and 5 mm or less, and a length along the second direction is 0.1 mm or more and 5 mm.
  36.  前記複合シートの前記サイド領域に形成される第3接合部は、第1方向に沿う長さが、0.1mm以上5mm以下であり、第2方向に沿う長さが、0.1mm以上5mmである、請求項1~35の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The third joint formed in the side region of the composite sheet has a length along the first direction of 0.1 mm to 5 mm, and a length along the second direction of 0.1 mm to 5 mm. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 35.
  37.  前記第3接合部が第2方向に沿って2種類の間隔で規則的に配置された第2方向接合部列は、第2方向における該第3接合部間の間隔が大きい部分の間隔が、間隔が狭い部分の該第3接合部間の間隔に対して、2倍以上5倍以下である、請求項36に記載の吸収性物品。 The second direction joint line in which the third joints are regularly arranged at two kinds of intervals along the second direction has a gap between portions where the distance between the third joints in the second direction is large. The absorptive article according to claim 36 which is 2 times or more and 5 times or less with respect to a space between said 3rd joined parts of a portion with a narrow space.
  38.  前記複合シートは、前記中央領域及び前記サイド領域の何れにおいても、前記第2シート側の面がほぼ平坦であり、前記第1シート側に起伏の大きな凹凸が形成されている、請求項1~37の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The composite sheet has a substantially flat surface on the second sheet side in both of the central region and the side region, and is provided with irregularities with large undulations on the first sheet side. The absorbent article according to any one of 37.
  39.  前記中央領域に複数形成される中央連続凸部を構成する前記中央第1凸部と中央第2凸部は、何れも平面視での形状が略円形状である、請求項1~38の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The central first convex portion and the central second convex portion constituting the central continuous convex portion formed in plural in the central region are both substantially circular in shape in plan view. The absorbent article of Claim 1.
  40.  前記複合シートの前記中央領域には、第2方向に延在し、第2方向に連続して接合部を有しない非エンボス領域と、第2方向に延在し、前記接合部が規則的なパターンで形成されたエンボス領域とが、第1方向に交互に形成されている、請求項1~39の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 In the central region of the composite sheet, a non-embossed region that extends in the second direction and does not have a joint portion continuously in the second direction, and extends in the second direction, the joint portions are regular. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 39, wherein the embossed areas formed in a pattern are alternately formed in the first direction.
  41.  吸収性材料を含む吸収性コアを具備する前記吸収体と、該吸収体の肌対向面側に配された前記表面シートとを具備し、着用者の前後方向に相当する縦方向とこれに直交する横方向とを有する吸収性物品であって、
     前記吸収体は、前記吸収性コアの横方向中央部に位置し且つ縦方向に延びるコア低剛性領域と、該コア低剛性領域の横方向両側に位置し且つ該コア低剛性領域に比して剛性の高いコア高剛性領域とを有し、
     前記表面シートは、平面視において前記コア低剛性領域と重なって縦方向に延びる表面材低剛性領域と、該表面材低剛性領域の横方向両側に位置し且つ該表面材低剛性領域に比して剛性の高い表面材高剛性領域とを有し、該表面材高剛性領域と前記コア高剛性領域とが平面視において重なる、請求項1に記載の吸収性物品。
    The absorbent body comprising an absorbent core containing an absorbent material, and the topsheet disposed on the skin-facing surface side of the absorbent body, perpendicular to the longitudinal direction corresponding to the wearer's front-rear direction An absorbent article having a transverse direction,
    The absorbent body is located in a laterally central portion of the absorbent core and extends in the longitudinal direction, and is located on both lateral sides of the core low stiffness area and compared to the core low stiffness area. Having a highly rigid core high rigidity region,
    The top sheet is positioned on both sides in the lateral direction of the surface material low-rigidity region and overlaps with the core low-rigidity region in a plan view in comparison with the surface material low-rigidity region. The absorbent article according to claim 1, further comprising a highly rigid surface material high rigidity region, wherein the surface material high rigidity region and the core high rigidity region overlap in plan view.
  42.  前記コア低剛性領域は、前記コア高剛性領域に比して坪量が低い請求項41に記載の吸収性物品。 42. The absorbent article according to claim 41, wherein the core low rigidity region has a lower basis weight than the core high rigidity region.
  43.  前記コア高剛性領域は、前記吸収性コアにおける前記コア低剛性領域以外の領域であり、該コア低剛性領域を包囲している請求項41又は42に記載の吸収性物品。 43. The absorbent article according to claim 41 or 42, wherein the core high-rigidity region is a region other than the core low-rigidity region in the absorbent core and surrounds the core low-rigidity region.
  44.  前記コア低剛性領域の肌対向面又は非肌対向面に溝が形成されており、該溝の形成部位は、該コア低剛性領域における溝の非形成部位に比して坪量が低い請求項42又は43に記載の吸収性物品。 A groove is formed in a skin facing surface or a non-skin facing surface of the core low-rigidity region, and a portion where the groove is formed has a lower basis weight than a portion where the groove is not formed in the core low-rigidity region. The absorbent article according to 42 or 43.
  45.  着用者の腹側に配される腹側部及び背側に配される背側部とそれらの間に位置する股下部とを縦方向に有し、
     前記コア低剛性領域は、平面視において複数の線状の前記溝が格子状に形成された領域であり、前記腹側部から前記背側部にわたって延在している請求項44に記載の吸収性物品。
    It has the abdominal side arranged on the abdomen side of the wearer and the dorsal side part arranged on the dorsal side and the crotch part located between them in the vertical direction,
    45. The absorption according to claim 44, wherein the core low-rigidity region is a region in which a plurality of linear grooves are formed in a lattice shape in a plan view and extends from the ventral side portion to the dorsal side portion. Sex goods.
  46.  前記コア低剛性領域は、前記吸収性コアに比して縦方向長さが短く、縦方向の最外方に位置する一対の前記溝は、該吸収性コアの縦方向前後端より縦方向の内方に位置している請求項44又は45に記載の吸収性物品。 The core low-rigidity region has a shorter length in the longitudinal direction than the absorbent core, and the pair of grooves positioned at the outermost sides in the longitudinal direction are longer than the longitudinal front and rear ends of the absorbent core. The absorptive article according to claim 44 or 45 currently located inward.
  47.  前記コア低剛性領域の横方向長さは、該コア低剛性領域の縦方向の全長にわたって一定である請求項44~46の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 44 to 46, wherein a lateral length of the core low-rigidity region is constant over a longitudinal length of the core low-rigidity region.
  48.  前記コア低剛性領域は、相対的に坪量が高く非肌対向面側に向けて突出した凸の形状を有する高坪量部と、該高坪量部に隣接し、且つ相対的に坪量が低く肌対向面側に向けて凹んだ低坪量部とを有し、
     前記溝は、前記低坪量部の形成位置における非肌対向面側に形成された凹部である請求項44~47の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。
    The core low-rigidity region has a relatively high basis weight and a high basis weight portion having a convex shape protruding toward the non-skin facing surface side, and is adjacent to the high basis weight portion and relatively has a basis weight. Has a low basis weight part that is recessed toward the skin facing surface side,
    The absorbent article according to any one of claims 44 to 47, wherein the groove is a recess formed on a non-skin facing surface side at a position where the low basis weight portion is formed.
  49.  前記コア低剛性領域においては、非肌対向面は複数の前記溝の存在により凹凸構造を有しているのに対し、肌対向面は前記溝を有しておらず平坦である請求項48に記載の吸収性物品。 49. In the core low rigidity region, the non-skin facing surface has an uneven structure due to the presence of the plurality of grooves, whereas the skin facing surface does not have the grooves and is flat. The absorbent article as described.
  50.  前記コア低剛性領域においては、複数本の線状の前記溝が縦方向に延びていると共に、複数本の線状の前記溝が横方向にも延びており、これら互いに直交する複数本の線状の前記溝によって、該コア低剛性領域は複数の小領域に区画化され、該小領域が前記高坪量部である請求項48又は49に記載の吸収性物品。 In the core low-rigidity region, a plurality of linear grooves extend in the vertical direction, and a plurality of linear grooves extend in the horizontal direction. The absorbent article according to claim 48 or 49, wherein the core low-rigidity region is partitioned into a plurality of small regions by the groove, and the small region is the high basis weight portion.
  51.  個々の前記高坪量部は前記低坪量部によって区画されており、個々に独立している請求項48~50の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 48 to 50, wherein each of the high basis weight parts is partitioned by the low basis weight part and is individually independent.
  52.  前記高坪量部の坪量に対する前記低坪量部の坪量の比率は、後者/前者として、20%以上80%以下である請求項48~51の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 48 to 51, wherein the ratio of the basis weight of the low basis weight part to the basis weight of the high basis weight part is 20% or more and 80% or less as the latter / the former. .
  53.  前記低坪量部の坪量は、100g/m2以上500g/m2以下である請求項48~52の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 48 to 52, wherein a basis weight of the low basis weight part is 100 g / m 2 or more and 500 g / m 2 or less.
  54.  前記高坪量部の坪量は、300g/m2以上900g/m2以下である請求項48~53の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 48 to 53, wherein a basis weight of the high basis weight part is 300 g / m 2 or more and 900 g / m 2 or less.
  55.  前記高坪量部は、前記低坪量部に比して厚みが大きく、該高坪量部の厚みに対する該低坪量部の厚みの比率は、後者/前者として、30%以上90%以下である請求項48~54の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The high basis weight part is thicker than the low basis weight part, and the ratio of the thickness of the low basis weight part to the thickness of the high basis weight part is 30% or more and 90% or less as the latter / the former. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 48 to 54, wherein
  56.  前記低坪量部の厚みは、1.5mm以上4.5mm以下である請求項48~55の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 48 to 55, wherein the thickness of the low basis weight part is 1.5 mm or more and 4.5 mm or less.
  57.  前記高坪量部の厚みは、2mm以上8mm以下である請求項48~56の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 48 to 56, wherein the thickness of the high basis weight part is 2 mm or more and 8 mm or less.
  58.  前記コア高剛性領域の厚みは、前記コア低剛性領域の前記高坪量部の厚みと略同じである請求項48~57の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 48 to 57, wherein a thickness of the core high-rigidity region is substantially the same as a thickness of the high basis weight portion of the core low-rigidity region.
  59.  前記コア低剛性領域の曲げ剛性は、3g以上10g以下である請求項41~58の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 41 to 58, wherein a bending rigidity of the core low rigidity region is 3 g or more and 10 g or less.
  60.  前記コア高剛性領域の曲げ剛性は、5g以上20g以下である請求項41~59の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 41 to 59, wherein the bending rigidity of the core high rigidity region is 5 g or more and 20 g or less.
  61.  前記コア低剛性領域と前記コア高剛性領域との曲げ剛性の差は1g以上である請求項41~60の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 41 to 60, wherein a difference in bending rigidity between the core low rigidity region and the core high rigidity region is 1 g or more.
  62.  前記表面シートは、着用者の肌側に向かって突出する凸部と該凸部の周辺に存する凹部とを有し、前記表面材低剛性領域と前記表面材高剛性領域とで該凸部及び/又は該凹部の形成パターンが異なる請求項44~61の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The surface sheet has a convex portion protruding toward the wearer's skin side and a concave portion existing around the convex portion, and the convex portion and the surface material low-rigidity region and the surface material high-rigidity region The absorbent article according to any one of claims 44 to 61, wherein the formation pattern of the recesses is different.
  63.  前記凹部はエンボス加工が施された高密度部であり、前記凸部はエンボス加工が施されていない低密度部である請求項62に記載の吸収性物品。 63. The absorbent article according to claim 62, wherein the concave portion is a high density portion that has been embossed, and the convex portion is a low density portion that has not been embossed.
  64.  前記表面材高剛性領域において、前記凸部は、平面視散点状又は千鳥状に形成されている請求項62又は63に記載の吸収性物品。 64. The absorbent article according to claim 62 or 63, wherein, in the surface material high-rigidity region, the convex portion is formed in a dotted or staggered shape in a plan view.
  65.  前記表面材低剛性領域は、前記凸部として、複数の凸部が横方向に連なった形状の連続凸部を有する請求項62~64の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 62 to 64, wherein the surface material low-rigidity region has continuous convex portions having a shape in which a plurality of convex portions are arranged in a lateral direction as the convex portions.
  66.  前記表面材高剛性領域は前記連続凸部を有しておらず、該表面材高剛性領域においては複数の前記凸部が個々独立に存在している請求項65に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 65, wherein the surface material high-rigidity region does not have the continuous convex portion, and the surface material high-rigidity region has a plurality of the convex portions independently.
  67.  前記連続凸部は中空であり、その中空部は、該連続凸部の横方向の略全長にわたって連続して延びている請求項65又は66に記載の吸収性物品。 67. The absorbent article according to claim 65 or 66, wherein the continuous convex portion is hollow, and the hollow portion extends continuously over substantially the entire length in the lateral direction of the continuous convex portion.
  68.  前記連続凸部は、高さの異なる2種類の小凸部が横方向に交互に連結されて形成されている請求項65~67の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 65 to 67, wherein the continuous convex part is formed by alternately connecting two kinds of small convex parts having different heights in the horizontal direction.
  69.  前記表面材低剛性領域において、複数の前記凸部による凸部列と前記連続凸部とが、縦方向に沿って交互に且つ直線状に配置され、且つ1個の該凸部と1個の前記小凸部とが、横方向において同位置に形成されている請求項68に記載の吸収性物品。 In the surface material low-rigidity region, a plurality of convex portions arranged by the convex portions and the continuous convex portions are alternately and linearly arranged along the vertical direction, and one convex portion and one convex portion are arranged. 69. The absorbent article according to claim 68, wherein the small convex portions are formed at the same position in the lateral direction.
  70.  前記連続凸部のピッチは、3mm以上9mm以下である請求項65~69の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 65 to 69, wherein the pitch of the continuous convex portions is 3 mm or more and 9 mm or less.
  71.  前記表面材低剛性領域において複数の前記凸部が縦方向に所定のピッチP4で間欠的に形成されていると共に、前記コア低剛性領域において複数の溝が縦方向に所定のピッチP5で間欠的に形成されており、ピッチP4に対するピッチP5の比率が、ピッチP5/ピッチP4として、2以上7以下である請求項62~70の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 In the surface material low-rigidity region, the plurality of convex portions are intermittently formed in the vertical direction at a predetermined pitch P4, and in the core low-rigidity region, the plurality of grooves are intermittent in the vertical direction at a predetermined pitch P5. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 62 to 70, wherein the ratio of pitch P5 to pitch P4 is not less than 2 and not more than 7 as pitch P5 / pitch P4.
  72.  前記表面材低剛性領域の曲げ剛性に対する前記表面材高剛性領域の曲げ剛性の比率は、後者/前者として、1.1以上である請求項41~71の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 41 to 71, wherein a ratio of the bending rigidity of the high-surface material region to the bending rigidity of the low-surface material region is 1.1 or more as the latter / the former. .
  73.  前記表面材高剛性領域の曲げ剛性は、前記表面材低剛性領域の曲げ剛性よりも大きいことを前提として、10cN以上50cN以下である請求項41~72の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 41 to 72, wherein the bending rigidity of the high-stiffness surface material region is 10 cN or more and 50 cN or less, assuming that the bending rigidity of the low-surface material region is higher. .
  74.  前記表面材低剛性領域の曲げ剛性は、前記表面材高剛性領域の曲げ剛性よりも小さいことを前提として、40cN以下5cN以上である請求項41~73の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 41 to 73, wherein the bending rigidity of the low-surface material stiffness region is 40 cN or less and 5 cN or more on the assumption that the bending stiffness of the high-surface material rigidity region is smaller. .
  75.  前記吸収性コアの肌対向面の全面積に占める、前記コア低剛性領域の肌対向面の面積の割合が、20%以上70%以下である請求項41~74の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The ratio of the area of the skin facing surface of the core low-rigidity area to the total area of the skin facing surface of the absorbent core is 20% or more and 70% or less. Absorbent article.
  76.  平面視において、前記コア低剛性領域と前記コア高剛性領域との境界が、前記表面材低剛性領域と前記表面材高剛性領域との境界に重なる請求項41~75の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 76. The plane according to claim 41, wherein a boundary between the core low-rigidity region and the core high-rigidity region overlaps a boundary between the surface material low-rigidity region and the surface material high-rigidity region in plan view. Absorbent articles.
  77.  着用者の腹側に配される腹側部及び背側に配される背側部とそれらの間に位置する股下部とを縦方向に有し、
     前記腹側部及び背側部においては、前記コア低剛性領域と前記コア高剛性領域との境界が、前記表面材低剛性領域と前記表面材高剛性領域との境界より横方向外方に位置し、
     前記股下部においては、前記コア低剛性領域と前記コア高剛性領域との境界が、前記表面材低剛性領域と前記表面材高剛性領域との境界より横方向内方に位置している請求項41~76の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。
    It has the abdominal side arranged on the abdomen side of the wearer and the dorsal side part arranged on the dorsal side and the crotch part located between them in the vertical direction,
    In the ventral part and the dorsal part, the boundary between the core low rigidity region and the core high rigidity region is located laterally outward from the boundary between the surface material low rigidity region and the surface material high rigidity region. And
    In the crotch part, a boundary between the core low-rigidity region and the core high-rigidity region is located inward in a lateral direction from a boundary between the surface material low-rigidity region and the surface material high-rigidity region. The absorbent article according to any one of 41 to 76.
  78.  前記吸収性コアは単層構造であり、平面視において縦方向中央部が内方に括れた砂時計状をなしている請求項41~77の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 41 to 77, wherein the absorbent core has a single-layer structure and has an hourglass shape in which a central portion in a longitudinal direction is bound inward in a plan view.
PCT/JP2016/083872 2015-11-20 2016-11-15 Absorbent article WO2017086327A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DE112016005325.8T DE112016005325T5 (en) 2015-11-20 2016-11-15 Absorbent article
RU2018121509A RU2705608C1 (en) 2015-11-20 2016-11-15 Absorbent article
GB1809568.7A GB2559933B (en) 2015-11-20 2016-11-15 Absorbent article
CN201680065234.1A CN108348376B (en) 2015-11-20 2016-11-15 Absorbent article

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-227786 2015-11-20
JP2015227786A JP6178828B2 (en) 2015-11-20 2015-11-20 Absorbent articles
JP2015235326 2015-12-02
JP2015-235326 2015-12-02
JP2016-201198 2016-10-12
JP2016201198A JP6726076B2 (en) 2015-12-02 2016-10-12 Absorbent article

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017086327A1 true WO2017086327A1 (en) 2017-05-26

Family

ID=58718859

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/083872 WO2017086327A1 (en) 2015-11-20 2016-11-15 Absorbent article

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2017086327A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110868978A (en) * 2017-09-27 2020-03-06 大王制纸株式会社 Stretchable member and disposable wearing article having the same
US20210346214A1 (en) * 2018-09-19 2021-11-11 Kao Corporation Absorbent article
CN114760968A (en) * 2019-12-10 2022-07-15 花王株式会社 Absorbent article
CN115484910A (en) * 2020-05-27 2022-12-16 花王株式会社 Absorbent article

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009118921A (en) * 2007-11-12 2009-06-04 Kao Corp Absorbent article
JP2010119454A (en) * 2008-11-17 2010-06-03 Kao Corp Absorbent article
JP2013255566A (en) * 2012-06-11 2013-12-26 Kao Corp Absorbent article

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009118921A (en) * 2007-11-12 2009-06-04 Kao Corp Absorbent article
JP2010119454A (en) * 2008-11-17 2010-06-03 Kao Corp Absorbent article
JP2013255566A (en) * 2012-06-11 2013-12-26 Kao Corp Absorbent article

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110868978A (en) * 2017-09-27 2020-03-06 大王制纸株式会社 Stretchable member and disposable wearing article having the same
CN110868978B (en) * 2017-09-27 2022-02-22 大王制纸株式会社 Stretchable member and disposable wearing article having the same
US11760035B2 (en) 2017-09-27 2023-09-19 Daio Paper Corporation Elastic member and disposable wearing article including elastic member
US20210346214A1 (en) * 2018-09-19 2021-11-11 Kao Corporation Absorbent article
US11944525B2 (en) * 2018-09-19 2024-04-02 Kao Corporation Absorbent article
CN114760968A (en) * 2019-12-10 2022-07-15 花王株式会社 Absorbent article
CN114760968B (en) * 2019-12-10 2022-12-23 花王株式会社 Absorbent article
CN115484910A (en) * 2020-05-27 2022-12-16 花王株式会社 Absorbent article
CN115484910B (en) * 2020-05-27 2023-08-29 花王株式会社 absorbent article

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5243195B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP5127428B2 (en) Disposable diapers
EP2151220A1 (en) Absorptive article
JP6178828B2 (en) Absorbent articles
WO2017086076A1 (en) Absorbent article
WO2013108864A1 (en) Disposable absorbent article
JP5368961B2 (en) Sanitary napkin
JP6466162B2 (en) Absorbent articles
WO2017086327A1 (en) Absorbent article
JP6083909B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6004723B2 (en) Disposable diapers
JP2017108884A (en) Absorbent article
WO2016098848A1 (en) Absorbent article
WO2017086132A1 (en) Absorbent article
CN108348376B (en) Absorbent article
JP5076022B1 (en) Disposable diapers
JP6726076B2 (en) Absorbent article
RU2736434C1 (en) Absorbent product
JP6073619B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6170986B2 (en) Absorbent articles
WO2016098847A1 (en) Absorbent article
JP5577906B2 (en) Absorbent article sheet manufacturing method, absorbent article sheet and absorbent article
JP7256836B2 (en) absorbent article
JP6859988B2 (en) Absorbent article
RU2750499C1 (en) Absorbent product

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16866328

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 112016005325

Country of ref document: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 201809568

Country of ref document: GB

Kind code of ref document: A

Free format text: PCT FILING DATE = 20161115

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1809568.7

Country of ref document: GB

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2018121509

Country of ref document: RU

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16866328

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1